Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
14 results
| Word | Reference | Gender | Number | Synonyms | Definition |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
 | |||||
| aparādhaḥ | 2.8.26 | Masculine | Singular | āgaḥ, mantuḥ | |
| |||||
| āveśikaḥ | 2.7.36 | Masculine | Singular | āgantuḥ, atithiḥ | |
| |||||
| kukūlam | 3.3.211 | Neuter | Singular | danturaḥ, tuṅgaḥ | |
| |||||
| lūtā | 2.2.14 | Feminine | Singular | markaṭakaḥ, tantuvāyaḥ, ūrṇanābhaḥ | |
| |||||
| prāṇī | Masculine | Singular | jantuḥ, janyuḥ, śarīrī, cetanaḥ, janmī | animal | |
| |||||
| sarṣapaḥ | 2.9.18 | Masculine | Singular | tantubhaḥ, kadambakaḥ | |
| |||||
| svaḥ | 3.3.219 | Masculine | Singular | dravyam, asavaḥ, vyavasāyaḥ, jantuḥ | |
| |||||
| tamas | 1.3.26 | Neuter | Singular | saiṃhikeyaḥ, vidhuntudaḥ, rāhuḥ, svarbhānuḥ | the acending node |
| |||||
| udumbaraḥ | Masculine | Singular | jantuphalaḥ, yajñāṅgaḥ, hemadugdhaḥ | ||
| |||||
| ūtam | 3.1.101 | Masculine | Singular | syūtam, utam, tantusantatam | |
| |||||
| yādaḥ | Masculine | Singular | jalajantuḥ | aquatic animals | |
| |||||
| yajñaḥ | 2.7.15 | Masculine | Singular | kratuḥ, savaḥ, adhvaraḥ, yāgaḥ, saptatantuḥ, makhaḥ | |
| |||||
| tantuvāyaḥ | 2.10.6 | Masculine | Singular | kuvindaḥ | |
| |||||
| aruntudaḥ | 3.1.82 | Masculine | Singular | marmaspṛk | |
|
|
|||||||
| |||||||
| a | the same applies to stems ending in tṛ- accentuated on the first syllable before a- is prefixed  | ||||||
| |||||||
| a | the augment prefixed to the root in the formation of the imperfect, aorist, and conditional tenses (in the veda- often wanting, as in Homer, the fact being that originally the augment was only prefixed in principal sentences where it was accentuated, whilst it was dropped in subordinate sentences where the root-vowel took the accent). | ||||||
| |||||||
| abdaśata | n. a century.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhisami | -eti- (3. plural -yanti-,Imper. -yantu-), Ved. to approach together, come together or meet at (accusative)  etc. ; (Opt. 3. plural -īy/uḥ-) to invade  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhisru | (Imper. 3. plural -sravantu-) to cause to flow near ; (p. -sravanta-for -sravat-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhisvṛ | (Imper. 2. sg. -svara-,3. plural -svarantu-) to join in praising or invoking ; to keep a note (in singing) up to (accusative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhyatikram | (ind.p. -kramya-;Inf. -krāntuṃ-) to step over, walk through ; to overpower ; to transgress, violate  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhyāvah | (3. pl Imper. -vahantu-and imperfect tense -avahan-) to convey, bring towards (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhyutsah | to be able to resist (with accusative) ; to feel competent, venture (with infinitive mood)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āccho | ( ā-cho-), -cchyati- (imperative 3. sg. -cchyatāt-,3. plural -cchyantu-) to skin, flay  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ācchṛd | ( ā-chṛd-), -cchṛṇatti- (imperative 3. plural -cchṛndantu-) to pour upon, fill (see /an-āchṛṇṇa-.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādhmāna | n. intumescence, swelling of the body  | ||||||
| |||||||
| advayānanda | m. Name of an author, and of a founder of the vaiṣṇava- sect in Bengal (who lived at the close of the fifteenth century).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āgāntu | m. (equals ā-gantu-) a guest  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aha | ind. (as admitting, limiting, etc.) it is true, I grant, granted, indeed, at least ([For the rules of accentuation necessitated in a phrase by the particle /aha- see ])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ahanā | instrumental case with an earlier form of accentuation for /ahnā-. See before. | ||||||
| |||||||
| ākā | (perf. A1.1. and 3. sg. -cak/e-) to endeavour to obtain, desire, love : Intensive (imperative 3. plural -cakantu-; see ā-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| alasaka | m. tympanitis, flatulence (intumescence of the abdomen, with constipation and wind)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| amarasiṃha | m. "god-lion", Name of a renowned lexicographer (probably of the sixth century A.D.;he was a Buddhist, and is said to have adorned the court of vikramāditya-, being included among the nine gems).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āmavāta | m. constipation or torpor of the bowels with flatulence and intumescence  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aniyata | mfn. not unaccentuated  | ||||||
| |||||||
| antasvarita | n. a word thus accentuated.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anucaraṇacarita | n. acts, deeds, adventures,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anugam | cl.1 P. -gacchati-, -gantum-, to go after, follow, seek, approach, visit, arrive ; to practise, observe, obey, imitate ; to enter into ; to die out, be extinguished: Causal -gamayati-, to imitate cause to die out.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apadrā | (Imper. 3. plural -drāntu-,2. sg. -drāhi-) to run away  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apasidh | (Imper. 2. sg. -s/edha-,or -s/edha-,3. sg. -sedhatu-,3. plural -sedhantu-; pr. p. -s/edhat-) to ward off, remove, drive away  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apyayadīkṣita | m. Name of a drāviḍa- saint and writer (of the sixteenth century, author of various works, celebrated as a śaiva-, and thought to be an incarnation of śiva-;also apyāya-or apyai-,etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ard | Ved. cl.6 P. (Imper. 3. plural ṛdantu-; imperfect tense 3. plural /ārdan-) to move, be moved, be scattered (as dust), cl.1 P. ardati- (/ardati-,"to go, move") to dissolve , (Aorist ārdīt- anarda- ) to torment, hurt, kill ; to ask, beg for (accusative) cl.7. ṛṇatti-, to kill : Causal ardayati- (subjunctive ardayāsi-,Imper. 2. sg. ardaya-, imperfect tense /ādayat-,2. sg. ard/ayas-; Aorist ārdidat-,or [after ma-] ardayit- ) to make agitated, stir up, shake vehemently , to do harm, torment, distress etc. (generally used in perf. Pass. p. ardita- q.v), to strike, hurt, kill, destroy Desiderative ardidiṣati- ; [ Latin ardeo.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āruh | P. -rohati- (Aorist -rukṣat-and Vedic or Veda -ruhat-[ ]; infinitive mood -r/uham- ) A1. (2. sg. /ā-rohase- ) to ascend, mount, bestride, rise up etc. ; to arise, come off, result etc. ; to venture upon, undertake ; to attain, gain etc.: Causal -rohayati- & -ropayati-, to cause to mount or ascend ; to raise etc. ; to string (a bow) etc. ; to cause to grow ; to plant etc. ; to place, deposit, fasten ; to produce, cause, effect ; to attribute etc.: Desiderative P. -rurukṣati-, to wish to ascend or mount  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asat | mf(/a-satī-)n. ([in seven times /asat-and five times /āsat-with lengthening of the accentuated vowel]) not being, not existing, unreal  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asrapattraka | m. the plant Abelmoschus Esculentus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asurya | n. the incorporeal, the collective body of spiritual beings ([ accentuates asury/a-in accordance with similar cases, as 2. samary/a-(3) n.compared with 1. samary/a-(4) mfn.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asvaraka | mfn. unaccentuated | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātakṣ | (imperative 2. plural -takṣata-,3. plural -takṣantu-) to procure  | ||||||
| |||||||
| atirātrayājin | m. Name (also title or epithet) of a dramatic author (of the 16th century D.).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avamantha | m. swellings caused by boils or contusions  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avamanthaka | m. swellings caused by boils or contusions | ||||||
| |||||||
| avapāka | mfn. having no momentum (see vap/ā-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| avaraṅgasāha | = Aurungzeb (a Muhammedan king of the 17th century; sāha-= the Persian $).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bālacarita | n. "childish doings", Name of works or chs. of works treating of the youthful adventures of a deity, (especially) of chapter of  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bālacaritva | n. "childish doings", Name of works or chs. of works treating of the youthful adventures of a deity, (especially) of chapter of | ||||||
| |||||||
| bālakadalī | f. a young plantain tree, Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bālakapriyā | f. Musa Sapientum | ||||||
| |||||||
| barbara | m. Clerodendrum Siphonantus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| barbarīka | n. Clerodendrum Siphonantus | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhā | f. appearance, resemblance, likeness (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see agni-bha-, guḍa-bhā-, tantubha-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhānuphalā | f. Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāraṅgī | f. equals bhārgī-, Clerodendrum Siphonantus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhārgī | f. Clerodendrum Siphonantus (prob. wrong reading for bhārṅgī-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhārṅgī | f. (fr. bhṛṅga-) Clerodendrum Siphonantus (see bhārgī-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhartṛhari | m. Name of a well-known poet and grammarian (of the 7th century A.D.;author of 300 moral, political, and religious maxims comprised in 3 śataka-s, and of the vākyapadīya- and other gram. works., and according to some also of the bhaṭṭi-kāvya-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāskarācārya | m. Name of various authors (especially of a celebrated astronomer who lived in the 12th century and wrote the siddhānta-śiromaṇi- )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhavabhūti | m. Name of a celebrated poet (who lived in the 8th century A.D., author of the 3 dramas mālatīmādhava-, mahā-vīra-carita- or vīra-carita-, and uttararāma-carita-; see ).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāvāva | mfn. kind to creatures, tender, passionate (equals bhāvān-or jantūn avati- Scholiast or Commentator)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bheṇḍā | f. Abelmoschus Esculentus (bheṇḍā-also"lotus-seed")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bheṇḍī | f. Abelmoschus Esculentus | ||||||
| |||||||
| bheṇḍītaka | m. Abelmoschus Esculentus | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhikṣu | m. Sphaerantus Mollis | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhiṇḍa | m. (orf(ā-). ) Abelmoschus Esculentus. | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhiṇḍaka | m. () Abelmoschus Esculentus. | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhiṇḍītaka | m. () Abelmoschus Esculentus. | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhojadeva | m. Name of a celebrated king of dhārā- (who was a great patron of learning at the beginning of the 11th century, and is the reputed author of several works., especially of a commentator or commentary on the yoga-sūtra-s see ) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhram | cl.1 P. () bhramati- (Epic also te-) and cl.4 P. (), bhrā; perfect tense babhrāma-,3. plural babhramuḥ-or bhremuḥ- etc.; future bhramitā- grammar; bhramiṣyati- ; Aorist abhramīt- ; infinitive mood bhramitum-or bhrāntum- etc.; ind.p. bhramitvā-, bhrāntvā-, -bhrā), to wander or roam about, rove, ramble (with deśam-,to wander through or over a country;with bhikṣām-,go about begging) etc. ; to fly about (as bees) ; to roll about (as the eyes) ; to wag (as the tongue) ; to quiver (as the fetus in the womb) ; to move to and fro or unsteadily, flicker, flutter, reel, totter ; to move round, circulate, revolve (as stars) ; to spread, be current (as news) ; to waver, be perplexed, doubt, err : Passive voice Aorist abhrāmi- (impersonal or used impersonally,with te-,"you have wandered or roamed about") : Causal bhrā etc. ; (with paṭaham-or ha-ghoṣaṇām-), to move a drum about, proclaim by beat of drum ; to cause to move or turn round or revolve, swing, brandish etc. ; to drive through (accusative) in a chariot ; to disarrange ; to cause to err, confuse ; to move or roam about (Aorist abibhramat-; Bombay edition ababhramat-) : Desiderative bibhramiṣati- grammar : Intensive bambhramīti-, bambhramyate- (also with pass. meaning) and bambhrānti- (only grammar), to roam about repeatedly or frequently, wander through, circumambulate [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin fremere; German bre0men,brimmen,brummen; English brim,brim-stone.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhramareṣṭā | f. Clerodendrum Siphonantus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhūkapittha | m. Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmacāraṇī | f. Clerodendrum Siphoantus (prob. wrong reading for -cāriṇī-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmacārin | m. Clerodendrum Siphonantus (varia lectio raṇī-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmadaṇḍa | m. Clerodendrum Siphonantus | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmakanya | (prob.) m. Clerodendrum Siphonantus | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmamaṇḍūkī | f. Clerodendrum Siphonantus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| brāhmaṇayaṣṭī | f. Clerodendrum Siphonantus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| brāhmaṇayaṣṭikā | f. Clerodendrum Siphonantus | ||||||
| |||||||
| brāhmaṇī | f. Clerodendrum Siphonantus | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmasuvarcalā | f. a species of plant (Helianthus or Clerodendrum Siphonantus )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmayaṣṭi | f. Clerodendrum Siphonantus or Ligusticum Ajowan | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmī | f. Clerodendrum Siphonantus | ||||||
| |||||||
| brāhmī | f. Name of various plants (Clerodendrum Siphonantus, Ruta Graveolens, Enhydra Hingcha etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| brāhmikā | f. Clerodendrum Siphonantus | ||||||
| |||||||
| buddhaghoṣa | m. Name of a Buddhist scholar (who lived at the beginning of the 5th century A.D.;the name is not found in Sanskrit works)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cakracūḍāmaṇi | m. Name of the elder brother of the astronomer bala-bhadra- (17th century)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cakravartinī | f. the fragrant plant jantukā- | ||||||
| |||||||
| cana | ind. (ca n/a- ) and not, also not, even not, not even (this particle is placed after the word to which it gives force;a preceding verb is accentuated[ ];in Vedic language it is generally, but not always, found without any other negative particle, whereas in the later language another negative is usually added exempli gratia, 'for example' /āpaś can/apr/a minanti vrat/aṃ vāṃ-,"not even the waters violate your ordinance" ; n/ā etc. also  | ||||||
| |||||||
| carita | mfn. acting, doing, practice, behaviour, acts, deeds, adventures etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-). )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| caritamaya | mf(ī-)n. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' containing or relating deeds or adventures of | ||||||
| |||||||
| caritra | n. acting, behaving, behaviour, habit, practice, acts, adventures, deeds, exploits etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-). )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| carmaṇvatī | f. Musa sapientum | ||||||
| |||||||
| carmin | m. (equals rmaṇ-vatī-) Musa sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| catuṣpuṇḍrā | f. Abelmoschus esculentus | ||||||
| |||||||
| cauhāṇa | or hāna- Name of king vaijana-'s dynasty (16th century).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ced | ind. "when"(the verb being accentuated see )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ced | ind. "if"(the verb being accentuated see ;with proper [ etc. see ] subjunctive [ ] Potential [ etc. (for Conditional and ); see ], perf. [ perf. p. ] Aorist [ ; see ] future [ ; see ] Conditional [ ; see ] , perf. or future Passive voice parasmE-pada or with an auxiliary verb to be supplied ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| cid | ind. even, indeed, also (often merely laying stress on a preceding word;requiring a preceding simple verb to be accentuated[ ] as well as a verb following, if cid-is preceded by an interrogative pronoun [48];in Class. only used after interrogative pronouns and adverbs to render them indefinite, and after jātu- q.v)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cirapākin | m. "ripening late", Feronia elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| dadhiphala | m. Feronia elephantum (its fruit having the acid taste of d/adhi-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dādhittha | mf(ī-)n. (fr. dadhittha-) relating to Feronia Elephantum ,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| damāya | Nom. (plural yantu-) to control one's self ; (p. y/at-) to subdue  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dantaphala | m. Feronia elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| daśakumāracarita | n. "adventures of the 10 princes", Name of work by daṇḍin-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| daśakumāracaritra | n. "adventures of the 10 princes", Name of work by daṇḍin-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhā | cl.3 P. A1. d/adhāti-, dhatt/e- etc. (P. dual number dadhv/as-, dhatth/as-, dhatt/as-[ ]; plural dadhm/asi-or m/as-, dhatth/a-, dādhati-; imperfect tense /adadhāt- plural dhur-, plural /adhatta-or /adadhāta- ; subjunctive d/adhat-or dhāt-[ ], dhas-, dhatas-, dhan-; Potential dadhy/āt-; imperative dādhātu- plural dhatu-;2. sg. dheh/i-[fr. dhaddhi-; confer, compare ] or dhattāt- ;2. plural dhatt/a-, , dhattana-, , d/adhāta-, ,or tana-, [ confer, compare ]; parasmE-pada d/adhat-, ti- m. plural tas-; A1.1. sg. dadh/e-[at once3. sg. equals dhatt/e- and= perfect tense A1.],2. sg. dh/atse-, or dhats/e- dual number dadh/āthe-, dh/āte-;2. plural dhidhv/e-[ confer, compare perfect tense ];3. plural d/adhate- ; imperfect tense /adhatta-, tthās-; subjunctive d/adhase-, [ ]; Potential d/adhīta- dadhīt/a-, ; imperative 2. sg. dhatsva-, or dadhiṣva-, ;2. plural dhaddhvam-[ ]or dadhidhvam- ,etc.;3. pl. dadhatām- ; parasmE-pada d/adhāna-) ; rarely cl.1 P. A1. dadhati-, te- ; only thrice cl.2 P. dh/āti- ; and once cl.4 A1. Potential dhāyeta- (pf.P. dadh/au-, dh/ātha-, dhatur-, dhim/ā etc.; A1. dadh/e-[ confer, compare proper ], dadhiṣ/e-or dhiṣe- ;2.3. dual number dadh/āthe-, dh/āte-,2. pl. dadhidhv/e-[ confer, compare proper ];3. plural dadhir/e-, dadhre-, ,or dhire-, ; parasmE-pada d/adhāna-[ confer, compare proper ]; Aorist P. /adhāt-, dh/āt-, dh/ās-; adh/ur-, dh/ur- etc.; Potential dheyām-, yur-; dhetana- ; 2. sg. dhāyīs- ; imperative dh/ātu-[ confer, compare ];2. plural dh/āta-or tana-,3. plural dhāntu- ; A1. adhita-, thās-, adhītām-, adhīmahi-, dhīmahi-, dhimahe-, dhāmahe- ;3. sg. ahita-, hita- ; subjunctive dh/ethe- , dhaithe-, ; imperative dhiṣv/ā; P. adhat- ; dhat- ; P. dhāsur- subjunctive sathas-and satha- ; A1. adhiṣi-, ṣata- ; Potential dhiṣīya- [ ]; dheṣīya- ; future dhāsyati-, te-or dhātā- etc.; infinitive mood dh/ātum- etc.;Ved. also tave-, tav/ai-, tos-; dhiy/adhyai- ;Class. also -dhitum-; ind.p. dhitv/ā- ; hitvā-[ ], -dh/āya-and -dh/ām- : Passive voice dhīy/ate- etc.[ ] , p. dhīy/amāna- ; Aorist /adhāyi-, dh/āyi- [ ]; preceding dhāsīṣṭa-or dhāyiṣīṣṭa-[ ]) to put, place, set, lay in or on (locative case) etc. etc. (with daṇḍam-,to inflict punishment on [with locative case ,with genitive case ];with tat-padavyām padam-,to put one's foot in another's footstep id est imitate, equal ) ; to take or bring or help to (locative case or dative case;with ār/e-,to remove) ; (A1.) to direct or fix the mind or attention (cintām-, manas-, matim-, samādhim-etc.) upon, think of (locative case or dative case), fix or resolve upon (locative case dative case accusative with prati-or a sentence closed with iti-) ; to destine for, bestow on, present or impart to (locative case dative case or genitive case) etc. (Passive voice to be given or granted, fall to one's [dat.] lot or share ) ; to appoint, establish, constitute ; to render (with double accusative) ; to make, produce, generate, create, cause, effect, perform, execute etc. (Aorist with pūrayām-, mantrayām-, varayām-etc. equals pūrayām-etc. cakāra-) ; to seize, take hold of, hold, bear, support, wear, put on (clothes) etc. ; (A1.) to accept, obtain, conceive (especially in the womb), get, take (with /okas-or c/anas-,to take pleasure or delight in [loc. or dative case ]) ; to assume, have, possess, show, exhibit, incur, undergo : Causal -dhāpayati- (See antar-dhā-, śrad-dhā-etc.) : Desiderative dh/itsati-, te- () , to wish to put in or lay on (locative case) (Class. Passive voice dhitsyate-; dhitsya-See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) ; d/idhiṣati-, te-, to wish to give or present ; (A1.) to wish to gain, strive after (parasmE-pada d/idhiṣāṇa-, ) : with avady/am-, to bid defiance (confer, compare didhiṣ/āyya-, didhiṣ/u-): Intensive dedhīyate- [ confer, compare Zend da1,dadaiti; Greek ,; Lithuanian dedu4,de4ti; Slavonic or Slavonian dedja,diti; Old Saxon duan,do7n, Anglo-Saxon do7n,Engl.do; German tuan;tuon,thun.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharṣita | n. contumely, insolence  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhṛṣ | cl.5 P. dhṛṣṇ/oti- etc. ; cl.1 P. dh/arṣati- (parasmE-pada dhṛṣ/at-, ṣ/amāṇa- ; ṣāṇ/a-. ; perf. dadh/arṣa- etc.;3. plural dādhṛṣur- ; subjunctive dadharṣat-, ṣati-, ṣīt- ; dadhṛṣate-, ṣanta- ; parasmE-pada dadhṛṣv/as- ; Aorist adhṛṣas- , adhaṣiṣur- ; future dharṣiṣyati-, ṣitā- grammar; ind.p. -dhṛṣya- ; infinitive mood -dh/ṛṣas-, ṣi- ), to be bold or courageous or confident or proud ; to dare or venture (infinitive mood in tum- ) ; to dare to attack, treat with indignity (accusative) ; to surpass (?) : Causal dharṣayati- (; Aorist adīdhṛṣat-,or adadharṣat- grammar) to venture on attacking ; to offend, violate (a woman), overpower, overcome : Desiderative didharṣiṣati-: Intensive darīdhṛṣyate- or darīdharṣṭi- grammar ([ confer, compare Zend dareS; Greek , ; literally dristu; Gothic ga-dars, Anglo-Saxon dors-te, Engl. durs-t.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhṛṣṭa | For accentuation, see confer, compare Introduction parasmE-pada xviii.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| drā | cl.2 P. dr/āti- (imperative dr/ātu-, dr/āntu- ; perfect tense dadrur-, parasmE-pada A1. dadrāṇ/a- ; Aorist adrāsīt-; subjunctive drāsat- ), to run, make haste: Causal drāpayati- (Desiderative of Causal d/idrāpayiṣati-) ; Aorist adidrapat- : Intensive d/aridrāti- ; 3 plural daridrati- ; to run hither and thither ; to be in need or poor: Desiderative of Intensive didaridrāsati- and didaridriṣati- Va1rtt. 2 [ confer, compare | ||||||
| |||||||
| droṇaparṇī | f. "trough-leaved", Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dṛś | (Pres. forms supplied by etc. [2. sg. dadarśitha-and dadraṣṭha- ]; A1. dadṛś/e- [ d/adṛśe-,3 plural dṛśre- ; śrire- ]; parasmE-pada P. dadṛśv/as- ; sivas- ; darśivas- q.v; A1. d/adṛśāna- ; future P. -drakṣy/ati- etc.; A1. ṣyate-and future 2. draṣṭā- ; Aorist P. adarśam-, śas-, śat-,3 plural śur- ; 1 plural adarśma- ; adṛśma- ; subjunctive darśam-, śat-, śathas- ; A1.3 plural /adṛśran- ; śram- ; parasmE-pada dṛśān/a-or d/ṛśāna-[ confer, compare sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order ] ; P. dṛśan-,3 plural /adṛśan- ; Potential dṛś/eyam- ; śema- ; P. adrākṣit-and adrāk- ; A1.3 plural /adṛkṣata-; subjunctive 2 sg. d/ṛkṣase- ; infinitive mood dṛś/e-and driś/aye- ; dr/aṣṭum- etc.; ind.p. dṛṣṭv/ā- etc.[ also dṛśya-], ṭvāya- ; -d/ṛśya- ; -darśam- ) to see, behold, look at, regard, consider etc. ; to see id est wait on, visit ; to see with the mind, learn, understand etc. ; to notice, care for, look into, try, examine ; to see by divine intuition, think or find out, compose, contrive (hymns, rites, etc.) : Passive voice dṛśy/ate- (Epic also ti-) Aorist ad/arśi- etc. to be seen, become visible, appear etc. ; to be shown or manifested, appear as (iva-), prove etc.: Causal P. A1. darśayati-, te- etc. ; Aorist adīdṛśat- ; adadarśat- , to cause to see or be seen, to show a thing (A1. especially of something belonging to one's self) or person (P.and A1.with or scilicet ātmānam-,also one's self) , to (accusative etc.; genitive case etc.; dative case etc.; instrumental case after A1.refl. ) ; to show = prove, demonstrate etc. ; to produce (money) id est pay ; (a witness) , : Desiderative A1. didṛkṣate- (Epic also ti-) to wish to see, long for (accusative) etc.: Desiderative of Causal didarśayiṣati-, to wish to show ; adidarśayiṣīt- : Intensive darīdṛśyate-, to be always visible ; darī [ confer, compare Greek , ; Gothic tarhjan.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| dugdhikā | f. (written also dhīkā-) a sort of Asclepias or Oxystelma Esculentum (med.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| durvarṇa | n. the fragrant bark of Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvija | m. Clerodendrum Siphonantus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| elāgandhika | n. the fragrant bark of Feronia Elephantum.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| elavālu | n. the fragrant bark of Feronia Elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| gam | Ved. cl.1 P. g/amati- (; subjunctive gamam-, g/amat-[ gamātas-, gamātha- ], gamāma-, gaman- ; Potential gam/ema- ; infinitive mood g/amadhyai- ) : cl.2 P. g/anti- (; imperative 3. sg. gantu-,[2. sg. gadhi-See ā--,or gahi-See adhi--, abhy-ā--, ā--, upā; imperfect tense 2. and 3. sg. /agan-[ ] , 1. plural /aganma-[ ; confer, compare ] , 3. plural /agman- ; subjunctive [or Aorist subjunctive confer, compare ]1. plural ganma-,3. plural gm/an- ; Potential 2. sg. gamyās- ; preceding 3. sg. gamy/ās- ; pr. p. gm/at-, ) : cl.3 P. jaganti- (; Potential jagamyām-, yāt- ; imperfect tense 2. and 3. sg. ajagan-,2. plural ajaganta-or tana- ) : Ved. and Class. cl.1 P. (also A1. etc.) , with substitution of gacch- ([= ]) for gam-, g/acchati- (confer, compare ; subjunctive gā;2. sg. gacchās-[ ] or gacchāsi-[ ];2. plural gacchāta- ;3. plural g/acchān- ; imperfect tense /agacchat-; Potential gacchet-; pr. p. g/acchat- etc.; Aorist agamat- ;for A1.with prepositions confer, compare future gamiṣyati- etc.; 1st future g/antā-[ ] etc.; perf. 1. sg. jagamā-[ ],3. sg. jagāma-,2. dual number jagmathur-,3. plural jagm/ur- etc.; parasmE-pada jaganv/as-[ etc.] or jagmivas- f. jagm/uṣī- etc.;Ved. infinitive mood g/antave-, g/antav/ai-;Class. infinitive mood gantum-:Ved. ind.p. gatvāya-, gatv/ī-;Class. ind.p. gatv/ā-[ etc.] , with prepositions -gamya-or -gatya- ) to go, move, go away, set out, come etc. ; to go to or towards, approach (with accusative or locative case or dative case [ ; confer, compare ] or prati-[ ]) etc. ; to go or pass (as time exempli gratia, 'for example' kāle gacchati-,time going on, in the course of time) ; to fall to the share of (accusative) etc. ; to go against with hostile intentions, attack ; to decease, die ; to approach carnally, have sexual intercourse with (accusative) etc. ; to go to any state or condition, undergo, partake of, participate in, receive, obtain (exempli gratia, 'for example' mitratāṃ gacchati-,"he goes to friendship" id est he becomes friendly) etc. ; jānubhyām avanīṃ- ; dharaṇīṃ mūrdhnā- ; m/anasā- ; (without m/anasā-) to observe, understand, guess ; (especially Passive voice gamyate-,"to be understood or meant") and ; doṣeṇa- or doṣato- : Causal gamayati- (; imperative 2. sg. Ved. gamayā-or gāmaya-[ ] , 3. sg. gamayatāt- ; perf. gamay/āṃ cakāra- etc.) to cause to go ( ) or come, lead or conduct towards, send to (dative case ), bring to a place (accusative [ ] or locative case) etc. ; to cause to go to any condition, cause to become etc. ; to impart, grant ; to send away ; "to let go", not care about ; to excel ; to spend time etc. ; to cause to understand, make clear or intelligible, explain ; to convey an idea or meaning, denote ; (causal of the causal) to cause a person (accusative) to go by means of jigamiśati- another : Desiderative j/igamiṣati- ( jigāṃsate- ; imperfect tense ajigāṃsat- ) to wish to go, be going ; to strive to obtain ; to wish to bring (to light, prak/āśam-) : Intensive j/aṅganti- (), jaṅgamīti- or jaṅgamyate- ( ), to visit (parasmE-pada g/anigmat-) (imperfect tense aganīgan-) ; ([ confer, compare ; Gothic qvam; English come; Latin venioforgvemio.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| gandhaphala | m. "having a fragrant fruit", Feronia elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gandhatvac | f. the fragrant bark of Feronia elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| gaṇeśa | m. Name of a renowned astronomer of the 16th century  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gaṇeśamiśra | m. Name of a copyist of the last century | ||||||
| |||||||
| gaulmika | m. the chief of a troop  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ghana | m. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' mere, nothing but (exempli gratia, 'for example' vijñāna-ghan/a-,"nothing but intuition") (see ambu--, ayo--)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ghanaśyāma | m. Name of a copyist (of the last century). | ||||||
| |||||||
| giridhara | m. Name of a copyist of the 17th century.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gītagovinda | n. " govinda- (id est kṛṣṇa-) celebrated in song", Name of a lyrical drama by jayadeva- (probably written in the beginning of the twelfth century;it is a mystical erotic poem describing the loves of kṛṣṇa- and the gopī-s, especially of kṛṣṇa- and rādhā-, who is supposed to typify the human soul).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gokulajit | m. Name of an author of the 17th century  | ||||||
| |||||||
| govardhana | m. Name of the author of nasaptaśatī- (of the 12th or 13th century A.D.) on etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| grahalāghava | n. Name of an astronomical work of the 16th century.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| grāhiphala | m. "having astringent fruits", Feronica elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| grāmapati | m. the chief of a village | ||||||
| |||||||
| grāmeyaka | m. ( vArttika) equals ya- (5th century?) | ||||||
| |||||||
| granth | or grath- cl.9 P. grathn/āti- (future parasmE-pada granthiṣyat- ; perf. 3. plural jagranthur-or grethur- ; ind.p. granthitvā-or grath-, ), to fasten, tie or string together, arrange, connect in a regular series ; to string words together, compose (a literary work) : cl.1 P. A1. grathati-, te- (varia lectio) ; P. granthati-, ; A1. granthate- (Aorist agranthiṣṭa-), to be strung together or composed (a literary work), on : Causal P. A1. granthayati-, te-, to string together ; ([ confer, compare ; Latin glut-en?]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| granthiphala | m. "knotty-fruited", Feronia elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| grath | or granth- cl.9 P. grathn/āti- (future parasmE-pada granthiṣyat- ; perf. 3. plural jagranthur-or grethur- ; ind.p. granthitvā-or grath-, ), to fasten, tie or string together, arrange, connect in a regular series ; to string words together, compose (a literary work) : cl.1 P. A1. grathati-, te- (varia lectio) ; P. granthati-, ; A1. granthate- (Aorist agranthiṣṭa-), to be strung together or composed (a literary work), on : Causal P. A1. granthayati-, te-, to string together ; ([ confer, compare ; Latin glut-en?]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| gucchadantikā | f. Musa sapientum | ||||||
| |||||||
| han | cl.2 P. () hanti- (3. dual number hat/aḥ-,3. plural ghnanti-;rarely A1. hate-,3. plural ghnate-;and cl.1. hanati-, Vedic or Veda also jighnate-, ti-; Potential hanyāt- also h/anīta-, ghnīta-; imperative jah/i- handh/i-; imperfect tense /ahan-, Vedic or Veda and Epic also ahanat-, ahanan-, aghnanta-; parasmE-pada jaghnat-, ghnamāna- ; perfect tense jagh/āna-, jaghn/uḥ- Epic also jaghne-, nire- subjunctive jagh/anat- ; parasmE-pada jaghniv/as-, Vedic or Veda also jaghanvas-; Aorist ahānīt- [ confer, compare ; haṃsyati- ; haniṣy/ati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood h/antum-,Ved. also h/antave-, tav/ai-, toḥ-; ind.p. hatv/ā-,Ved. also tv/ī-, tvāya-, -hatya-; -hanya- ; -gh/ātam- etc.) , to strike, beat (also a drum) , pound, hammer (accusative), strike etc. upon (locative case) etc. ; to smite, slay, hit, kill, mar, destroy ; to put to death, cause to be executed ; to strike off ; to ward off, avert ; to hurt, wound (the heart) ; to hurl (a dart) upon (genitive case) ; (in astronomy) to touch, come into contact ; to obstruct, hinder ; to repress, give up, abandon (anger, sorrow etc.) ; (?) to go, move : Passive voice hany/ate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist avadhi-or aghāni-), to be struck or killed etc. etc.: Causal ghātayati-, te- (properly a etc. ; to notify a person's death (kaṃsaṃ ghātayati- equals kaṃsa-vadham ācaṣṭe-) Va1rtt. 6 ; to mar, destroy (varia lectio): Desiderative j/ighāṃsati-, te- (Potential jighāṃsīyat- ; imperfect tense ajighāṃsīḥ- ), to wish to kill or destroy etc. etc.: Intensive j/aṅghanti- (; parasmE-pada jaṅghanat-, j/aṅghnat-or gh/anighnat-), jaṅghanyate- (with pass. sense ), jeghnīyate- () , to strike = tread upon (locative case or accusative) ; to slay, kill ; to dispel (darkness) , destroy (evil, harm) ; to hurt, injure, wound [ confer, compare Greek , ; , ; Latin de-fendere,of-fendere; Lit.genu,gi4ti; Slavonic or Slavonian gu8nati.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hañjikā | f. Clerodendrum Siphonantus | ||||||
| |||||||
| hantukāma | mf(ā-)n. (hantu-for tum-) desirous of killing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| haribhadra | n. the fragrant bark of Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| haridru | (har/i--) mfn. moving in the yellow (soma-;said of the soma--stones) (more correctly accentuated hari-dr/u-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| harivāluka | n. the fragrant bark of Feronia Elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| harivaṃśa | mn. (scilicet purāṇa-) Name of a celebrated poem supplementary to the mahā-bhārata- on the history and adventures of kṛṣṇa- and his family (it is usually regarded as part of the greater epic, though really a comparatively modern addition to it; see ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| hastiviṣāṇī | f. Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hemādri | m. Name of an author (son of kāma-deva-;he lived in the 13th century A.D. and wrote the encyclopaedical work catur-varga-cintāmaṇi-, divided into 5 khaṇḍa-s, vrata-, dāna-, tīrtha-, mokṣa-, and pariśeṣa-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| idam | ay/am-, iy/am-, id/am- (fr. id- ; gaRa sarvā ;a kind of neut. of the pronominal base 3. i-with am-[ confer, compare Latin is,ea,id,andidem];the regular forms are partly derived from the pronominal base a-;See grammar 224;the veda- exhibits various irregular formations exempli gratia, 'for example' fr. pronominal base a-,an inst. en/ā-, ay/ā-[used in general adverbially], and genitive case locative case dual number ay/os-,and perhaps also av/os-,in [ ];fr. the base ima-,a genitive case singular im/asya-,only ;the has in a few instances the irregular accentuation /asmai-, ; /asya-, ; /ābhis-, : the forms derived fr. a-are used enclitically if they take the place of the third personal pronoun, do not stand at the beginning of a verse or period, and have no peculiar stress laid upon them) , this, this here, referring to something near the speaker  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jagannātha | m. Name of the authors (of rekhā-gaṇita-;of ;of rasa-gaṅgādhara-;of the vivāda-bhaṅgārṇava- compiled at the end of the last century)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jāla | n. (in anatomy) the omentum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jalajīvinī | f. equals -jantukā-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jantu | m. a creature, living being, man, person (the sg. also used collectively exempli gratia, 'for example' sarva j-,"everybody" ; ayaṃ jantuḥ-,"the man" ) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jantukā | f. equals ntu-rasa- | ||||||
| |||||||
| jatugṛha | n. (hence) a place of torture (jantu-g-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jaturaka | See jantuka-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| jñānalakṣaṇā | f. "knowledge-marked", (in logic) intuitive knowledge of anything actually not perceivable by the senses  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kadala | mf(ī-[ ā- ]). the plantain or banana tree, Musa Sapientum (its soft, perishable stem is a symbol of frailty)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kadalaka | m. Musa Sapientum | ||||||
| |||||||
| kālidāsa | m. (fr. kālī-,the goddess durgā-, and dāsa-,a slave, the final of kālī-being shortened; see ), Name of a celebrated poet (author of the śakuntalā-, vikramorvaśī-, mālavikāgnimitra-, megha-dūta-, and raghu-vaṃśa-;described as one of the nine gems of vikramā | ||||||
| |||||||
| kalyāṇacandra | m. Name of an astronomer in the twelfth century  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāñcanakadalī | f. a variety of the plant Musa sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṇḍoṣa | m. a scorpion, tarantula  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaniṣka | m. Name of a celebrated king of Northern India (whose reign began in the first century of our era and who, next to aśoka-, was the greatest supporter of Buddhism;his empire seems to have comprised Afghanistan, the Panjab, Yarkand, Kashmir, Ladak, agra-, Rajputana, Gujarat, and Sindh)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kañjikā | f. Siphonantus Indica  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kapipriya | m. Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kapīṣṭa | m. Feronia Elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| kapittha | m. (ttha- equals stha-) "on which monkeys dwell", Feronia Elephantum etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| kapittha | n. the fruit of Feronia Elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāpittha | mfn. (fr. kapittha-), belonging to the tree Feronia elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kapitthaka | m. Feronia Elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| kapitthatvac | f. the bark of Feronia Elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāpitthikā | f. (perhaps) the tree Feronia elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| karabhavallabha | m. Feronia Elephantum.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| karaṇa | n. an astrological division of the day (these karaṇa-s are eleven, viz. vava-, valava-, kaulava-, taitila-, gara-, vaṇija-, viṣṭi-, śakuni-, catuṣpada-, kintughna-,and nāga-,two being equal to a lunar day;the first seven are called a-dhruvāṇi-or movable, and fill, eight times repeated, the space from the second half of the first day in the moon's increase to the first half of the fourteenth day in its wane;the four others are dhruvāṇi-or fixed, and occupy the four half-days from the second half of the fourteenth day in the wane of the moon to the first half of the first day in its increase) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| karaṇḍaphalaka | m. Feronia Elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| karañjaphalaka | m. Feronia Elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| karaparṇa | m. Abelmoschus Esculentus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāratantavikā | f. fr. kara-tantu- Va1rtt. 3 and 24  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāratantavikī | f. fr. kara-tantu- Va1rtt. 3 and 24 | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāṣṭhīlā | f. a plantain, Musa sapientum | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāṣṭhīrasa | m. the wild plantain, Musa sapientum (see kā | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṭhinaphala | m. Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāṭhinyaphala | n. the plant Feronia Elephantum (kapittha-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kautsa | m. of a pupil of vara-tantu-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kḷp | cl.1 A1. k/alpate- (; perf. cakḷpe-,3. plural cākḷpr/e- future kalpiṣyate-and kalpsy-[3. dual number kalpsyete- ; vv.ll. kḷps-and klaps-],or kalpsyati-; Conditional akalpiṣyata-,or lpsyat-; 1st future kalpitā-or kalptā-[see ]; Aorist akḷpta-or pat-; proper and perf. only A1. ), to be well ordered or regulated, be well managed, succeed etc. ; to bear suitable relation to anything, correspond, be adapted to, in accordance with, suitable to (instrumental case) etc. ; to be fit for (locative case) ; to accommodate one's self to, be favourable to, subserve, effect (with dative case) etc. ; to partake of (dative case) etc. ; to fall to the share, be shared or partaken by (locative case dative case or genitive case exempli gratia, 'for example' yajñ/o dev/eṣu kalpatām-,"let the sacrifice be shared by the gods") ; to become (with Nominal verb) ; (with dative case [ Va1rtt. 2 ] ) ; to happen, occur ; to prepare, arrange ; to produce, cause, effect, create (with accusative) ; to declare as, consider as (with double accusative) (perf. p. kḷptavat-): Causal P. A1. kalp/ayati-, te-, (Aorist acīkḷpat-or cākḷpat-[ ] subjunctive cīkḷpāti- ), to set in order, arrange, distribute, dispose ; to bring into suitable connection with ; to prepare, arrange etc. ; to fit out, furnish with (instrumental case) ; to help any one in obtaining anything (dative case or locative case or genitive case) ; to fix, settle ; to declare as, consider as (with double accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' mātaram enāṃ kalpayantu-,"let them consider her as their mother" ) etc. ; to make, execute, bring about etc. ; to frame, form, invent, compose (as a poem etc.), imagine ; to perform (as a ceremony etc.) ; to trim, cut ; (in Prakrit) ; to pronounce a formula or verse which contains the : Desiderative cikḷpsati- or cikalpiṣate- ; ([ confer, compare Gothic hilpa; English help; German helfe; Lithuanian gelbmi.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛ | Ved. (I) cl.2 P. 2. sg. k/arṣi- dual number kṛth/as- plural kṛth/a-; A1. 2. sg. kṛṣ/e-; imperfect tense 2. and 3. sg. /akar-, 3. sg. rarely /akat- () ; 3. dual number /akartām-; plural /akarma-, /akarta- (also ), /akran- (Aorist,according to ); A1. /akri- (), /akṛthās- (), /akṛta- (); akrātām- (), /akrata- ( ) : imperative kṛdh/i- (also ), kṛt/am-, kṛt/a-; A1. kṛṣv/a-, kṛdhv/am-; subjunctive 2. and 3. sg. kar- plural k/arma-, k/arta- and kartana-, kran-; A1. 3. sg. kṛta- () , 3. plural kr/anta- () : Potential kriyāma- (); pr. p. P. (Nominal verb plural) kr/antas- A1. krāṇ/a-. (II) cl.1 P. k/arasi-, k/arati-, k/arathas-, k/aratas-, k/aranti-; A1. k/arase-, k/arate-, k/arāmahe-: imperfect tense /akaram-, /akaras-, /akarat- (Aorist,according to ) : imperative k/ara-, k/aratam-, k/aratām-: subjunctive k/aram-, k/arāṇi-, k/aras-, k/arat-, k/arāma-, k/aran-; A1. karāmahai-; pr. p. f. k/arantī- () (III) cl.5 P. kṛṇ/omi-, ṇ/oṣi-, ṇ/oti-, kṛṇuth/as-, kṛṇm/as- and kṛṇmasi-, kṛṇuth/a-, kṛṇv/anti-; A1. kṛṇv/e-, kṛṇuṣ/e-, kṛṇut/e-, 3. dual number kṛṇv/aite- (); plural kṛṇm/ahe-, kṛṇv/ate-: imperfect tense /akṛṇos-, /akṛṇot-, /akṛṇutam-, /akṛṇuta- and ṇotana- (), /akṛṇvan-; A1. 3. sg. /akṛṇuta- plural /akṛṇudhvam-, /akṛṇvata-: imperative kṛṇ/u- or kṛṇuh/i- or kṛṇut/āt-, kṛṇ/otu-, kṛṇut/am-, kṛṇut/ām-, 2. plural kṛṇut/a- or kṛṇ/ota- or kṛṇ/otana-, 3. plural kṛṇv/antu-; A1. kṛṇuṣv/a-, kṛṇut/ām-, kṛṇv/āthām-, kṛṇudhv/am-: subjunctive kṛṇ/avas-, ṇ/avat- or ṇ/avāt-, kṛṇ/avāva-, ṇ/avāma-, ṇ/avātha-, ṇ/avatha-, ṇ/avan-; A1. kṛṇ/avai- (once ṇavā- ), kṛṇavase- (also varia lectio ṇvase-), kṛṇavate-, kṛṇ/avāvahai-, kṛṇ/avāmahai-, 3. plural kṛṇ/avanta- () or kṛṇavante- or kṛṇvata- () : Potential A1. kṛṇvīt/a-; pr. p. P. kṛṇv/at- (f. vat/ī-) A1. kṛṇvāṇ/a-. (IV) cl.8. (this is the usual formation in the brāhmaṇa-s; sūtra-s, and in classical Sanskrit) P. kar/omi- (Epic kurmi- ); kurv/as-, kuruth/as-, kurut/as-, kurm/as- ([ kulmas-in an interpolation after ]), kuruth/a-, kurv/anti-; A1. kurv/e-, etc., 3. plural kurv/ate- () : imperfect tense akaravam-, akaros-, akarot-, akurva-, etc.; A1. 3. sg. akuruta- plural akurvata-: imperative kuru-, karotu- (in the earlier language 2. and 3. sg. kurutāt-,3. sg. also ), kuruta- or kurutana- (); A1. kuruṣva-, kurudhvam-, kurv/atām-: subjunctive karavāṇi-, karavas-, vāt-, vāva- or vāvas- ( ), vāma- or vāmas- (), vātha-, van-; A1. karavai-, kuruthās-, karavāvahai- (; he- ), karavaithe-, vaite- ( , ), vāmahai-(he- ) : Potential P. kuryām- A1. kurvīya- (); pr. p. P. kurv/at- (f. vat/ī-); A1. kurvāṇ/a-: perf. P. cak/āra-, cak/artha-, cakṛv/a-, cakṛm/a-, cakr/a- (); A1. cakr/e-, cakrir/e-; parasmE-pada cakṛvas- (accusative cakr/uṣam- ); A1. cakrāṇa- () : 2nd future kariṣy/ati-; subjunctive 2. sg. kariṣy/ās- (); 1st future k/artā-: preceding kriyāsam-: Aorist P. Ved. cakaram- (), acakrat- (), /acakriran- (); A1. 1. sg. kṛske- (); Class. akārṣīt- ( ;once akāraṣīt- ); Passive voice Aorist reflex. akāri- and akṛta- ( ) : infinitive mood k/artum-, Ved. k/artave-, k/artav/ai-, k/artos- (See ss.vv.); ind.p. kṛtv/ā-, Ved. kṛtv/ī- ([ ]) and kṛtv/āya- ([ ]) ; to do, make, perform, accomplish, cause, effect, prepare, undertake etc. ; to do anything for the advantage or injury of another (genitive case or locative case) etc. ; to execute, carry out (as an order or command) ; to manufacture, prepare, work at, elaborate, build ; to form or construct one thing out of another (ablative or instrumental case) etc. ; to employ, use, make use of (instrumental case) etc. ; to compose, describe ; to cultivate (confer, compare ) ; to accomplish any period, bring to completion, spend (exempli gratia, 'for example' varṣāṇi daśa cakruḥ-,"they spent ten years"; kṣaṇaṃ kuru-,"wait a moment"; confer, compare kritakṣaṇa-) ; to place, put, lay, bring, lead, take hold of (accusative or locative case or instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' ardh/aṃ-; hṛdayena-; hṛdi-; manasi- ' ;to determine, purpose [ ind.p. si-kṛtvā-or si-kṛtya-] ; vaśe-) ; to direct the thoughts, mind, etc. (m/anas-[ etc.] or buddhim-[ ] or matim-[ ]or bhāvam-[ ], etc.) towards any object, turn the attention to, resolve upon, determine on (locative case dative case infinitive mood,or a sentence with iti- exempli gratia, 'for example' mā śoke manaḥ kṛthāḥ-,do not turn your mind to grief ; gamanāya matiṃ cakre-,he resolved upon going ; alābuṃ samutsraṣṭuṃ manaś cakre-,he resolved to create a gourd ; draṣṭā tavā) ; to think of (accusative) ; to make, render (with two accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' ādityaṃ kāṣṭhām akurvata-,they made the sun their goal ) etc. ; to procure for another, bestow, grant (with genitive case or locative case) etc. ; A1. to procure for one's self, appropriate, assume ; to give aid, help any one to get anything (dative case) ; to make liable to (dative case) ; to injure, violate (exempli gratia, 'for example' kanyāṃ- ; to appoint, institute ; to give an order, commission ; to cause to get rid of, free from (ablative or -tas-) ; to begin (exempli gratia, 'for example' cakre śobhayitum purīm-,they began to adorn the city) ; to proceed, act, put in practice etc. ; to worship, sacrifice ; to make a sound (svaram-or śabdam-) ( ), utter, pronounce (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with the sounds phaṭ-, phut-, bhāṇ-, v/aṣaṭ-, svadh/ā-, sv/āhā-, hiṃ-), pronounce any formula () ; (with numeral adverbs ending in dhā-) to divide, separate or break up into parts (exempli gratia, 'for example' dvidhā-; sahasradhā-) ; (with adverbs ending in sāt-) to reduce anything to, cause to become, make subject (See ātma-sāt-, bhasma-sāt-) The above senses of ; nakhāni- ]) or salilaṃ- ([ ]) ; darduraṃ- ; daṇḍaṃ- ; kālaṃ- ; śirasā-) , but commonly in the brāhmaṇa-s, sūtra-s, and especially in classical Sanskrit the perf. forms cakāra-and cakre- auxiliarily used to form the periphrastical perfect of verbs, especially of causatives exempli gratia, 'for example' āsāṃ cakre-,"he sat down" ; gamay/āṃ cakāra-,"he caused to go"[see ;in veda- some other forms of; imperfect tense akar- and ;3. plural akran- and ; preceding kriyāt- (See );according to , also karotu-with ] exempli gratia, 'for example' sabhāṃ kāritavān-,he caused an assembly to be made ; rāja-darśanaṃ māṃ kāraya-,cause me to have an audience of the king; vāṇijyaṃ kārayed vaiśyam-,he ought to cause the vaiśya- to engage in trade ; na śakṣyāmi kiṃcit kārayituṃ tvayā-,I shall not be able to have anything done by thee ) ; to cause to manufacture or form or cultivate etc. ; to cause to place or put, have anything placed, put upon, etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' taṃ citrapaṭaṃ vāsa-gṛhe bhittāv akārayat-,he had the picture placed on the wall in his house ) . Sometimes the Causal of ; mithyā k-,he pronounces wrongly ; kaikeyīm anu rājānaṃ kāraya-,treat or deal with kaikeyī- as the king does ) : Desiderative c/ikīrṣati- (Aorist 2. sg. acikīrṣīs- ) , Epic also te-, to wish to make or do, intend to do, design, intend, begin, strive after etc. ; to wish to sacrifice or worship : Intensive 3. plural karikrati- (pr. p. k/arikrat-See ), to do repeatedly ; Class. carkarti- or carikarti- or carīkarti- ([ ]) , also carkarīti- or carikarīti- or carīkarīti- or cekrīyate- ([ib. Scholiast or Commentator ]); ([ confer, compare Hibernian or Irish caraim,"I perform, execute";ceard,"an art, trade, business, function";sucridh,"easy"; Old German karawan,"to prepare"; modern German gar,"prepared (as food)"; Latin creo,ceremonia;, .]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛmi | m. "a spider" (See -tantu-jāla-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛntana | n. cutting, cutting off, dividing (see tantu--, śiraḥ--.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛṣṇacandra | m. Name of a prince of the eighteenth century  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛtakṣaṇa | mfn. one who waits for the right moment, one who waits impatiently for a person or thing (locative case,or accusative with prati-,or infinitive mood,or in compound; exempli gratia, 'for example' kṛta-kṣaṇā; te bhūmiṇ gantuṃ kṛta-kṣaṇāḥ-,they are waiting for the time to proceed to the earth )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣam | cl.1 A1. kṣ/amate- (Epic also P. ti-;Ved. cl.2 P. kṣamiti- ; cl.4 P. kṣāmyati-[ confer, compare imperative A1.3. sg. kṣamyatām- ] ; perf. cakṣame- etc., 3. plural mire- ;1. dual number cakṣaṇvahe-& 1. plural ṇmahe- Scholiast or Commentator; future 2nd kṣaṃsyate-, ti-, kṣamiṣyati-; Aorist 2. sg. akṣaṃsthās- ; infinitive mood kṣantum- etc.) , to be patient or composed, suppress anger, keep quiet etc. ; to submit to (dative case) ; to bear patiently, endure, put up with (accusative), suffer ; to pardon, forgive anything (accusative) to (genitive case or dative case) etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' kṣamasva me tad-,forgive me that ) ; to allow, permit, suffer () ; (with Potential) ; to bear any one, be indulgent to (Passive voice) ; to resist ; to be able to do anything (infinitive mood) ; to seem good : Causal P. A1. kṣamayati-, kṣāmayate-, to ask any one (accusative) pardon for anything (accusative) ; (perf. kṣamayām āsa-) to suffer or bear patiently (confer, compare kṣamāpaya-); ([ confer, compare Gothic hramja(?) Anglo-Saxon hremman,"to hinder, disquiet."])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣata | n. a hurt, wound, sore, contusion etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣemendra | m. Name of a celebrated poet of Kasmir (surnamed vyāsa-dāsa- and flourishing in the middle of the eleventh century, author of the bṛhat-kathā-(- mañjarī-), bhārata-mañjarī-, kalā-vilāsa-, rāmāyaṇa-mañjarī- or - kathā-sāra-, daśāvatāra-carita-, samaya-mātṛkā-, vyāsā | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣetrasambhava | m. "growing on the fields", Abelmoschus esculentus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣitināga | m. (equals -jantu-) a kind of snail or earth-worm  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣitīśavaṃśāvalīcarita | n. "genealogy and history of kṣitī | ||||||
| |||||||
| kucaphala | m. the plant Feronia elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kulīna | m. a Brahman of the highest class in Bengal (id est a member of one of the eight principal families of the vārendra- division or of one of the six chief families of the rāḍha- or Rarh division as classified by Balal Sen, rāja- of Bengal, in the twelfth century;common names of the latter families are Mukharjea, Banarjea, Chatarjea, etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kunta | m. a spear, lance ([ confer, compare Latin contus; Greek ]) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuṣṭhagandhi | n. the fragrant bark of the plant Feronia elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuvalayāśvacaritra | n. "the adventures of kuvalayā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lakṣmaṇa | m. of a son of daśa-ratha- by his wife su-mitrā- (he was younger brother and companion of rāma- during his travels and adventures; lakṣmaṇa- and śatru-ghna- were both sons of su-mitrā-, but lakṣmaṇa- alone is usually called saumitri-;he so attached himself to rāma- as to be called rāma-'s second self;whereas śatru-ghna- attached himself to bharata-) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lap | (confer, compare ) lapati- (Epic also te-and lapyati-; perfect tense lalāpa-, lepus- etc.; Aorist alāpīt- grammar; future lapitā- ; lapiṣyati- etc.; infinitive mood laptum- ; lapitum- ; ind.p. -lapya- ), to prate, chatter, talk (also of birds) ; to whisper ; to wail, lament, weep : Causal lāpayati-, te- (Aorist alīlapat-or alalāpat- grammar), to cause to talk : Desiderative lilapiṣati- grammar : Intensive l/ālapīti-, to prate senselessly ; lālapyate- (mc. also ti-), to wail, lament ; to address repeatedly , lālapti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ; perhaps Latin la1mentumfor lap-mentum-.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅgaka | m. Feroma Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅgavardhana | m. Feronia Elephantum (also -vardha-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| lobhanī | f. a kind of Sphaerantus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| locaka | m. the plantain tree, Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mā | ind. sometimes for the simple negative na- (exempli gratia, 'for example' katham mā bhūt-,how may it not be ; mā gantum arhasi-,thou oughtest not to go, R; mā bhūd āgataḥ-,can he not id est surely he must have arrived )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mādhavatīrtha | m. Name of a chief of the madhva- sect (13th century)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāvaṃśa | m. "great lineage or race", Name of a well-known work written in pāli- by a monk named mahānāma- in the 5th century  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāvīra | m. of the last arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī- (the last and most celebrated jaina- teacher of the present age, supposed to have flourished in Behar in the 6th century B.C.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| mallinātha | m. Name of a poet and celebrated commentator (also called kolācala- or peḍḍa- bhaṭṭa-, father of kumāra-svāmin- and viśve | ||||||
| |||||||
| mālūra | m. a species of plant (Aegle Marmelos or Feronia Elephantum )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| man | cl.8.4. A1. () manut/e-, m/anyate- (Epic also ti-;3. plural manvat/e- ; perfect tense mene- etc.; mamn/āthe-, n/āts- ; Aorist /amata-, /amanmahi- subjunctive manāmahe-, mananta-, parasmE-pada manān/a- q.v ; maṃsi-, amaṃsta- subjunctive maṃsate- preceding maṃsīṣṭa-,1. Persian mc. masīya- ; māṃsta- , stādm- ; mandhvam- ; amaniṣṭa- grammar; future maṃsyate- , ti- ; manta-, manitā- grammar; maniṣyate- ; infinitive mood mantum- etc., m/antave-, tavai- , m/antos- ; ind.p. matv/ā- etc.; manitvā- grammar; -matya- etc.; -manya- etc.) , to think, believe, imagine, suppose, conjecture etc. (manye-,I think, methinks, is in later language often inserted in a sentence without affecting the construction; confer, compare gaRa cā) ; to regard or consider any one or anything (accusative) as (accusative with or without iva-,or adverb,often in -vat-;in later language also dative case,to express contempt[ confer, compare ], exempli gratia, 'for example' gaRa rājyaṃ tṛṇaya- manye-,"I value empire at a straw" id est I make light of it equals laghu- ; to think one's self or be thought to be, appear as, pass for (Nominal verb;also with iva-) ; to be of opinion, think fit or right etc. ; to agree or be of the same opinion with (accusative) ; to set the heart or mind on, honour, esteem (with nau-,disdain) , hope or wish for (accusative or genitive case) etc. ; to think of (in prayer etc., either"to remember, meditate on", or"mention, declare", or"excogitate, invent") ; to perceive, observe, learn, know, understand, comprehend (accusative,Ved. also genitive case). etc. ; to offer, present : Causal () mānayati- (Epic also te-; Aorist amīmanat-; Passive voice mānyate-), to honour, esteem, value highly (also with uru-, bahu-and sādhu-) etc. ; (A1.) stambhe- ; garvake- : Desiderative () mīmāṃsate- (rarely ti-; amīmāṃsiṣṭhās- ; mīmāṃsy/ate- ; mimaṃsate-, mimaniṣate- grammar), to reflect upon, consider, examine, investigate etc. ; to call in question, doubt ("with regard to" locative case) : Desiderative of Desiderative mimāmiṣate- grammar : Intensive manmanyate-, manmanti- [ confer, compare Zend man; Greek ,, Latin meminisse,monere; Slavonic or Slavonian and Lithuanian mine4ti; Gothic ga-munan; Germ,meinen; English mean.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| maṇḍūkamātṛ | f. "frog-mother", Clerodendrum Siphonantus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| maṇḍūkaparṇī | f. Name of various plants (Rubia Munjista, Clerodendrum Siphonantus etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| maṇḍūkī | f. Name of various plants (Hydrocotyle Asiatica, Clerodendrum Siphonantus, Ruta Graveolens etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| maṅgalya | mf(ā-)n. Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mañjiphalā | f. Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| manmatha | m. Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mantavya | m/antu-, mant/ṛ- See .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| māntavya | m. patronymic fr. mantu- gaRa -gargā | ||||||
| |||||||
| manthu | m. Name of a man (son of vīra-vrata- and elder brother of pramanthu-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| mantumat | mfn. (only vocative case m/antu-mas-) wise, intelligent  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mānutantavya | m. (fr. manu-tantu-) patronymic of aikādaśākṣa- | ||||||
| |||||||
| mārin | mfn. killing, destroying (see jantu-m-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| math | or manth- (q.v) cl.1.9. P. () mā; perfect tense mamātha- ;3. plural mamathuḥ- ; methuḥ-, methire- ; mamantha-, nthuḥ- ; Aorist mathīt- ; amanthiṣṭām- ; amathiṣata- ; future mathiṣyati-, te- manthiṣyati- etc.; mathitā- ; infinitive mood mathitum- etc.; tos- ; m/anthitav/ai- ; ind.p. mathitv/ā-, -m/athya- etc.; manthitvā-, ; -manthya-and -mātham- etc.) . to stir or whirl round etc. ; (with agnim-), to produce fire by rapidly whirling round or rotating a dry stick (araṇi-) in another dry stick prepared to receive it ; (with araṇim-), to rotate the stick for producing fire ; (with ūrum-, hastam-etc.) , to use friction upon any part of the body with the object of producing offspring from it ; to churn (milk into butter) , produce by churning etc. (also with two accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' sudhāṃ- kṣīra-nidhim mathnāti-,"he churns nectar out of the ocean of milk" on ) ; to mix, mingle ; to stir up, shake, agitate, trouble disturb, afflict, distress, hurt, destroy etc. etc.: Passive voice mathy/ate- (Epic also ti-), to be stirred up or churned etc. etc. etc.: Causal manthayati- (), mā), to cause to be stirred up or churned etc.: Desiderative mimathiṣati-, mimanthiṣati- grammar : Intensive māmathyate-, māmantti- etc. [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin mentha,menta; Lit.mentu4re; German minza,Minze; Anglo-Saxon minte; English mint.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mātṛ | f. Salvinia Cucullata, Nardostachys Jatamansi, Sphaerantus Indicus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| medodharā | f. a membrane in the abdomen containing the fat, the omentum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| moca | m. (prob.) Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mocā | f. Musa Sapientum | ||||||
| |||||||
| mocaka | m. Musa Sapientum | ||||||
| |||||||
| momahaṇa | m. Name of an author (15th century) | ||||||
| |||||||
| mṛdhravāc | (mṛdhr/a--) mfn. speaking injuriously or contumeliously, insulting  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mṛtyuphalā | f. Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mṛtyuphalī | f. Musa Sapientum | ||||||
| |||||||
| mugdhabodha | n. (scilicet vyākaraṇa-) "instructing the ignorant", Name of a celebrated grammar by vopa-deva- (supposed to have flourished in the 13th century, and regarded as a great authority in Bengal)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mūlabhṛtya | m. an hereditary servant, one whose ancestors were servants before him (opp. to āgantu-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| muṇḍī | f. Sphaerantus Hirtus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| muṇḍitikā | f. Sphaerantus Hirtus | ||||||
| |||||||
| nagarauṣadhi | f. Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| naiṣadha | n. Name of an artificial epic poem by śrī-harṣa- (treating of nala-'s adventures).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nam | cl.1 P. n/amati- (), te- (mostly intrans.; confer, compare ; pr. p. A1. namāna- ; perfect tense P. nā etc.;2. sg. nemitha-,or nanantha- ; subjunctive nan/amas- ;3. plural nemur- ; A1. neme- ;3. plural -nanamire- ; Aorist P. anān- ; anaṃsīt- ; A1. anaṃsta- grammar;3. plural anaṃsata- ; subjunctive naṃsai-, naṃsante- ; future naṃsyati- ; namiṣyati- ; nantā- ; infinitive mood -n/amam-, -n/ame- ; nantum-, namitum- ; ind.p. natvā- ; -natya- ; -namya- ) to bend or bow (either trans. or oftener intr.) to bow to, subject or submit, one's self (with genitive case dative case or accusative) etc. ; (with hiruk-) to turn away, keep aside ; to turn towards id est to aim at (genitive case) with (instrumental case) ; to yield or give way, keep quiet or be silent ; (in gram.) to change a dental letter into a cerebral : Passive voice namyate-, to be bent or bowed ; yield or submit to : Causal nam/ayati- etc. (nāmayati- etc.; nāmyati-[!] ; Aorist anīnamat- ; Passive voice nāmyate-, ti- etc.) to cause to bow or sink, incline etc. ; (with cāpam-) to bend a bow etc. ; to turn away or ward off ; to aim at (genitive case), ; (in gram.) to change a dental letter into a cerebral : Desiderative ninaṃsati-, : Intensive n/annamīti- ; nannamyate- (3. sg. n/amnate- imperfect tense anamnata-, parasmE-pada n/amamāna- ) to bow or submit one's self to (dative case). [ confer, compare Zend nam,nemaiti; Greek , ; Latin nemus; Gothic , Old Saxon , Anglo-Saxon niman; HGerm. ne0man,ne0men,nehmen.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nāman | n. a good or great name, renown, fame (only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see śva--, sum/antu--)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| naravāhanadattacaritamaya | mf(ī-)n. containing the adventures of prince naravāhana-datta- | ||||||
| |||||||
| naravarman | m. Name of a prince of mālava- in the 12th century  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nidhyāna | n. intuition, seeing, sight  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nihan | P. -hanti- (imperative -jahi- ; parasmE-pada -ghn/a- etc.; 3- sg. A1. -jighnate- ; parasmE-pada jighnamāna- ; perfect tense -jaghāna- etc.;3. plural -jaghnur-, nire- ; future -haniṣyati-, te-, -haṃsyati- ; parasmE-pada -haniṣy/at- ; ind.p. -hatya- [ see a-nihatya-]; infinitive mood -hantave- ; -hantum- ), to strike or fix in, hurl in or upon or against (locative case) etc. ; to make an attempt upon, attack, assail (accusative locative case or genitive case) ; to strike or hew down (also -mow ), kill, overwhelm, destroy etc. etc. (also applied to planets ) ; to hit, touch (literally and figuratively) ; to beat (a drum) ; to punish, visit, afflict ; to attach to (Passive voice -hanyate-,to be fixed upon, with locative case) ; to drop, lower, let sink (hands, wings etc.) ; to speak with the unaccented tone id est with the anudātta- ; (in arithmetic) to multiply commentator or commentary Causal See ni-ghāta-, taya-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| niḥsārā | f. Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nimitta | n. equals āgantu-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nirāmālu | m. (nis-+ āma-+ ālu-?) Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣkram | P. A1. -krāmati-, -kramate- (-kramati- ind.p. -kramya-; infinitive mood -krāmitum-, -kramitum-,or -krāntuṃ-), to go out, come forth, go or come from (ablative,rarely genitive case), depart etc. ; to leave (worldly life) ; (in dramatic language) to make an exit: Causal -krāmayati- (Passive voice -krāmyate-), to cause to go out, drive or let out, deliver  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niyantu | See dur-niy/antu-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nyakkṛta | mfn. humbled, treated with contempt or contumely | ||||||
| |||||||
| nyūṅkha | m. the insertion of the sound o- (in different places with difference of quantity and accentuation) in the recitation of hymns etc. (see )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ojman | m. power, vigour, energy, speed velocity ; ([ confer, compare Latin augmentu-m; Lithuanian augmu.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| padi | m. (prob.) a kind of animal ; equals gantu- ).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| padma | m. a species of plant (Clerodendrum Siphorantus or Hibiscus Mutabilis ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pañcakāpittha | mfn. prepared with the 5 products of Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pañcatha | mfn. (confer, compare ) the fifth [ confer, compare Zend pukhdha; Greek ; Latin quinctus,quintusforpinctus; Lithuanian pe4nktas; Gothic fimfta; German fünfte; Anglo-Saxon fifta; English fifth.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paramarkṣa | (equals ma-ṛkṣa-) m. Name of a king (varia lectio para-manthu-and -manyu-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parameśvarasākṣātkāra | m. intuitive perception of God | ||||||
| |||||||
| parāśṝ | P. -śṛṇāti- (imperative -śṛṇīhi-, ṇītam-, ṇantu- ; Aorist -śarīt-,or -śarait- ), to crush, destroy.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paribhram | P. -bhramati-, -bhrāmyati- (Epic also te-; pr. p. -bhramat-, -bhrāmyat-and -bhramamāṇa-; perfect tense -babhrāma-,3. plural -babhramuḥ-,or -bhremuḥ-; ind.p. -bhramya-; infinitive mood -bhramitum-or -bhrāntum-), to rove, ramble, wander about or through etc. ; (also with maṇḍalam-) to turn or whirl round, move in a circle, describe a circle round, revolve, rotate : Causal -bhrāmayati-, to stir up, shake through  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parigam | P. -gacchati- (Aorist -agamat- ; -gman- ; perfect tense -jagmatuḥ- ; parasmE-pada -jaganvas- ; ind.p. -g/atyā ; -gamya- ; infinitive mood -gantum- ) , to go round or about or through, circumambulate, surround, inclose etc. ; to come to any state or condition, get, attain (accusative) : Passive voice -gamyate- : Causal -gamayati-, to cause to go round, to pass or spend (time)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parikram | P. -krā etc. ; to go past, escape ; to outstrip, overtake : Intensive -caṅkramati-, to move or walk about perpetually | ||||||
| |||||||
| parivapya | m. (fr. vapā-) the homa- which begins and concludes the rites to be performed with the caul or omentum (wrong reading -vāpya-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parivyāvṛj | (only imperative -vṛñjantu-), to separate id est deliver from (ablative),  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paruṣa | n. harsh and contumelious speech, abuse etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paruṣavacana | n. harsh or contumelious speech | ||||||
| |||||||
| phañjī | f. Clerodendrum Siphonantus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradhṛ | (only perfect tense A1. -dadhre-,with manas-), to set the mind upon anything (dative case), resolve, determine : Causal P. -dhārayati-, to chastise, inflict a punishment on any one (locative case; see daṇḍaṃ- ; to keep in remembrance ; to reflect, consider ; (pradhārayantu- wrong reading for pra dhārā yantu- ) .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradhṛṣṭa | mfn. treated with contumely | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāgvṛtttānta | m. a former event, previous adventure | ||||||
| |||||||
| praiyavrata | n. priya-vrata-'s life or adventures  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prajāvatī | f. Name of a tutelary deity of the su-mantu-s  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pramanthu | m. Name of a son of vīra-vrata- and younger brother of manthu- ([ see ]) .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇamita | mfn. a particular kind of accentuation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇata | mfn. a particular kind of accentuation | ||||||
| |||||||
| prānta | m. back part (of a carriage) (in the beginning of a compound,finally, eventually )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prath | cl.1 A1. () pr/athate- (rarely P. ti- exempli gratia, 'for example' imperfect tense 2. dual number /aprathatam- ; imperative prathantu- ; perfect tense paprathatuḥ- ;mostly A1. perfect tense paprath/e-, parasmE-pada paprathān/a- ; Aorist prathiṣṭa-, parasmE-pada prathān/a- ; future prathiṣyate-, prathitā- grammar), to spread, extend (intrans.; P.trans. and intrans.), become larger or wider, increase etc. ; to spread abroad (as a name, rumour etc.), become known or celebrated etc. ; to come to light, appear, arise ; to occur (to the mind) : Causal prath/ayati- (rarely te-; Aorist apaprathat- ; subjunctive papr/athat- ; paprathanta- ; pr/athayi- ), to spread, extend, increase etc. (prathayati-tarām- ; A1.intr. ) ; to spread abroad, proclaim, celebrate ; to unfold, disclose, reveal, show ; to extend over id est shine upon, give light to (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prātibha | mf(ī-)n. (fr. -bhā-) intuitive, divinatory  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prātibha | n. (with or scilicet jñāna-) intuitive knowledge, intuition, divination ( prātibhavat -vat- ind. ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratikūlatva | n. perverseness, contumacy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratikūlavat | mfn. refractory, contumacious | ||||||
| |||||||
| pravapa | mfn. (pra-+ vapā-) having a thick membrane or omentum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| puṣpaphala | m. Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| putriṇī | f. Siphonantus Indica and another plant  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rājaśekhara | m. (also with kavi-, sūri-etc.) Name of various authors and teachers; (especially) of a poet (son of durdaka- and śīla-vatī-, tutor of mahendrapāla-, king of kānyakubja-; he lived in the 10th century and wrote 4 plays, viz. pracaṇḍa-pāṇḍava- or bāla-bhārata-, bāla-rāmāyaṇa-, viddhaśāla-bhañjikā-, and karpūra-mañjarī-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rājeṣṭā | f. Musa Sapientum | ||||||
| |||||||
| ram | cl.1. A1. () ramate- (Vedic or Veda also P. r/amati-or ramṇāti- perfect tense rarāma- ; reme- etc.; Aorist 3. plural ranta- ; araṃsīt- ; araṃsta- ; raṃsiṣam- ; future rantā- grammar; raṃsyati- ; te- etc.; infinitive mood ramitum- ; rantum- etc.; rantos- ; ind.p. ratv/ā- ; rantvā- ; -ramya-or -ratya- ), to stop, stay, make fast, calm, set at rest (P.; especially present tense ramṇāti-) ; (P. A1.)to delight, make happy, enjoy carnally ; (A1.) to stand still, rest, abide, like to stay with (locative case or dative case) etc. ; (A1.; P.only mc.) to be glad or pleased, rejoice at, delight in, be fond of (locative case instrumental case or infinitive mood) etc. ; to play or sport, dally, have sexual intercourse with (instrumental case with or without samam-, saha-, sākam-or sā etc. ; to couple (said of deer) , Va1rtt. 8 (confer, compare Causal) ; to play with id est put to stake (instrumental case) : Causal ram/ayati- or rām/ayati- (Aorist /arīramat-), to cause to stay, stop, set at rest ; (ramayati-, mc. also te-) to gladden, delight, please, caress, enjoy carnally etc. (3. sg. ramayati-tarām-, ) ; to enjoy one's self, be pleased or delighted ; mṛgān ramayati-, he tells that the deer are coupling Va1rtt. 8 : Desiderative in riraṃsā-, su- q.v : Desiderative of Causal in riramayiṣu- q.v : Intesis. raṃramyate- or raṃramīti- [ confer, compare Zend ram, Greek ,, ; Lithuanian rimti; Gothic rimis.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāmānuja | m. Name of a celebrated vaiṣṇava- reformer (founder of a particular Vedantic school which taught the doctrine of viśiṣṭā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāmāyaṇakathāsāra | m. Name of a poem based on the rāmāyaṇa-, by kṣeme | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāmāyaṇakathāsāramañjarī | f. Name of a poem based on the rāmāyaṇa-, by kṣeme | ||||||
| |||||||
| rambhā | f. the plantain (Musa Sapientum) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| raṇ | or ran- (see ; perfect tense rā; Aorist arāṇiṣuḥ-, raṇiṣṭana- ), to rejoice, be pleased, take pleasure in (locative case,rarely accusative) ; to gladden, delight, gratify : Causal raṇḍyati-, te-, to cheer, gladden, exhilarate with (instrumental case or locative case) ; to be at ease, be pleased or satisfied with, delight in (locative case) : Intensive (subjunctive rār/aṇat-, rār/an-; imperative rārandhi-, rārantu-) = Causal (as well in the trans. as in the intrans. meanings)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rantavya | 2. ranti-, rantu-, rantṛ- See under  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ratnaśekhara | m. Name of a jaina- author (15th century)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ravikīrti | m. Name of a poet (of the 7th century)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rekhāgaṇitakṣetravyavahāra | m. "geometry and mensuration", Name of a work by jagan-nātha- (18th century).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| reṇukācārya | m. Name of an author (who lived in the 13th century). | ||||||
| |||||||
| rocaka | m. Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śābdikavidvaktavipramodaka | m. or n. a list of words formed by uṇādi- suffixes (by veṅkaṭe | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṣaḍguruśiṣya | m. Name of a Commentator on kātyāyana-'s ṛg-veda-sarvānukramaṇī- (who lived in the 12th century, A.D.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sadyaḥkṣata | n. a fresh contusion or wound  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāhityadarpaṇa | m. "mirror of composition", Name of a treatise on literary or rhetorical composition by viśvanātha-kavi-rāja- (15th century A.D.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaka | m. plural Name of a particular white-skinned tribe or race of people (in the legends which relate the contests between vasiṣṭha- and viśvāmitra- the śaka-s are fabled to have been produced by the Cow of vasiṣṭha-, from her sweat, for the destruction of viśvāmitra-'s army; in , they are mentioned together with the pauṇḍraka-s, oḍra-s, draviḍa-s, kāmboja-s, javana-s or yavana-s, pārada-s, pahlava-s, cīna-s, kirāta-s, darada-s, and khaśa-s, described by as degraded tribes of kṣatriya-s called after the districts in which they reside: according to the ,king sagara- attempted to rid his kingdom of these tribes, but did not succeed in destroying them all : they are sometimes regarded as the followers of śaka- or śāli-vāhana-, and are probably to be identified with the Tartars or Indo-Scythians [ Latin saca-]who overran India before the Aryans, and were conquered by the great vikramā etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakramātṛ | f. Clerodendrum Siphonantus | ||||||
| |||||||
| sakṛtphalā | f. "bearing fruit once", the tree Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sākṣātkāra | m. evident or intuitive perception, realization ( sākṣātkāratā -tā- f.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sākṣātkaraṇa | n. intuitive perception, actual feeling | ||||||
| |||||||
| sākṣātkriyā | (Saddhp.) f. intuitive perception, realization. | ||||||
| |||||||
| sākṣātkṛtadharman | mfn. one who has an intuitive perception of duty | ||||||
| |||||||
| sākṣātkṛti | () f. intuitive perception, realization. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakya | mf(ā-)n. able, possible, practicable, capable of being (with infinitive mood in pass. sense exempli gratia, 'for example' na sā śakyā netum balāt-,"she cannot be conducted by force"; tan mayā śakyam pratśpattum-,"that is able to be acquired by me";the form śakyam-may also be used with a Nominal verb case which is in a different gender or number exempli gratia, 'for example' śakyaṃ śva-māṃsā) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| sambhavya | m. Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śambhucandra | m. Name of a Zamindar (who wrote the vikrama-bhārata- in the beginning of this century)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaṃkaradīkṣita | m. Name of a writer of the last century (son of dīkṣita- bāla-kṛṣṇa-;author of the gaṅgāvatāra-campū-prabandha-, pradyumna-vijaya-, and, śaṃkara-ceto-vilāsa-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaṃkaravijaya | m. of a poem by vyāsa-giri- (describing the adventures of śiva-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāṃkhya | n. (according to to some also m.) Name of one of the three great divisions of Hindu philosophy (ascribed to the sage kapila- [ q.v ], and so called either from"discriminating", in general, or, more probably, from"reckoning up"or"enumerating"twenty-five tattva-s [See tattva-]or true entities [twenty-three of which are evolved out of prakṛti-"the primordial Essence"or"first-Producer"], viz. buddhi-, ahaṃkāra-, the five tan-mātra-s, the five mahā-bhūta-s and manas-;the twenty-fifth being puruṣa- or Spirit [sometimes called Soul] which is neither a Producer nor Production [see vikāra-],but wholly distinct from the twenty-four other tattva-s,and is multitudinous, each separate puruṣa- by its union with prakṛti- causing a separate creation out of prakṛti-, the object of the philosophy being to effect the final liberation of the puruṣa- or Spirit from the fetters caused by that creation;the yoga- [ q.v ] branch of the sāṃkhya- recognizes a Supreme Spirit dominating each separate puruṣa-;the tantra-s identify prakṛti- with the wives of the gods, especially with the wife of śiva-;the oldest systematic exposition of the sāṃkhya- seems to have been by an author called pañca-śikha- [the germ, however, being found in the ṣaṣṭi-tantra-, of which only scanty fragments are extant];the original sūtra-s were superseded by the sāṃkhya-kārikā- of īśvara-kṛṣṇa-, the oldest manual on the sāṃkhya- system that has come down to us and probably written in the 5th century A.D., while the sāṃkhya-- sūtra-s or śiva-pravacana- and tattva-samāsa-, ascribed to the sage kapila-, are now thought to belong to as late a date as the 14th or 15th century or perhaps a little later) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāṃkhyasūtra | n. Name of six books of aphorisms of the sāṃkhya- philosophy (ascribed to kapila-, but prob. written in the 14th or 15th century A.D.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃkliṣṭa | mfn. contused or bruised (as the flesh without injury to the skin)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃkṣam | (only infinitive mood -kṣantum-), to put up with, bear, endure | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāṃtanavācārya | m. the author of the phiṭ-sūtra-s (on accentuation). | ||||||
| |||||||
| samutsedha | m. swelling up, intumescence, fatness, thickness  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃyatvara | m. equals vāg-yata- or jantu-samūha-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| san | cl.1 P., cl.8. P. A1. () s/anati-, te- or san/oti-, sanute- (A1.rare and only in non-conjugational tenses; perfect tense sas/āna- ; parasmE-pada sasav/as- f. sasan/uṣī- ; sasanivas-or senivas- grammar; sene- ; Aorist asāniṣam-[Subj. saniṣat- A1. saniṣāsmahe-, s/aniṣanta-] ; imperative s/aniṣantu- ; seṣam-, set- ; asāta- grammar; preceding sanyāt-, sāyāt- ; future sanitā- ; saniṣy/ati- ; infinitive mood sanitum- grammar), to gain, acquire, obtain as a gift, possess, enjoy ; to gain for another, procure, bestow, give, distribute ; (A1.) to be successful, be granted or fulfilled : Passive voice sanyate- or sāyate- : Causal sānayati- (Aorist asīṣaṇat-) grammar : Desiderative of Causal sisānayiṣati-. : Desiderative sisaniṣati- (grammar) or s/iṣāsati- (? sīṣatī- ), to wish to acquire or obtain ; to wish to procure or bestow : Intensive saṃsanyate-, sāsāyate-, saṃsanti- (grammar), to gain or acquire repeatedly (only 3. plural saniṣṇata- ). | ||||||
| |||||||
| śānac | (in gram.) , a technical term for the kṛt- affixes āna-, or amāna- (used in forming present participles ātmane-pada- when the radical syllable is accentuated, or for āna-substituted for hi-,the affix of the 2. sg. imperative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāṇḍilya | m. Name of various teachers, authors etc. (especially of a muni- or sage from whom one of the three principal families of the Kanouj or kānyakubja- Brahmans is said to be descended;he is the author of a law-book and of the bhakti-sūtra- or aphorisms enjoining"love or devotion to God"as one of the three means of salvation - a doctrine said to have been formulated in the 12th century;See bhakti- )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāntvati | f. Clerodendrum Siphonantus | ||||||
| |||||||
| saptarṣisaṃvat | a year of the saptarṣi- era (the 1st year of which corresponds to the expired year 26, id est the 27th current year of the kali-yuga-; the hundreds of this era are often omitted, exempli gratia, 'for example' the saptarṣi- year 4869 will be called simply 69; the corresponding year of one of the centuries D. is found by adding 24-25; thus 69 [for 4869] corresponds to D. 1793-94).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāptatantava | m. plural (fr. sapta-tantu-) Name of a particular sect  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇa | n. Name of work on alaṃkāra- (generally ascribed to bhoja-deva-, but probably written by some Pandit during or after the reign of that king, in the end of the 11th century A.D.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sārataru | m. "pith-tree", the plantain (= kadala-,"Musa Sapientum";so called as containing no hard wood)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sasvara | mfn. having accent, accentuated  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śata | n. any very large number (in compound as śata-pattra-etc. below).[ confer, compare Greek "one" hundred; Latin centum; Lithuanian szmtas; Got. (twa) hunda-; German hund-ert; English hund-ed.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śatābda | n. a hundred years, century  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śataka | n. a hundred, a century (construed like śata-) (especially in titles of works"a cento"or"a collection of 100 stanzas"; see amaru--, nīti-ś-etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| satyā | f. of the wife of manthu- (and mother of bhauvana-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saumanta | mfn. taught or enjoined by su-mantu-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śilīndhra | m. (perhaps fr. accusative of 1. śilī-+ dhra- equals dhara-) the plantain tree, Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śiva | m. the fragrant bark of Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| smārtabhaṭṭācārya | m. Name of raghu-nandana- (a celebrated Brahman who lived at the beginning of the 16th century and wrote 28 tattva-s,the general name of which is smṛti-tattva-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| smārtakāla | m. the period to which memory may extend (id est a century according to to some lawyers) | ||||||
| |||||||
| somadeva | m. (also va-bhaṭṭa-) Name of the author of the kathā-sarit-sāgara- (who lived in Kashmir in the 11th century A.D.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śopha | m. (connected with  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śotha | m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).;fr.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śranth | or śrath- (see ) śrathnāti- (Vedic or Veda also śrathnīte-and śṛnthati-,and according to to also śrathati-, śrāthayati-, śranthati-, te-; perfect tense śaśrātha-or śaśrantha- grammar;3. sg. -śaśrathe- ;3. plural śrethuḥ-or śaśranthuḥ- grammar; Aorist aśranthīt-, thiṣṭa- ; future śranthiṣyati- ; infinitive mood śrathitum-or śranthitum- ; ind.p. śrathitvā-or śranthitvā- ; -śrathya- ), to be loosened or untied or unbent, become loose or slack, yield, give way (see ) ; to make slack, disable, disarm ; (A1.) to loosen one's own (bonds etc.) ; varia lectio for grath-, granth-: Causal śrath/ayati-, te- (in saṃhitāpāṭha- also śrathāyati-and according to to grammar also śrāthayati-and śranthayati-[ see below]; Aorist aśiśrathat-[3. sg. subjunctive śiśrathat-and 3. plural imperative śiśrathantu- ]or aśaśranthat-), to loosen, untie, unbend, slacken, relax (A1."to become loose, yield") ; to remit, pardon (sin) ; (śrāthayati-), to strive eagerly, endeavour, use exertion ; to delight, gladden ; (śranthayati-), to bind, tie, connect, arrange ; to hurt, kill  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śrath | or śranth- (see ) śrathnāti- (Vedic or Veda also śrathnīte-and śṛnthati-,and according to to also śrathati-, śrāthayati-, śranthati-, te-; perfect tense śaśrātha-or śaśrantha- grammar;3. sg. -śaśrathe- ;3. plural śrethuḥ-or śaśranthuḥ- grammar; Aorist aśranthīt-, thiṣṭa- ; future śranthiṣyati- ; infinitive mood śrathitum-or śranthitum- ; ind.p. śrathitvā-or śranthitvā- ; -śrathya- ), to be loosened or untied or unbent, become loose or slack, yield, give way (see ) ; to make slack, disable, disarm ; (A1.) to loosen one's own (bonds etc.) ; varia lectio for grath-, granth-: Causal śrath/ayati-, te- (in saṃhitāpāṭha- also śrathāyati-and according to to grammar also śrāthayati-and śranthayati-[ see below]; Aorist aśiśrathat-[3. sg. subjunctive śiśrathat-and 3. plural imperative śiśrathantu- ]or aśaśranthat-), to loosen, untie, unbend, slacken, relax (A1."to become loose, yield") ; to remit, pardon (sin) ; (śrāthayati-), to strive eagerly, endeavour, use exertion ; to delight, gladden ; (śranthayati-), to bind, tie, connect, arrange ; to hurt, kill | ||||||
| |||||||
| śrīharṣa | m. Name of various authors etc. (especially of a celebrated king and poet or patron of poets, also called śrīharṣa-kavi- or śrī-harṣa-deva-, who lived probably in the first half of the seventh century A.D. and is the supposed author of three plays, viz. nāgā | ||||||
| |||||||
| śrīkaṇṭhacarita | n. Name of a poem (written by maṅkha- who lived in kaśmīra- in the 12th century A.D.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgāratilaka | n. Name of various works (especially of a kāvya-, attributed to kālidāsa-, and of a rhetoric work by rudraṭa- or rudra-bhaṭṭa- [12th or 13th century A.D.] corresponding in its contents to the 3rd chapter of the sāhitya-darpaṇa-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śru | cl.5 P. () śṛṇ/oti- (Vedic or Veda and Epic also A1. śṛṇute-,and in sg. śṛṇv/e-,2. sg. viṣ/e-,3. plural vir/e-[ confer, compare below]; imperative śṛṇu-, ṇudh/ī; perfect tense śuśr/āva-[once in with pass. sense], śuśruve-[2. sg. śuśrotha-,1. plural śuśruma-,in also mas-; śuśravat-, śuśrūy/ās- , parasmE-pada śuśruv/as- q.v ]; Aorist Ved. /aśravam-, /aśrot-,2. sg. śr/oṣi-; subjunctive śr/avat-, vathaḥ-;[?] śruvam- ; imperative śrudh/ī; aśrauṣīt- etc.; subjunctive śroṣan- imperative śroṣantu- [ confer, compare śr/oṣamāṇa-]; preceding śrūy/āsam- etc.; future śrotā- ; śroṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood śrotum- etc.; ind.p. śrutv/ā- etc.; -śr/utya- etc.; śrāvam- etc.) , to hear, listen or attend to anything (accusative), give ear to any one (accusative or genitive case), hear or learn anything about (accusative) or from (ablative genitive case instrumental case, mukhāt-or śakāśāt-), or that anything is (two accusative) etc. ; to hear (from a teacher), study, learn etc. ; to be attentive, be obedient, obey etc.: Passive voice śrūy/ate- (Epic also ti-;and in śṛṇve-etc.[ confer, compare above] with pass. meaning; Aorist aśrāvi-, śrāvi-), to be heard or perceived or learnt about (accusative) or from (genitive case ablative or mukhāt-;in later language often 3. sg. śrūyate- impersonal or used impersonally"it is heard","one hears or learns or reads in a book", ="it is said","it is written in (with locative case)"; imperative śrūyatām-,"let it be heard"="listen!") etc. ; to be celebrated or renowned, be known as, pass for, be called (Nominal verb) ; to be heard or learnt (from a teacher) ; to be taught or stated (in a book) ; to be heard id est pronounced or employed (as a sound or word) : Causal śrāv/ayati- (Epic also te-,in also śrav/ayati-; Aorist aśuśravi-, vuḥ- ; aśuśruvat- ; aśiśravat- grammar; Passive voice śrāvyate-See below) , to cause to be heard or learnt, announce, proclaim, declare etc. ; to cause to hear, inform, instruct, communicate, relate, tell (with accusative of thing, and accusative genitive case,or dative case of Persian,or with instrumental case in sense of "through") etc.: Passive voice of Causal śrāvyate-, to be informed of (accusative) etc.: Desiderative ś/uśrūṣate- (; Epic or mc. also ti-; Passive voice śuśrūṣyate-), to wish or like to hear (accusative), desire to attend or listen to (dative case) etc. ; to attend upon, serve, obey (accusative,rarely genitive case) etc.: Causal of Desiderative śuśrūṣayati-, to wait upon, be at the service of (accusative) on : Desiderative of Causal śiśrāvayiṣati- or śuśrāvayiṣati- grammar : Intensive śośrūyate-, śośravīti-, śośroti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek , equals śrudh/i-, equals śrut/a-etc.; Latin cluo,in-clutus; Slavonic or Slavonian sluti; German laut; English loud.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śruṣ | a collateral form of  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthūlavartmakṛt | m. Clerodendrum Siphonantus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| stobha | m. disrespect, contumely (equals helana-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| subandhu | m. Name of the author of the vāsava-dattā- (who prob. lived in 7th century A.D.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| subandhu | m. Name of the author of the vāsava-dattā- (who prob. lived in 7th century A.D.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sukham | ind. (also ena-, āt-) easily, comfortably, pleasantly, joyfully, willingly (with infinitive mood ="easy to" exempli gratia, 'for example' sa bhaviṣyati sukhaṃ hantum-,"he will be easy to kill"; sukham-na punar-", rather - than" exempli gratia, 'for example' sukham asūn api saṃtyajanti na punaḥ pratijñām-,"they rather renounce life than a promise"; kadalī-sukham-,"as easily as a kadalī-")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sukumāra | m. Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sumanaḥphala | m. Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sumantunāman | mfn. (-m/antu--), bearing a well-known name  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sunvat | m. Name of a son of sumantu- (also called sunvāna-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| suphala | m. (only ) the wood-apple tree, Feronia Elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| suphalā | f. Musa Sapientum. | ||||||
| |||||||
| suphala | m. (only ) the wood-apple tree, Feronia Elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| suphala | m. Musa Sapientum. | ||||||
| |||||||
| supuṣpī | f. Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūra | m. Name of the father of kunthu- (the 17th arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūrkṣaṇa | n. disrespect, contumely (more prob."respect","regard")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| suśāka | m. "good herb", Name of various plants (Abelmoschus Esculentus; equals cañcu-; equals taṇḍulīya-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| suvarṇaprasara | n. the fragrant bark of the Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svaravat | mfn. having an accent, accentuated  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svarita | mfn. sounded, having an accent, accentuated | ||||||
| |||||||
| śvayathu | m. swelling, intumescence  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śvayathukara | mfn. causing intumescence | ||||||
| |||||||
| śvayathumat | mfn. suffering from swelling or intumescence | ||||||
| |||||||
| śvind | (connected with () śvindate- (only perfect tense śiśvinde-), to be white ; to be cold [ confer, compare Lithuanian szvintu4.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| takrabhid | the fruit of Feronia elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tan | cl.8 P. A1. n/oti-, nut/e- (3. plural nv/ate-[ /ā--and vi-tanvat/e- ] ; imperative nu-[ /ava-and v/i-tanuhi- ; see Va1rtt. 1 ] ; nuṣva- ; subjunctive 2. sg. nuthās-, ;1. dual number navāvahai-, ; imperfect tense 3. plural /atanvata-, ; perfect tense P. tat/āna-,once tāt- ;2. sg. tat/antha-[ ],class. tenitha-[ ]; A1.1. 2. 3. sg. [ /ā--] tatane-, [abh/i-]tatniṣe-, [v/i-]tatne- ;3. sg. irregular tate-, ;3. plural tatnir/e-[ v/i-- ] or ten-[ (vi--)etc.; see ]; Aorist P. /atan- ; [/ā-]atān-, ; ;[ p/ari--, v/i--] atanat- ; [anv-/ā]atāṃsīt- ; atānīt- ; tat/anat-, [abh/i-]t/anāma-, t/anan- ;2. plural ataniṣṭa- ;3. dual number atāniṣṭām- ; A1. atata-or ataniṣṭa-, atathās-or ataniṣṭhās- ;3. plural /atnata- ; tat/ananta-, ;1. sg. atasi- plural ataṃsmahi- ; future 2nd taṃsy/ate- ; future 1st [vi-]tāyitā- ; parasmE-pada proper tanv/at-, vān/a-; perfect tense tatanv/as-; ind.p. tatvā-, tv/āya-, -t/atya- ;[ vi--] tāya- ; infinitive mood tantum- ; Passive voice tāy/ate- [ parasmE-pada y/amāna-] etc.; tanyate- ; Aorist atāyi- ) to extend, spread, be diffused (as light) over, shine, extend towards, reach to etc. ; to be protracted, continue, endure ; to stretch (a cord), extend or bend (a bow), spread, spin out, weave etc. ; to emboss ; to prepare (a way for) ; to direct (one's way, gatim-) towards ; to propagate (one's self or one's family, tanūs-, tantum-) ; to (spread id est to) speak (words) ; to protract ; to put forth, show, manifest, display, augment etc. (Passive voice to be put forth or extended, increase ) ; to accomplish, perform (a ceremony) etc. ; to sacrifice ; to compose (a literary work) ; to render (any one thirsty, double accusative) : Desiderative titaniṣati-, taṃsati-, tāṃs- : Intensive tantanyate-, tantanīti-, ; ([ see , etc.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṭaṅka | m. Feronia elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṭaṅka | n. the fruit of Feronia elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| tāntava | mf(ī-)n. made of threads (t/antu-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tāntavya | m. patronymic fr. t/antu- gaRa 2. lohitā | ||||||
| |||||||
| tanti | tī-, t/antu-, etc. See column 1.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tantrakāṣṭha | n. equals ntu-k- | ||||||
| |||||||
| tantravāya | m. (equals ntu-v-) a weaver | ||||||
| |||||||
| tantukarttṛ | m. "propagating the succession of a family (kula--) " equals kula-tantu- (q.v) | ||||||
| |||||||
| tāntuvāyya | m. the son of a weaver (tantuvāya-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| tāranātha | m. Name of a Tibetan (living in the beginning of the 17th century;author of a history of Buddhism).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| taraṇḍaka | varia lectio for rantuka- q.v  | ||||||
| |||||||
| taranta | ntuka- See column 1. | ||||||
| |||||||
| tatapattrī | f. "having spreading leaves", Musa sapientum | ||||||
| |||||||
| tāvat | mf(atī-)n. so long, in that time ([ confer, compare Latin tantus.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṭhakka | m. a merchant (equals ṭakka-) (Ist century A.D.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tri | m. tr/ayas- f. Nominal verb accusative tisr/as- n. tr/īṇi- ([ tr/ī- ]) 3 etc. (tribh/is-& tis/ṛbhis-,etc. ;only once tr/ibhis-[ ] with the later accentuation, confer, compare ; genitive case trīṇ/ām-[ ; confer, compare ]and tisṝṇ/ām-[ ], later on [fr. y/a-] trayāṇām-[ ]and tisṛṇ/ām-[ against metre; confer, compare ]; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound', ) ; ([ confer, compare , Latin tres; Gothic threis;etc.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| tṛṇasārā | f. Musa sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tṛṇauṣadha | n. the fragrant bark of Feronia elephantum | ||||||
| |||||||
| tvaksugandhā | f. the bark of Feronia elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uccais | ind. loud, accentuated  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ud | or und- cl.7 P. un/atti- () : cl.6 P. undati- (parasmE-pada und/at- : imperative 3. plural undantu- ) A1. und/ate- (; undāṃ cakāra-, undiṣyati-etc. ) to flow or issue out, spring (as water) ; to wet, bathe etc.: Causal (Aorist aundidat- ) : Desiderative undidiṣati- on ; ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin unda; Gothic vat-o; Old High German waz-ar; modern English wat-er; Lithuanian wand-u14.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udāttokti | f. accentuated speech, .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uddhan | ( ud-han-) P. -dhanti- (Ved. imperfect tense 3. sg. -ahan- ; imperative -hantu-, ; dual number -hatam-,i, 184, 2, etc.) A1. (3. plural uj-jighnante- ;Ved. infinitive mood -dhantav/ai- ) to move or push or press upwards or out, lift up, throw away ; to root up or out ; to turn up (the earth), dig, throw open etc.: (A1.) to kill one's self, hang one's self  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ullekha | m. mentioning, speaking of, description, intuitive description etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| und | or ud- cl.7 P. un/atti- () : cl.6 P. undati- (parasmE-pada und/at- : imperative 3. plural undantu- ) A1. und/ate- (; undāṃ cakāra-, undiṣyati-etc. ) to flow or issue out, spring (as water) ; to wet, bathe etc.: Causal (Aorist aundidat- ) : Desiderative undidiṣati- on ; ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin unda; Gothic vat-o; Old High German waz-ar; modern English wat-er; Lithuanian wand-u14.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| unmand | (ud--; perfect tense -mamanda-, ; Aorist 3. plural -amandiṣus-,i, 82, 6, and -/amandiṣus-,ix, 81, 1) to cheer, delight, amuse.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upadhṛṣ | P. (perfect tense -dadharṣa-) to venture to undertake  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upasami | P. -eti- (imperative 3. plural -s/aṃ-yantu-) to approach together  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upasru | P. (imperative 3. plural -sravantu-) to stream or flow upon or towards  | ||||||
| |||||||
| utkas | (ud-) to gape asunder, open.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uttama | m. the plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Asclepias Rosea Roxb.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uttamaphalinī | f. the plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Asclepias Rosea Roxb.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vā | cl.2 P. () v/āti- (perfect tense vavau- etc.; Aorist avāsīt- ; future vāsyati- ; infinitive mood vātum- ), to blow (as the wind) etc. ; to procure or bestow anything (accusative) by blowing ; to blow towards or upon (accusative) ; to emit an odour, be diffused (as perfume) ; to smell (trans.) (varia lectio) ; to hurt, injure : Causal vāpayati- See nir- | ||||||
| |||||||
| vairāgyaśataka | n. "100 verses on freedom from worldly desires", Name of the third century of bhartṛhari-'s moral sentiments and of several other works.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaisvarya | n. different accentuation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vālmīki | m. (incorrectly vālmiki-) Name of the celebrated author of the rāmā) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vanalakṣmī | f. "forest-ornament", Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaniṣṭhu | m. a part of the entrails of an animal offered in sacrifice (according to to Scholiast or Commentator either "the rectum"or"a particular part of the intestines near the omentum")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vapā | f. the skin or membrane investing the intestines or parts of the viscera, the caul or omentum etc. etc. (the horse has no omentum according to to ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāpa | m. = vāya- 1,"weaving"or"a weaver" (See tantu--, tantra--, sūtra-v-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vapāhoma | () m. the offering of omentum. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vapāhuti | (vapā) the offering of omentum. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vapāmārjana | n. the wiping or separating off of the omentum | ||||||
| |||||||
| vapāmārjana | mf(ā-)n. that on which the omentum is wiped or separated off | ||||||
| |||||||
| vapānta | (vapā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vapāśrapaṇī | f. dual number a two-pronged fork on which the omentum is fried | ||||||
| |||||||
| vapāvat | (vap/ā--) mfn. furnished with or enveloped in the omentum | ||||||
| |||||||
| vapoddharaṇa | n. the aperture through which the omentum is taken out | ||||||
| |||||||
| vārabṛṣā | f. Musa Sapientum (see vāraṇa-busā-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vārabuṣā | f. Musa Sapientum (see vāraṇa-busā-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| varadā | f. Name of a guardian goddess in the family of vara-tantu-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāraṇabusā | f. Musa Sapientum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāraṇavallabhā | f. Musa Sapientum | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāratantava | m. patronymic fr. varatantu- | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāratantavīya | m. plural the school of vara-tantu- (belonging to the Black yajur-veda-), (see ) . | ||||||
| |||||||
| vardha | m. Clerodendrum Siphonantus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varṣaśata | n. a century etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varṣaśatādhika | mfn. more than a century | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāya | m. (fr. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vega | m. rush, dash, impetus, momentum, onset  | ||||||
| |||||||
| veṇīsaṃhāra | m. "binding up of the braided hair"Name of a well-known drama by bhaṭṭa-nārāyaṇa- (who probably lived in the 9th century; its subject is taken from an incident narrated in the 2nd and 8th books of the mahā-bhārata-, in which is described how yudhiṣṭhira- gambled away all his possessions, including draupadī-, and how duḥ-śāsana- then insulted draupadī- by loosening her braided hair and dragging her away by her dishevelled locks, and how bhīma-, who witnessed the insult, swore that he would one day kill duḥ-śāsana- and drink his blood; this threat he fulfilled, and draupadī-'s hair was then bound up again; see ).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vī | cl.2 P. () veti- (according to to some in the conjug. tenses substituted for;3. plural vy/anti- ; subjunctive 2. 3. sg. ves- ; imperative vī;3. plural viyantu- ; parasmE-pada A1. vyān/a- ; perfect tense vivāya-, vivye- ; Aorist avaiṣīt- grammar;3. plural aveṣan- subjunctive veṣat- ; future vetā-, veṣyati- infinitive mood vetum- grammar), to go, approach, (either as a friend id est"seek or take eagerly, grasp, seize, accept, enjoy", or as an enemy id est"fall upon, attack, assail, visit, punish, avenge") ; to set in motion, arouse, excite, impel ; to further, promote, lead or bring or help any one to (two accusative) ; to get, procure : Passive voice -vīy/ate- etc. : Causal vāyayati- or vāpayati- (Aorist avīvayat-), to cause to go or approach etc. ; to impregnate : Desiderative vivīṣati- grammar : Intensive , See ā- | ||||||
| |||||||
| vici | (not always separable from vi--), to segregate, select, pick out, cull ; to divide, part (hair) ; to take away, remove, disperse ; to clear, prepare (a road) ; to distribute ; to gather, collect ; to pile or heap up in a wrong way, disarrange  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vikramāṅka | m. (or -deva-) Name of a king of kalyāṇa- (also called tribhuvana-malla-;of the 11th century A.D. and was celebrated by bilhaṇa- in the vikramā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vikriyā | f. injury, harm, failure, misadventure (accusative with | ||||||
| |||||||
| vilāsikā | f. a kind of drama (in one act on any light subject or adventure)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vinata | mfn. accentuated in a particular manner,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vīrabhadradeva | m. Name of a king and author (16th century; vīrabhadradevacampū -campū- f.Name of a poem written in his praise)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vīracaryā | f. the deeds of a hero, adventurous exploits  | ||||||
| |||||||
| virāṭaparvan | n. Name of the fourth book of the mahābhārata- (describing the adventures of the pāṇḍu- princes when living in the service of king virāṭa-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśākhadatta | m. Name of the author of the mudrā-rākṣasa- (he was the son of pṛthu- and lived probably in the 9th century)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśālaka | m. Feronia Elephantum  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vivādabhaṅgārṇava | m. Name of a compendium of civil law by jagan-nātha- (compiled at the close of the last century)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vopadeva | m. Name of the author of the mugdha-bodha- grammar (also of the kavi-kalpadruma- and various other works, including, according to some, the bhāgavata-- purāṇa-;he was a son of keśava- and pupil of dhaneśvara-, and is said to have flourished about the latter half of the thirteenth century at the court of hemā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vraja | m. Name of the district around agra- and mathurā- (the abode of nanda-, of kṛṣṇa-'s foster-father, and scene of kṛṣṇa-'s juvenile adventures;commonly called Braj; see vṛji-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛtta | n. an event, adventure  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛttabīja | m. Abelmoschus Esculentus | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyutpattipakṣe | ind. on the side of derivation or etymology (an expression used by Vedic commentators when the accentuation is settled by the affixes and not according to to the meanings of the words)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yadvṛtta | n. anything that has occurred, event, adventure  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yajñāṅga | m. Clerodendrum Siphonantus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yam | cl.1 P. () y/acchati- (Vedic or Veda also te-,and Vedic or Veda Epic y/amati-, te-; perfect tense yayāma-, yeme-;2. sg. yayantha-,3. plural yem/uḥ-, yemir/e- etc.;3. dual number irreg. -yamatuḥ- ; Aorist /ayān-, /ayamuh-; imperative yaṃsi-, yandh/i-; Potential yamyās-, yamīmahi- ; /ayāṃsam-, ayāṃsi-, /ayaṃsta- subjunctive yaṃsat-, satas-, sate- ;3. sg. -y/amiṣṭa- ; ayaṃsiṣam- grammar; future yantā- ; yaṃsyati-, yamiṣyati- etc. infinitive mood y/antum-, yamitum- ; y/antave-, y/amitav/ai- ; ind.p. yatvā-, yamitvā- etc.; y/atya- ; -yamya- ; -y/amam- ), to sustain, hold, hold up, support (A1."one's self";with locative case"to be founded on") ; to raise, wield (a weapon etc.; A1.with āyudhaih-,"to brandish weapons") ; to raise, extend or hold (as a screen etc.) over (dative case) ; (A1.) to extend one's self before (dative case) ; to raise (the other scale), weigh more ; to stretch out, expand, spread, display, show ; to hold or keep in, hold back, restrain, check, curb, govern, subdue, control etc. ; to offer ; confer, grant, bestow on (dative case or locative case), present with (instrumental case) etc. ; (with mārgam-), to make way for (genitive case) ; (with prati-and ablative), to give anything in exchange for anything on ; (A1.) to give one's self up to, be faithful to, obey (dative case) ; to raise, utter (a sound etc.) ; to fix, establish ; (A1.) to be firm, not budge ; to catch fire (Scholiast or Commentator) : Passive voice yamy/ate- (Aorist /ayā-mī-), to be raised or lifted up or held back or restrained etc. etc.: Causal yāmayati- (), yamayati- ( etc.; te- ; Aorist ayīyamat-), to restrain, hold in, control, keep or put in order: Desiderative yiyaṃsati-, to wish to restrain etc. : Intensive yaṃyamīti- (See ud-, Va1rtt. 2 ) ([ confer, compare Greek ,"restraint, punishment."])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yantu | See su-y/antu-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| yaṣṭi | n. Clerodendrum Siphonantus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathāvṛtttānta | m. n. an event or adventure  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yatita | mfn. striven, endeavoured, attempted, tried (with infinitive mood exempli gratia, 'for example' to hantum-,attempted to be killed)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yatita | n. also imp. (exempli gratia, 'for example' tam mayā gantum-,it was tried by me to go) | ||||||
| |||||||
| yāvat | mf(atī-)n. (fr. 3. ya-;correlative of tāvat- q.v) as great, as large, as much, as many, as often, as frequent, as far, as long, as old etc. (or how great etc. = quantus, quot or qualis) etc. (y/āvantaḥ k/iyantaḥ-,"as many as"; y/āvad vā yāvad vā-,"as much as possible"; yāvat tāvat-,"so much as", in algebra applied to the first unknown quantity [= x] or so much of the unknown as its co-efficient number;in this sense also expressed by the first syllable yā- see ; iti yāvat-in Comms. "just so much","only so","that is to say","such is the explanation")  | ||||||
93 results
| |
| aṃśumat | अंशुमत् a. [अंशु-अस्त्यर्थे मतुप्] 1 Luminous, radiant; ज्योतिषां रविरंशुमान् Bg.1.21. -2 Pointed. -3 Fibrous, abounding in filaments (Ved.) -m. (˚मान्) 1 The sun; वालखिल्यैरिवांशुमान् R.15.1; अंशुमानिव तन्वभ्रपटलच्छन्नविग्रहः Ki.11.6; जलाधारेष्विवांशुमान् Y.3.144; rarely the moon also; ततः स मध्यंगतमंशुमन्तं Rām.5.5.1. -2 N. of the grandson of Sagara, son of Asamañjasa and father of Dilīpa. -3 N. of a mountain; ˚मत्फला N. of a plant, कदली Musa sapientum or Paradisiaca. -ती 1 N. of a plant सालपर्णी (Mar. डवला, सालवण) Desmodium Gangeticum. -2 N. of the river Yamunā. |
| |
| agasti | अगस्ति [विन्ध्याख्यं अगं अस्यति; अस्-क्तिच् शकन्ध्वादि˚, Uṇ.4. 179, or अगं विन्ध्याचलं स्त्यायति _x001F_+स्तभ्नाति, स्त्यै-क; or अगः कुम्भः तत्र स्त्यानः संहतः इत्यगस्त्यः] 1 'Pitcher-born,' N. of a celebrated Ṛiṣi or sage. -2 N. of the star Canopus, of which Agastya is the regent. -3 N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष) Sesbana (or Ӕschynomene) Grandiflora [Mar. रुईमंदार]. [The sage Agastya is a very reputed personage in Hindu mythology. In the Ṛigveda he and Vasiṣṭha are said to be the off-springs of Mitra and Varuṇa, whose seed fell from them at the sight of the lovely nymph Urvaśī at a sacrificial session. Part of the seed fell into a jar and part into water; from the former arose Agastya, who is, therefore, called Kumbhayoni, Kumbhajanman, Ghaṭodbhava, Kalaśayoni &c; from the latter Vasiṣṭha. From his parentage Agastya is also called Maitrāvaruṇi, Aurvaśeya, and, as he was very small when he was born, he is also called Mānya. He is represented to have humbled the Vindhya mountains by making them prostrate themselves before him when they tried to rise higher and higher till they wellnigh occupied the sun's disc and obstructed his path. See Vindhya. (This fable is supposed by some, to typify the progress of the Āryas towards the south in their conquest and civilization of India, the humbling of the mountain standing meta-phorically for the removal of physical obstacles in their way). He is also known by the names of Pītābdhi, Samudra-chuluka &c.; from another fable according to which he drank up the ocean because it had offended him and because he wished to help Indra and the gods in their wars with a class of demons called Kāleyas who had hid themselves in the waters and oppressed the three worlds in various ways. His wife was Lopāmudrā. She was also called Kauṣītakī and Varapradā. She bore him two sons, Dṛḍhāsya and Dṛḍhāsyu. In the Rāmāyaṇa Agastya plays a distinguished part. He dwelt in a hermitage on mount Kunjara to the south of the Vindhya and was chief of the hermits of the south. He kept under control the evil spirits who infested the south and a legend relates how he once ate up a Rākṣasa named Vātāpi, who had assumed the form of a ram, and destroyed by a flash of his eye the Rākṣasa's brother who attempted to avenge him. In the course of his wandering Rāma with his wife and brother came to the hermitge of Agastya who received him with the greatest kindness and became his friend, adviser and protector. He gave Rāma the bow of Viṣṇu and accompanied him to Ayodhyā when he was restored to his kingdom after his exile of 14 years. The superhuman power which the sage possessed, is also represented by another legend, according to which he turned king Nahuṣa into a serpent and afterwards restored him to his proper form. In the south he is usually regarded as the first teacher of science and literature to the primitive Dravidian tribes, and his era is placed by Dr. Caldwell in the 7th or 6th century B.C. The Purāṇas represent Agastya as the son of Pulastya (the sage from whom the Rākṣsas sprang) and Havirbhuvā the daughter of Kardama. Several 'hymn-seers' are mentioned in his family, such as his two sons, Indra-bāhu, Mayobhuva and Mahendra, also others who served to perpetuate the family. The sage is represented as a great philosopher, benevolent and kind-hearted, unsurpassed in the science of archery and to have taken a principal part in the colonization of the south; निर्जितासि मया भद्रे शत्रुहस्तादमर्षिणा । अगस्त्येन दुराधर्षा मुनिना दक्षिणेव _x001F_.दिक् ॥ Rām; अगस्त्याचरितामाशाम् R.4.44; cf. also; अगस्त्यो दक्षिणामाशामाश्रित्य नभसिः स्थितः । वरुणस्यात्मजो योगी विन्ध्यवातापिमर्दनः ॥ and R.6.61; Mv.7.14.] अगस्तितुल्या हि घृताब्धिशोषणे । Udbhaṭa. |
| |
| acintya | अचिन्त्य न्तनीय a. [न. त.] Inconceivable, incomprehensible, unexpected; ˚यस्तु तव प्रभावः R.5.33; ˚न्त्यरूप, ˚कर्मन् of inconceivable form or action. -न्त्यः 1 Śiva. -2 Quick-silver (Nighaṇṭuratnākara). |
| |
| adṛṣṭa | अदृष्ट a. 1 Invisible, not seen; ˚पूर्व not seen before. -2 Not known or experienced, not felt; ˚विरहव्यथम् H.1.125. -3 Unforeseen, not observed or thought of; unknown, unobserved. तस्माददृष्टं त्वां भयमागमिष्यति Mb. 1.3.9. -4 Not-permitted or sanctioned, illegal; न चादृष्टां (वृद्धिं) पुनर्हरेत् Ms.8.153. -ष्टः N. of some venomous substance or vermin. -ष्टम् 1 The invisible one. -2 Destiny, fate, luck (good or bad); दैवमिति यदपि कथयसि पुरुषगुणः सो$यदृष्टाख्यः Pt.5.3. -3 Virtue or vice as the eventual cause of pleasure or pain. (Fate is supposed to be the result of good or bad actions done in one state of existence and experienced in another, the performance of good deeds being rewarded with residence in Heaven, and of bad deeds, visited with condemnation to Hell; धर्माधर्मावदृष्टं स्यात् धर्मः स्वर्गादि- साधन...अधर्मो नरकादीनां हेतुर्निन्दितकर्मजः Bhāṣā P.161-2. The Vedāntins do not recognize अदृष्ट or luck; तैर्हि कर्मणः सूक्ष्मावस्थापन्नसंस्कारविशेष एव अदृष्टस्थानीयत्वेनाङ्गीक्रियते; अदृष्टम् आत्मदर्म इति नैयायिका वैशेषिकादयश्च, सांख्यपातञ्जलास्तु बुद्धिधर्म इत्यम्युपगच्छन्ति Tv.) -4 An unforeseen calamity or danger (such as from fire, water &c.) -Comp. -अर्थ a. [ब.] having a metaphysical or occult meaning, metaphysical; having an object not evident to the senses. -कर्मन् a. one who has had no practice or practical experience, not practical, inexperienced; कर्म- स्वदृष्टकर्मा यः शास्त्रज्ञो$पि विमुह्यति H.3.54. -कल्पना Supposition of an invisible object or idea. दृष्टे सत्यदृष्टकल्पना$- न्याय्या -नरः, -पुरुषः one of the 2 ways of peace-making, in which no third person is seen, said of a treaty concluded by the parties themselves without a mediator यत्र शत्रुः पणं कुर्यात्सो$दृष्टपुरुषः स्मृतः H.4.119. -फल a. [ब.] that of which the consequences are not yet visible. (लम्) the (future) result of good or bad actions; the result or consequence hidden in the future. -हन् a. destroying poisonous vermin (?). |
| |
| advaita | अद्वैत a. [न. ब.] 1 Not dual; of one or uniform nature, equable, unchanging; ˚तं सुखदुःखयोः U.1.39. -2 Matchless, peerless, sole, only, unique. -तम् [न. त.] 1 Non-duality, identity; especially that of Brahman with the universe or with the soul, or of soul and matter; See अद्वय also. -2 The supreme or highest truth or Brahman itself. -3 N. of an Upaniṣad; अद्वैतेन solely, without any duplicity. -Comp. -आनन्दः (अद्वय˚) 1 the joy arising from a knowledge of the identity of the universe and the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of an author and Founder of the Vaiṣṇava sect in Bengal, flourished at the close of the 15th century. -वादिन् = अद्वयवादिन् q. v. above; a Vedāntin. |
| |
| anargha | अनर्घ a. [नास्ति अर्घो मूल्यं यस्य न. ब.] Invaluable, priceless, inestimable; अनर्घशीलः R.5.2; दत्ते$र्घे महति महीभृतां पुरो$पि त्रैलोक्ये मधुभिदभूदनर्घ एव ॥ Śi.14.88. -र्घः [न. त.] Wrong or improper value. -Comp. -राघवम् N. of a drama in 7 acts by Murāri Miśra; also called Murāri Nāṭaka after its author and supposed to have been written between the 12th and the 14th century. |
| |
| anartha | अनर्थ a. [न. ब.] 1 Useless, worthless; शुनः पुच्छमिवानर्थं पाण्डित्यं धर्मवर्जितम् Pt.3.97. -2 Unfortunate, unhappy. -3 Harmful, disastrous, bad; चित्तज्ञानानुवर्तिनो$नर्था अपि प्रियाः स्युः Dk.16; wicked (opp. दक्षिण). -4 Not having that meaning (but another); having no meaning, nonsensical, meaningless. -5 Poor. -र्थः [न. त.] 1 Nonuse or value. -2 A worthless or useless object. -3 A reverse, evil, calamity, misfortune; R.18.14; रन्ध्रोपनिपातिनो$नर्थाः Ś.6; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H.1; cf. छिद्रेष्वनर्था बहुलीभवन्ति &c.; Ms.4.193, H.4.92; harmful object, danger; अर्थमनर्थं भावय नित्यम् Moha. M.2. -4 Nonsense, want of sense. -5 N. of Viṣṇu (आप्तसर्व- कामत्वात्तस्य तथात्वम्). -Comp. -अन्तरम् [न अर्थान्तरम्] sameness or identity. cf. आरम्भो व्यापारः क्रियेत्यनर्थान्तरम् ŚB. on MS.11.1.1. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing useless or unprofitable things. -2 mischievous, harmful; unprofitable, productive of evil. -नाशिन् m. N. of Śiva (destroyer of calamities). -भाव a malicious. -लुप्त a. [दृष्टार्थेन अलुप्तः] not devoid of the apparent meaning; free from all that is worthless. -संशयः [अनर्थकारी संशयः शाक. त.] 1 a great evil, hazardous adventure; प्रतिनिवर्त- तामस्मादनर्थसंशयात् Māl.5.2. [न. त.] not a risk of one's money; safety of one's wealth, अनर्थ्य anarthya अनर्थक anarthaka अनर्थ्य अनर्थक a. 1 Useless; meaningless; सर्वमप्ये- तदनर्थकम् Ve.1; ˚आयास K.18; not significant, as a particle used expletively. -2 Nonsensical. -3 Unprofitable. -4 Unfortunate. -कम् Nonsensical or incoherent talk. |
| |
| apūrva | अपूर्व a. 1 Not preceded, not having existed before, like of which did not exist before, quite new; ˚र्वं नाटकम् Ś.1; ˚र्वं राजकुलम् M.5; K.191; -2 Strange, extraordinary, wonderful; अपूर्वः को$पि बहुमानहेतुर्गुरुषु U.4; अपूर्वो दृश्यते वह्निः कामिन्याः स्तनमण्डले । दूरतो दहतीवाङ्गं हृदि लग्नस्तु शीतलः ॥ Ś. Til.17; singular, unexampled, unprecedented; अपूर्व एष विरहमार्गः Ś.6; अपूर्वरूपा दारिका M.1; अतो$- पूर्वः खलु वो $ नुग्रहः Ś.7; अपूर्वकर्मचाण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुञ्च माम् U.1.46 committing an unparalleled atrocity. -3 Unknown, unacquainted, stranger; अपूर्वो$प्यथवा विद्वान् यMb.13.22.8; विदिते$प्यपूर्व इव Ki.6.39. -4 Not first. -5 Preceded by अ or आ. -6 (In phil.) 'That unseen virtue which is a relation superinduced, not before possessed, unseen but efficacious to connect the consequence with its past and remote cause and to bring about at a distant period or in another world the relative effect. -Colebrooke. -र्वम् 1 The remote consequence of an act (as the acquisition of heaven which is the result of good deeds), (Mīmāṁsā). --2 Virtue and vice (पापपुण्यम्) as the eventual cause of future happiness or misery. -र्वः The Supreme Soul (परब्रह्म). -Comp. -कर्मन् n. religious rites the power of which on the future is not seen before. -पतिः f. one who has had no husband before, a virgin; ˚तिः कुमारी Sk. -वादः discussion or talk about the Supreme Soul. -विधिः an authoritative direction or injunction which is quite new; it is of four kinds; कर्मविधि, गूणविधि, विनियोगविधि and प्रयोगविधि. |
| |
| apyadīkṣitaḥ | अप्यदीक्षितः N. of a celebrated Draviḍa writer, author of works on Alaṅkāra and other subjects and a contemporary of Pandit Jagannātha who lived in the 17th century (written also as अप्पयादीक्षित). |
| |
| abda | अब्द a. [अपो ददाति, दा-क; said in Uṇ 4.98 to be from अब; अबतीत्यब्दः] Giving water. -ब्दः 1 A cloud. -2 A year (in this sense n. also) व्योम्नो$ब्दं भूतशाबल्यं भुवः पङ्कमपां मलम् Bhāg.1.24.34. अब्दमेकं चरेद्भक्तः Mb. 13.17.74. -3 N. of a grass (मुस्ता). -4 N. of a mountain. cf... अब्दो मेघे च दर्पणे । प्रभवादौ पर्वते च ...Nm. -Comp. -अर्धम् half a year. -तन्त्रम् Name of an astronomical work. -वाहनः N. of Śiva. -शतम् a century. -सारः a kind of camphor. |
| |
| abhaya | अभय a. [न. ब.] Free from fear or danger, secure, safe; वैराग्यमेवाभयम् Bh.3.35. -यः [न भयं यस्मात्] 1 An epithet of the Supreme Being, or knowledge concerning that being. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 One devoid of all worldly possessions. -4 One who fearlessly executes scriptural commandments. -5 N. of a Yoga (conjunture or time) favourable to a march or expedition. -6 A refugeoffering pose of the hand of an image; Māna.12. 12-21. See अभयमुद्रा. -या 1 N. of a plant (हरीतकी), Mar. हिरडा). -2 A form of the goddess Durgā. -यम् 1 Absence or removal of fear. -2 Security, safety, protection from fear or danger. मया तस्याभयं दत्तम् Pt.1; अभयस्य हि यो दाता Ms.8.33; Ś.2.17. -2 N. of a sacrificial hymn. -3 The root of a fragrant grass (वीरणमूलम्, उशीरम्). -Comp. -कृत् a. 1. not terrific, mild. -2. giving safety. -गिरिवासिन् m. one dwelling on the mountain of safety, N. of a class of Kātyāyana's pupils. -गिरिविहारः Buddhist monastery on the Abhayagiri. -डिण्डिमः 1 proclamation of assurance of safety. -2 a military or war-drum. -द, -दायिन्, -प्रद a. giving a guarantee or promise of safety; भयेष्वभयदः Rām.; ˚प्रद; ऐश्वर्यमभयप्रदः Ms.4.232. (-दः) an Arhat of the Jainas; N. of Viṣṇu. -दक्षिणा, -दानम्, -प्रदानम् giving a promise, assurance, or guarantee of safety or protection (from danger); सर्वप्रदानेष्वभयप्रदानम् (प्रधानम्) Pt.1.29; सर्वतः प्रतिगृह्णीयान्मध्वथाभयदक्षिणाम् Ms.4.247. -पत्रम् a written document or paper granting assurance of safety; cf. the modern 'safe-conduct'. -मुद्रा a variety of mudrā in Tantra literature. -याचना asking for protection; ˚अञ्जलिः; बध्यतामभययाचनाञ्जलिः R.11.78. -वचनम्, -वाच् f. an assurance or promise of safety. -सनि a. Ved. giving safety. |
| |
| ādhmānam | आध्मानम् [आ-ध्मा-ल्युट्] 1 Blowing inflation; (fig.) growth, increase; अयं विन्ध्यो येनाहृतविहृतिराध्मानमजहात् Mv.7.14. -2 Boasting, vaunting. -3 A bellows. -4 Intumescence, swelling of the belly, body &c., dropsy. -नी 1 A kind of fragrant substance. -2 A blow-pipe. |
| |
| āma | आम a. [आम्यते ईषत् पच्यते; आ अम् कर्मणि घञ् Tv.] 1 Raw, uncooked, undressed (opp. पक्व) (oft. applied to the cow in the Veda; Rv.3.3.14.); आमान्नम् Ms.4.223; Y.1.287. -2 Unripe, immature; तुदन्त्या- मत्वचं दंशा मशका मत्कुणादयः Bhāg.3.31.27. -3 Unbaked, unannealed (as a jar); आमकुम्भ इवाम्भःस्थो विशीर्णः H.4.66. -4 Undigested. -म् 1 State of being raw; शनैः शनैर्जहुः पङ्कं स्थलान्यामं च वीरुधः Bhāg.1.2.39. -2 Constipation, passing hard excretion. -3 Grain freed from chaff. -मः 1 Disease; sickness. -2 Indigestion; आहारस्य रसः सारः यो न पक्वो$ग्निलाघवात् । आमसंज्ञां स लभते महाव्याधिसमाश्रयः ॥ Suśr. -Comp. -अतिसारः dysentery or diarrhœa caused by vitiated mucus in the abdomen (the excretion being in this case mixed with hard and fetid matter). आमातिसारे नो कार्य- मादौ संग्रहणं नृणाम् Suśr. -अद् a. eating raw flesh or food; आमादः क्ष्विङ्कास्त मदन्त्वेनीः Rv.1.87.7. -अन्नम् undressed rice. -आशयः [आमस्यापक्वान्नस्याशयः] 'receptacle of undigested food', the upper part of the belly to the navel, stomach. -कुम्भः a jar of unbaked clay; H.4.66. -गन्धि n. smelling of raw meat of a burning corpse. -गन्धिकम् the smell of raw meat. -ज्वरः a kind of fever; cf. स्वेद्यमामज्वरं प्राज्ञः को$म्भसा परिषिञ्चति Śi.2.54. -त्वच् a. of tender skin. -पाकः1 a preliminary stage of the disease called dropsy. -2 A method of mellowing or ripening a tumour; Suśr.. -पात्रम् an unannealed vessel; Av.8.1.28; विनाशं व्रजति क्षिप्रमाम- पात्रमिवाम्भसि Ms.3.179. -पीनसम् running at the nose, defluxion. -पेशाः Grains pounded in a raw condition. -मांसाशिन् m. a cannibal, an eater of raw flesh. -रक्तम् dysentery. -रसः imperfect chyme. -वातः constipation, torpor of the bowels attended with flatulence and intumescence. -शूलः pain of indigestion, colic. -श्राद्धम् a Śrāddha performed with uncooked food; आपद्यनग्नौ तीर्थे च चन्द्रसूर्यग्रहे तथा । आमश्राद्धं द्विजैः कार्यं शूद्रेण च सदैव हि ॥ Prāchetasa. |
| |
| āruh | आरुह् 1 P. 1 To ascend, mount, bestride, get upon (with acc., sometimes loc.); सिंहासनमारुरोह K.111; आरुरुह् रथादिषु Bk.14.8; आरूढकुलालचक्रमिव Mu.5.5; mounted on a potter's wheel; 7.12. -2 To ride upon, get ascendancy over, domineer over (fig.); वृषल भृत्यमिव मामारोढुमिच्छसि Mu.3; Pt.1.36. -3 To venture upon, undertake, enter upon, make; प्रतिज्ञामारोढुं पुनरपि चलत्येष चरणः Mu.3.3,27; so यौवनारूढ, योगारूढ. -4 To attain, gain, get to, reach; सौन्दर्यस्य पारमारूढा न वा Dk.88; Ki.2.13; तुलां यदारोहति दन्तवाससा Ku.5.34; आरुरोह कुमदाकरोपमाम् R.19,34. The senses of this root are modified according to the noun with which it is joined; आरूढरुषा Ku.7.67 excited to anger; तदागमारूढगुरुप्रहर्षः R. 5.61; मन्त्रिपदमारूढः Mu.6; तर्कारूढा 6.19 engaged in guessing; Ś.5.9; शीघ्रं बुद्धिमारोहति Ś. B. strikes the mind; यौवनपदवीमारूढः attained his majority; अवस्थान्तर- मारूढा M.3; संशयं पुनरारुह्य H.1.7 running a risk; संशयमारुरोह शैलः Ki.13.16. -Caus. (रोह-प-यति) 1 To cause to go up or ascend, raise up, elevate; अमात्यो$- स्मान्पुरातनीमवस्थामारोपयिष्यति Mu.2 will raise or elevate; शूलानारोपयेत् Y.2.273; आरोपिता मनोविषयमात्मनः Ku.6.17. -2 To cause to mount or sit (on oneself) (Ātm.); करेणुरारोहयते निषादिनम् Śi.12.5. -3 To cause to grow, plant (lit). -4 To establish, instal, seat (fig.); राज्ये चारोपिता वयम् Mu.7.18; इत्यारोपितपुत्रास्ते R.15.91. -5 To cause, produce, bring out; उष्माणम् K.15; प्रणयम् 134,142; आरोपितप्रीतिरभूत् 173,212; प्रतापमारोपयितुम् 11, 119 show or exhibit. -6 To place, fix, direct; अङ्कमा- रोप्य placing in the lap; R.3.26,14.27; Ku.1.37; चक्षुः˚ cast a look at; Pt.1.243; आशीर्वादमारोपयन्तः Ki.18.46 conferring or pronouncing; आभरणभारमङ्गेषु नारोपयन्ति K.23 put or wear; पत्रे आरोपितं कुरु Ś.6. commit to paper; आरोप्यते शिला शैले H.2.46. -7 To entrust to, appoint to, charge with; मन्त्रिणि राज्यभार- मारोप्य K.57; अमात्यपदे आरोपितः Pt.1. -8 To cause to go to or attain a particular state; करतलं कर्णपूरता- मारोपितम् K.6; आरोपय गरीयस्त्वम् 27 raise to greatness 315; Dk.118. -9 To ascribe, attribute, impute; आत्मन्या- रोपिताभिमानाः K.18,185; छाया हि भूमेः शशिनो मलत्वेनारो- पिता शुद्धिमतः प्रजाभिः R.14.4. -1 To string (as a bow); धनुरारोपयन् U.4; तं देशमारोपितपुष्पचापे Ku.3.35; Bk.14.8. |
| |
| ārya | आर्य a. [ऋ-ण्यत्] 1 Āryan, an inhabitant of आर्यावर्त, N. of the race migrated into India in Vedic times. -2 Worthy of an Ārya. -3 Worthy, venerable, respectable, honourable, noble, high; यदार्यमस्यामभिलाषि मे मनः Ś.1.22; R.2.33; so आर्यवेषः respectable dress; oft. used in theatrical language as an honorific adjective and a respectful mode of address; आर्यचाणक्यः, आर्या अरुन्धती &c.; आर्य revered or honoured Sir; आर्ये revered or honoured lady. The following rules are laid down for the use of आर्य in addressing persons:-(1) वाच्यौ नटीसूत्रधारावार्यनाम्ना परस्परम् । (2) वयस्येत्युत्तमैर्वाच्यो मध्यैरार्येति चाग्रजः । (3) (वक्तव्यो) अमात्य आर्येति चेतरैः । (4) स्वेच्छया नामभिर्विप्रैर्विप्र आर्येति चेतरैः । S. D.431. -4 Noble, fine, excellent. -र्यः 1 N. of the Hindu and Iranian people, as distinguished from अनार्य, दस्यु and दास; विजानीह्यार्यान्ये च दस्यवः Rv.1.51.8. -2 A man who is faithful to the religion and laws of his country; कर्तव्यमाचरन् कार्यमकर्तव्यमनाचरन् । तिष्ठति प्रकृताचारे स वा आर्य इति स्मृतः ॥ -3 N. of the first three castes (as opp. to शूद्र). -4 respectable or honourable man, esteemed person; वृत्तेन हि भवत्यार्यो न धनेन न विद्यया Mb.; परमार्यः परमां कृपां बभार Bu. Ch.5.6. -5 A man of noble birth. -6 A man of noble character. -7 A master, owner. -8 A preceptor; वैमानि- कार्यसमभूमा Viś. Guṇā.124; Mu.3.33. -9 A friend. -1 A Vaiśya. -11 A father-in-law (as in आर्यपुत्र). -12 A Buddha. -13 (With the Buddhists) A man who has thought on the four chief principles of Buddhism and lives according to them. -14 A son of Manu Sāvarṇa. -र्या 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 A mother-in-law. -3 A respectable woman; यत्रार्या रुदती भीता पाण़्डवानिदमब्रवीत् Mb.3.12.87. -4 N. of a metre; राजानमुद्दिश्य आर्यामिमां पपाठ K. ˚गीतिः f. A variety of the Āry&amacr metre, see Appendix. -5That which comes from truth; आराद् याता तत्त्वेभ्य इति आर्या. -र्यम् 1 Virtue, sacredness; नहि दुष्टा- त्मनामार्यमावसत्यालये चिरम् Rām.3.5.12. -2 Discrimination (विवेक); कोपमार्येण यो हन्ति स वीरः पुरुषोत्तमः Rām.4.31.6. -Comp. -अष्टशतम् title of a work of Ārya Bhaṭṭa consisting of eight hundred verses. -आगमः The approaching an Ārya woman sexually; अन्त्यस्यार्यागमे वधः Y.2.294. -आवर्तः [आर्यां आवर्तन्ते अत्र] 'abode of the noble or excellent (Āryas)'; particularly N. of the tract extending from the eastern to the western ocean, and bounded on the north and south by the Himālaya and Vindhya respectively; cf. Ms..2.22; आ समुद्रात्तु वै पूर्वादा समुद्राच्च पश्चिमात् । तयोरेवान्तरं गिर्योः (हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोः) आर्यावर्तं विदुर्बुधाः ॥; also 1.34. -गृह्य a. [आर्यस्य गृह्यः पक्षः] 1 to be respected by the noble. -2 a friend of the noble, readily accessible to honourable men; तमार्यगृह्यं निगृहीतधेनुः R.2.33. -3 respectable, right, decorous. -जुष्ट a. liked by or agreeable to noble ones. -देशः a country inhabited by the Āryas. -पुत्रः 1 son of an honourable man. -2 the son of a spiritual preceptor. -3 honorific designation of the son of the elder brother; of a husband by his wife; or of a prince by his general &c. -4 the son of the father-in-law, i. e. a husband (occurring in every drama; mostly in the vocative case in the last two senses). -प्राय a. 1 inhabited by the Āryas. -2 a bounding with respectable people; Ms.7.69. -बलः N. of a Bodhisattva. -भट्टः N. of a renowned astronomer, the inventor of Algebra among the Hindus; he flourished before the 5th century of the Christian era. Hence his work is called आर्यभटीय. -भावः honourable character or behaviour. -मतिः One having a noble intellect; संक्षिप्तमार्यमतिना Sāṅ. K.71. -मार्गः the path or course of the respectable, a respectable way. -मिश्र a. respectable, worthy, distinguished. (-श्रः) a gentleman, a man of consequence; (pl.) 1 worthy or respectable men, an assembly of honourable men; आर्य- मिश्रान् विज्ञापयामि V.1. -2 your reverence or honour (a respectful address); नन्वार्यमिश्रैः प्रथममेव आज्ञप्तम् Ś.1; आर्य- मिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1. -युवन् m. an Āryan youth. -रूप a. having only the form of an Āryan, a hypocrite, impostor; आर्यरूपमिवानार्यं कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -लिङ्गिन् m. an impostor; Ms.9.26. -वाक् a. speaking the Aryan language; म्लेच्छवाचश्चार्यवाचः सर्वे ते दस्यवः स्मृताः Ms.1.45. -वृत्त a. virtuous, good, pious; Ms.9. 253; R.14.55. (-त्तम्) the conduct of an Āryan or nobleman; Ms.4.175. -वेश a. well-clothed, having a respectable dress, fine. -व्रत a. observing the laws and ordinances of the Āryans or noblemen. (-तम्) the duty of an Aryan. -शील a. Having an honest character. -श्वेतः a noble or honourable man. -संघः the whole body of the Āryans, especially Buddhists; it is also the name of a renowned philosopher (founder of the school of Yogāchāras). -सत्यम् a noble or sublime truth; (there are four such truths forming the chief principles of Buddhism. In Pāli they are called चत्तारि अरियसच्चानि. They are, (1) life is suffering, (2) Desire of life is the cause of suffering, (3) Extinction of that desire is the cessation of suffering, (4) The eightfold path leads to that extinction). -सिद्धान्तः N. of a work of आर्यभट्ट. -स्त्री An Āryan woman, or a woman of the first three castes. -हलम् ind. forcibly. -हृद्य a. liked by the noble. |
| |
| āśayaḥ | आशयः [आ-शी-अच्] 1 A bed-chamber, resting-place, asylum. -2 A place of residence, abode, seat, retreat; वायुर्गन्धानिवाशयात् Bg.15.8; अपृथक्˚ U.1.45. v. l. -3 Sleeping, lying down. -4 Receptacle, reservoir; विषमो$पि विगाह्यते नयः कृततीर्थः पयसामिवाशयः Ki.2.3; cf. also words like जलाशय, आमाशय, रक्ताशय &c.; कामात्पिबति चाशयान् Mb.12.236.24. -5 Any recipient vessel of the body; the Āśayas are 7:- वात˚, पित्त˚, श्लेष्मन्˚, रक्त˚, आम˚, पक्व˚ (and गर्भ˚ in the case of women). -6 The stomach; आशयाग्निदीप्तिः Dk.16. -7 Meaning, intention, purport, gist; अर्थेन्द्रियाशयज्ञानैर्भगवान्परिभाव्यते Bhāg.12.11.22. इत्याशयः; एवं कवेराशयः (oft. used by commentators; see अभिप्राय). -8 The seat of feelings, mind, heart; तन्मे दहति गात्राणि विषं पीतमिवाशये Rām.6.5.6. अहमात्मा गुडाकेश सर्वभूताशयस्थितः Bg.1.2; Mv.2.37. -9 Disposition of mind; द्रव्यस्वभावाशयकर्मकालैरेकादशामी मनसो विकारः Bhāg.5.11.11. -1 Prosperity. -11 A barn. -12 Will or pleasure. -13 Virtue or vice (as the eventual cause of pleasure or pain). -14 Fate, fortune. -15 Property, possession. -16 A miser. -17 A kind of pit (made for catching animals); आस्ते परमसंतप्तो नूनं सिंह इवाशये Mb. -18 N. of a tree (पनस). -Comp. -आशः fire. |
| |
| uttama | उत्तम a. [उद्-तमप्] 1 Best, excellent (oft. in comp.); उत्तमे शिखरे देवी Mahānār. Up.15.5. स उत्तमः पुरुषः Ch. Up.8.12.3. उत्तमः पुरुषस्त्वन्यः Bg.15.17. द्विजोत्तमः the best of Brāhmaṇas; so सुर˚, नर˚ &c.; प्रायेणाधममध्यमोत्तमगुणः संसर्गतो जायते Bh.2.67. -2 Foremost, uppermost, highest (opp. हीन, जघन्य). -3 Most elevated, chief, principal. -4 Greatest, first; स गच्छत्युत्तमस्थानम् Ms.2.249. -मः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 The third person (= first person according to English phraseology). (pl.) N. of a people; Mb. -मा 1 An excellent woman. -2 A kind of pustule or pimple. -3 The plant Asclepias Rosea Roxb. (दुग्धिका; Mar. भुई- आंवळी, अळिता). -Comp. -उङ्गम् 'the best limb of the body', the head; कश्चिद् द्विषत्खङ्गहृतोत्तमाङ्गः R.7.51; Ms.1.93,8.3; Ku.7.41; Bg.11.27. the back; तान् क्षिप्रं व्रज सतताग्निहोत्रयाजिन् । मत्तुल्यो भव गरुडोत्तमाङ्गयानः ॥ Mb.7.143.48. -अधम a. high and low; ˚मध्यम good, middling, and bad; high, low, and middling; (the order is often reversed); cf. भक्षयित्वा बहून्मत्स्यानुत्तमाधम- मध्यमान् Pt.1.21. -अम्भस् n. a sort of satisfaction (acquiescence) one of the nine kinds of तुष्टि in Sāṅ. Phil. -अरणी the plant Asparagus Racemosus (इन्दीवरी शतावरी). -अर्धः 1 the best half. -2 the last half or part. -अर्ध्य a. pertaining to the best half. -अहः the last or latest day; a fine or lucky day. -उपपद a. one to whom the best term is applicable, best, excellent. ऋणः, ऋणिकः (उत्तमर्णः) a creditor (opp. अधमर्णः) धारेरुत्तमर्णः P.I.4.35; अधमर्णार्थसिद्धयर्थमुत्तमर्णेन चोदितः Ms.8.47,5; Y.2.42. Śukra.4.831. (pl.) N. of a people; V. P., Mārk. P. -ओजस् a. of excellent valour, N. of one of the warriors of the Mahābhārata; उत्तमौजाश्च वीर्यवान् Bg.1.6. -गन्धाढ्य a. possessing copiously the most delicious fragrance. -गुण a. of the best qualities, best, highest; विघ्नैः पुनः पुनरपि प्रतिहन्यमानाः प्रारब्धमुत्तमगुणा न परित्यजन्ति Mu.2.17. (v. l.) -दशतालम् A sculptural measurement in which the whole height of an image is generally divided into 12 equal parts. The same measurement in 112 equal parts is called उत्तमनवताल. -पदम् a high office. -पु (पू)- रुषः 1 the third person in verbal conjugation; (= first person according to English phraseology; in Sanskrit, verbs are conjugated by putting the English I st person last and 3 rd person first). -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an excellent man. -फलिनी f. The plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Mar. दुधी, दुधाणी). -लाभः an excellent profit. -वयसम् The last period of life; Śat. Br.12.9.1.8. -व्रता A wife devoted to the husband; हृदयस्येव शोकाग्निसंतप्तस्योत्तमव्रताम् Bk.9.87. -वेशः N. of Śiva. -शाखः 1 a tree having excellent branches. -2 N. of a region. -श्रुत a. Possessing the utmost learning. Rām. -श्लोक a. of excellent fame, illustrious, glorious, well-known, famous. -कः N. of Vi&stoa;ṇu, क उत्तमश्लोक- गुणानुवादात् पुमान् विरज्येत विना पशुघ्नात् Bhāg.1.1.4. -संग्रहः (˚स्त्री˚) intriguing with another man's wife, i. e. speaking with her privately, looking amorously at her &c. -साहसः, -सम् 1 the highest (of the fixed) pecuniary punishments; a fine of 1 (or according to some 8,) paṇas; Ms.9.24; Y.1.366; पणानां द्वे शते सार्धे प्रथमः साहसः स्मृतः । मध्यमः पञ्च विज्ञेयः सहस्रं त्वेष चोत्तमः ॥ Capital punishment, banishment, confiscation, and mutilation are also regarded as forms of this punishment. |
| |
| uttara | उत्तर a. [उद्-तरप्] 1 Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun). -2 Upper, higher P.I.1.34 (opp. अधर); उत्तरे-अधरे दन्ताः Śat. Br.; अवनतोत्तरकायम् R.9.6; P.II.2.1. -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. पूर्व); पूर्वमेघः, उत्तरमेघः, ˚मीमांसा; उत्तरार्धः &c. ˚रामचरितम् later adventures of Rāma U.1.2; पूर्वः उत्तरः former-latter H.1.9; एतानि मान्यस्थानानि गरीयो यद्यदुत्तरम् Ms.2.136. (b) Future; concluding; ˚कालः subsequent time; ˚फलम्; ˚वचनम् a reply. -4 Left (opp. दक्षिण). -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, power- ful. आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् Rām.2.13.2; वाद्यमानेषु तूर्येषु मल्लतारोत्तरेषु च Bhāg.1.42.36. -6 Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; तर्कोत्तराम् Mv.2.6. -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); षडुत्तरा विंशतिः 26; अष्टोत्तरं शतं 18; दशनागबलाः केचित् केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः Rām.5.43.22. -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरैव Ś.5; चषकोत्तरा R.7.49; अस्रोत्तर- मीक्षिताम् Ku.5.61; उत्सवोत्तरो मङ्गलविधिः Dk.39,166; K.311; H.1.15; प्रवाल ˚पुष्पशय्ये R.6.5 over spread with; धर्मोत्तरम् 13.7 rich in; 18.7; कम्प ˚ 13.28;17.12; 19.23. -9 To be crossed over. -रः 1 Future time, futurity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva. -रा 1 The north; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा Ku.1.1. -2 A lunar mansion. -3 N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. पिंपरी). -रम् 1 An answer, reply; प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47; उत्तरादुत्तरं वाक्यं वदतां संप्रजायते Pt.1.6; a reply is suggested to a reply वचस्तस्य सपदि क्रिया केवलमुत्तरम् Śi. -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder. -3 The last part or following member of a compound. -4 (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an अधिकरण q. v. the answer. -5 The upper surface or cover. -6 Conclusion. -7 Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण U.3.26. -8 Superiority, excellence. -9 Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. -1 Excess, over and above; see above (उत्तर a. 8). -11 Remainder, difference (in arith.). -12 A rectangular moulding (Mānasāra 13.67.) -13 The next step, further action; उत्तरं चिन्तयामास वानरो मरुतात्मजः Rām.5.13.59. -14 A cover (आच्छादन); सूस्करं सोत्तरबन्धुरेषम् Mb.6.6.9. -रम् ind. 1 Above. -2 Afterwards, after; तत उत्तरम्, इत उत्तरम् &c. शापं तं ते$भिविज्ञाय कृतवन्तः किमुत्तरम् Mb.1.36.1. -Comp. -अगारम् An upper room, garet. -अधर a. higher and lower (fig. also). (-रौ du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; पुनर्विवक्षुःस्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83 (स्फुरण- भूयिष्ठो$धरो यस्य Malli.). -अधिकारः, -रिता, -त्वम् right to property, heirship, inheritance. -अधिकारिन् m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the original owner). -अपरा north-west. -अभिमुख a. Turned towards the north. -अयनम् (˚यणं. न being changed to ण) 1 the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); अग्निर्ज्योतिरहः शुक्लः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् Bg.8.24. cf. भानोर्मकरसंक्रान्तेः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् । कर्कादेस्तु तथैव स्यात् षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ॥ -2 the period or time of the summer solstice. -अरणिः, -णी f. the upper अरणि (which by cutting becomes the प्रमन्थ or churner); दारुपात्राणि सर्वाणि अरणिं चोत्तरारणिम् (दत्त्वा) Rām.6.111.116. -अर्थ a. for the sake of what follows. -अर्धम् 1 the upper part of the body. -2 the northern part. -3 the latter half (opp. पूर्वार्ध). -4 the further end. -अर्ध्य a. being on the northern side. -अहः the following day. -आभासः a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. ˚ता, -त्वम् the semblance of a reply without reality. -आशा the northern direction. ˚अधिपतिः, -पतिः the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera. -आषाढा 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree (Mar. फणस). -आसङ्गः 1 an upper garment; कृतोत्तरासङ्गम् K.43; Śi.2.19; Ku.5.16. -2 contact with the north. -इतर a. other than उत्तर i. e. southern. (-रा) the southern direction. -उत्तर a. [उत्तरस्मादुत्तरः] 1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further. -2 successive, ever increasing; ˚स्नेहेन दृष्टः Pt. 1; Y.2.136. (-रम्) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; अलमुत्तरोत्तरेण Mu.3. -2 conversation, a rejoinder. -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree. -4 succession, gradation, sequence. -5 descending. (-रम्) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षः K. P.1; उत्तरोत्तरं वर्धते H.1. -उत्तरिन् a. 1 ever-increasing. -2 one following the other. -ओष्ठः the upper lip (उत्तरो-रौ-ष्ठः). Vārt. on P.VI.1.94. ओत्वोष्ठयोस्समासे वा -काण्डम् the seventh book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कायः the upper part of the body; तं वाहनादवनतोत्तरकायमीषत् R.9.6. -कालः 1 future time. -2 time calculated from one full moon to another. -कुरु (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude). -कोसलाः (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; पितुरनन्तरमुत्तरकोसलान् R.9.1. -कोशला the city of Ayodhyā; यदुपतेः क्व गता मथुरा पुरी रघुपतेः क्व गतोत्तरकोशला ॥ Udb. -क्रिया funeral rites, obsequies. -खण्डम् the last section of book. -खण्डनम् refutation. -गीता N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahābhārata. -ग्रन्थः supplement to a work. -च्छदः a bed-covering, covering (in general); शय्योत्तरच्छदविमर्द- कृशाङ्गरागम् R.5.65,17.21; नागचर्मोत्तरच्छदः Mb. -ज a. born subsequently or afterwards; चतुर्दश प्रथमजः पुनात्युत्तरजश्च षट् Y.1.59. -ज्या the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.). -ज्योतिषाः (m. pl.) the northern Jyotiṣas. -ततिः f. Ectype (lit. subequent proceedings) उत्तरस्यां ततौ तत्प्रकृतित्वात् MS.1.4.25. शबर explains उत्तरस्यां ततौ as विकृतौ), -तन्त्रम् N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta. -तापनीयम् N. of the second part of the नृसिंहतापनीयो- पनिषद्. -दायक a. replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; दुष्टा भार्या शठं मित्रं भृत्याश्चोत्तरदायकाः H.2.11. -दिश् f. the north. ˚ईशः, -पालः 1 Kubera, the regent of the north. -2 the planet बुध. ˚बलिन् 1 the planet Venus. -2 the moon. -देशः the country towards the north. -धेय a. to be done subsequently. -नारायणः the second part of the नारायणसूक्त or पुरुषसूक्त (Rv.1.9.). -पक्षः 1 the northern wing or side. -2 the dark half of a lunar month. -3 the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. पूर्वपक्ष); प्रापयन् पवनव्याधेर्गिरमुत्तरपक्षताम् Śi.2.15. -4 a demonstrated truth or conclusion. -5 the minor proposition in a syllogism. -6 (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v. -पटः 1 an upper garment. -2 a bed-covering (उत्तरच्छदः). -पथः the northern way, way leading to the north; the northern country; P.V.1 77. उत्तरपथेनाहृतं च. -पथिक a. travelling in the northern country. -पदम् 1 the last member of a compound. -2 a word that can be compounded with another. -पदिक, -पदकीय a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term. -पर्वतकम् A variety of hides. Kāu. A.2.11. -पश्चार्धः the northwestern half. -पश्चिम a. northwestern. (-मः) the north-western country. (-मा) [उत्तरस्याः पश्चिमायाश्च दिशोन्तरालम्] the north-west; आलोकयन्नुत्तरपश्चिमेन Mb.12.335.8. -पादः the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; पूर्वपक्षः स्मृतः पादो द्वितीयश्चोत्तरः स्मृतः । क्रियापादस्तृतीयः स्याच्चतुर्थो निर्णयः स्मृतः ॥ -पुरस्तात् ind. north-eastward (with gen.). -पुराणम् N. of a Jaina work. -पुरुषः = उत्तमपुरुषः q. v. -पूर्व a. north-eastern. (-र्वा) the north-east. -प्रच्छदः a cover lid, quilt. -प्रत्युत्तरम् 1 a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. -2 the pleadings in a law-suit. -फ (फा) ल्गुनी the twelfth lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed). -भागः The second part. -भाद्रपद्, -दा 1 the 26 th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch). -2 N. of a plant (Mar. कडुनिंब). -मन्द्रा a loud but slow manner of singing. ˚मन्द्राद्या a. particular मूर्च्छना in music. -मात्रम् a mere reply. -मीमांसा the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta Philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahman or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from मीमांसा proper which is usually called पूर्वमीमांसा). -युगम् A particular measure (= 13 Aṅgulas). -रहित a. without a reply. -रामचरितम् -त्रम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma. -रूपम् The second of two combined vowels or consonants. -लक्षणम् the indication of an actual reply. -लोमन् a. having the hair turned upwards. -वयसम्, -स् n. old age, the declining period of life. -वरितः a kind of small syringe. -वल्ली f. N. of the second section of the काठकोपनिषद् when divided into two अध्यायs. -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak; जग्राह तामुत्तरवस्त्रदेशे Mb.3.268. 24. -वादिन् m. 1 a defendant, respondent; (Opp. पूर्ववादिन्.) साक्षिषूभयतः सत्मु साक्षिणः पूर्ववादिनः । पूर्वपक्षे$धरीभूते भवन्त्युत्तरवादिनः ॥ Y.2.17. -2 one whose claims are of later date than another's. -विद् -वेदन or वेदिन् An elephant sensitive to slight stimuli (Mātaṅga L.1.29; 9.39). -वीथिः f. The northern orbit; Bṛi. S. -वेदिः 1 the northern altar made for the sacred fire. -2 N. of a Tīrtha near the कुरुक्षेत्र. -सक्थम् the left thigh. -संझित a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (-तः) hearsay-witness. -साक्षिन् m. 1 a witness for the defence. -2 a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others. -साधक a. 1 finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony. -2 who or what proves a reply. (-कः) an assistant, helper -हनुः Ved. the upper jaw-bone. |
| |
| utsah | उत्सह् 1 Ā. 1 To be able, have power or energy; (expressed by 'can'); dare, venture (with inf.); तवानुवृत्तिं न च कर्तुमुत्सहे Ku.5.65; Ś.5; Mu.4.14; Śi.14.83; Bk.3.54,5.59,14.89, sometimes with acc. and dat. also; Pt.1. -2 To attempt, be prompted or incited; Ki.1.36; to cheer up, not to sink or give way; अज्ञवन्नोत्सहेथास्त्वम् Bk.19.16. -3 To feel at ease, enjoy pleasure; क्षणमप्युत्सहते न मां विना Ku.4.36. -4 To go forward, march on; K.249. -Caus. To encourage, excite, instigate, incite; वरुणोत्साहितेन वेधसा K.22; Bk.9.69. |
| |
| utsedha | उत्सेध a. High, tall. -धः 1 A height, elevation; (fig. also); पयोधरोत्सेधविशीर्णसंहति (वल्कलम्) Ku.5.8,24. cf. also Kau. A.1.3; Śukra.4.495; high or projecting breasts; सोत्सेधैः स्कन्धदेशैः Mu.4.7. raised high up. -2 Thickness, fatness. -3 Intumescence, swelling. -4 The body. -5 Sublimity, greatness; prosperity; मामकस्यास्य सैन्यस्य हतोत्सेधस्य सञ्जय । अवशेषं न पश्यामि Mb. 8.9.93. -धम् 1 Killing, slaughter. -2 The height from the basement to the top; उत्सेधं जन्मादिस्तूपिकान्तम् । Mānasāra 35.26. The different technical names of the heights of the idols are शान्तिक, पौष्टिक, जयद, सार्वकामिक, धनद and अद्भुत. Their lengths are respectively 1th, l, 1 rd of their breadths. |
| |
| elavālu | एलवालु n., एलवालकम् The fragrant bark of कपित्थ (Feronia Elephantum). -2 A granular substance (used as a drug and perfume). |
| |
| auddhatyam | औद्धत्यम् [उद्धत-ष्यञ्] 1 Arrogance, insolence. -2 Boldness, bold or adventurous deeds; औद्धत्यमायोजित- कामसूत्रम् Māl.1.4. |
| |
| kaniṣkaḥ | कनिष्कः N. of a celebrated ancient king in India in the first century A. D. |
| |
| kautsam | कौत्सम् A Sāman composed by Kutsa. -त्सः 1 N. of a sage; माण्डव्यः कौत्सात् Bṛi. Up.6.5.4; उपसेदित्वात् कौत्सः पाणिनिम् Mbh. on P.III.2.18. -2 N. of a pupil of Varatantu; R.5.1. -3 N. of a degraded family. |
| |
| grahaḥ | ग्रहः [ग्रह्-अच्] 1 Seizing, grasping, laying hold of, seizure, रुरुधुः कचग्रहैः R.19.31. -2 A grip, grasp, hold; विक्रम्य कौशिकं खड्गं मोक्षयित्वा ग्रहं रिपोः Mb.3.157.11; कर्कटक- ग्रहात् Pt.1.26. -3 Taking, receiving, accepting; receipt. -4 Stealing, robbing; अङ्गुलीग्रन्थिभेदस्य छेदयेत्प्रथमे ग्रहे Ms.9.277; so गोग्रहः. -5 Booty, spoil. -6 Eclipse; see ग्रहण. -7 A planet, (sometimes more particularly 'Rāhu'; वध्यमाने ग्रहेणाथ आदित्ये मन्युराविशत् Mb.1.24.7.) (the planets are nine :-- सूर्यश्चन्द्रो मङ्गलश्च बुधश्चापि बृहस्पतिः । शुक्रः शनैश्चरो राहुः केतुश्चेति ग्रहा नव ॥); नक्षत्रताराग्रहसंकुलापि (रात्रिः) R.6.22;3.13;12.28; गुरुणा स्तनभारेण मुखचन्द्रेण भास्वता । शनैश्चराभ्यां पादाभ्यां रेजे ग्रहमयीव सा ॥ Bh.1.17. -8 Mentioning; utterance, repeating (as of a name) नामजातिग्रहं त्वेषामभिद्रोहेण कुर्वतः Ms.8.271; Amaru.85. -9 A shark, crocodile. -1 An imp in general. -11 A particular class of evil demons supposed to seize upon children and produce convulsions &c. cf. Mb. Crit. ed. 3.219.26; कृष्णग्रहगृहीतात्मा न वेद जगदीदृशम् Bhāg.7.4.38. -12 Apprehension, perception; ज्योतिश्चक्षुर्गुणग्रहः. ...... श्रोत्रं गुणग्रहः Bhāg.2.1.21-22. -13 An organ or instrument of apprehension; Bṛi. Up.3.2.1. -14 Tenacity, perseverance, persistence; नृणां स्वत्वग्रहो यतः Bhāg.7.14.11. -15 Purpose, design. -16 Favour, patronage. -17 The place of a planet in the fixed zodiac. -18 The number 'nine'. -19 Any state of mind which proceeds from magical influences. -2 A house. -21 A spoonful, ladleful; ग्रहान्त्सोमस्य मिमते द्वादश Rv.1.114.5. -22 A ladle or vessel; चमसानां ग्रहाणां च शुद्धिः प्रक्षालनेन तु Ms.5.116. -23 The middle of a bow. -24 A movable point in the heavens. -25 Keeping back, obstructing. -26 Taking away, depriving; प्राण˚ Pt.1.295. -27 Preparation for war; ग्रहो$वग्रहनिर्बन्धग्रहणेषु रणोद्यमे । सूर्यादौ पूतनादौ च सैंहिकेये$पि तत् त्रिषु । Nm. -28 A guest (अतिथि); यथा सिद्धस्य चान्नस्य ग्रहायाग्रं प्रदीयते Mb.13.1.6. -29 Imprisoning, imprisonment; Mb.13.136.11. -Comp. -अग्रेसरः the moon; Dk.8.1. -अधीन a. subject to planetary influence. -अवमर्दनः an epithet of Rāhu. (-नम्) friction of the planets. -अधीशः the sun. -आधारः, -आश्रयः polar star (as the fixed centre of the planets). -आमयः 1 epilepsy. -2 demoniacal possession. -आलुञ्चनम् pouncing on one's prey, tearing it to pieces; श्येनो ग्रहालुञ्चने Mk.3.2. -आवर्तः horoscope. -ईशः the sun. -एकत्वन्यायः the rule according to which the gender and number of उद्देशपद is not necessarily combined along with the action laid down in the विधेयपद. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS. III.1.13-15 (opp. of अरुणान्याय or पश्वेकत्वन्याय). -कल्लोलः an epithet of Rāhu. -कुण्डलिका the mutual relation of planets and prophecy derived from it. -गणितम् the astronomical part of a ज्योतिःशास्त्र. -गतिः the motion of the planets. -ग्रामणी the sun. -चिन्तकः an astrologer. -दशा the aspect of a planet, the time during which it continues to exercise its influence. -देवता the deity that presides over a planet. -नायकः 1 the sun. -2 an epithet of Saturn. -निग्रहौ (du.) reward and punishment. -नेमिः 1 the moon. -2 the section of the moon's course between the asterisms मूल and मृगशीर्ष. -पतिः 1 the sun. -2 the moon; तस्य विस्तीर्यते राज्यं ज्योत्स्ना ग्रहपतेरिव Mb.12.118.15. -पीडनम्, -पीडा 1 oppression caused by a planet. -2 an eclipse; शशिदिवाकरयोर्ग्रहपीडनम् Bh.2.91; H.1.51; Pt.2.19. -पुषः the sun. -भक्तिः f. division of countries &c. with respect to the presiding planets. -भोजनः 1 oblation offered to the planets. -2 a horse. -मण्डलम्, -ली the circle of the planets. -यज्ञः, -यागः worship or sacrifice offered to the planets. -युतिः, -योगः conjunction of planets. -युद्ध opposition of planets. -राजः 1 the sun. -2 the moon. -3 Jupiter. -लाघवम् N. of an astronomical work of the 16th century. -वर्षः the planetary year. -विप्रः an astrologer. -शान्तिः f. propitiation of planets by sacrifices &c. -शृङ्गाटकम् triangular position of the planets with reference to one another. -सङ्गमः conjunction of planets. -स्वरः the Ist note of a musical piece. |
| |
| carita | चरित p. p. [चर् कर्मणि क्त] 1 Wandered or roamed over, gone. -2 Performed, practised. -3 Attained. -4 Known. -5 Offered; Ś.4.21. -6 Acted, behaved; Ś.5.16. -तम् 1 Going, moving, course. -2 Acting, doing, practice, behaviour, acts, deeds; उदारचरितानाम् H.1.7; सर्वं खलस्य चरितं मशकः करोति 1.81. -3 Life, biography, adventures, history उत्तरं रामचरितं तत्प्रणीतं प्रयुज्यते U.1.2; दिवौकसस्त्वच्चरितं लिखन्ति Ś.7.5; so दशकुमारचरितम् &c. -4 Nature. -5 Fixed law, due or proper observance. -Comp. -अर्थ a. 1 that has accomplished its end or desired object, successful; राम- रावणयोर्युद्धं चरितार्थमिवाभवत् R.12.87; चरितार्थैव भारती 1. 36; Ki.13.62. राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरा एव Ś.5; चरि- तार्थत्वात् प्रधानविनिवृत्तेः Sāṅ. K.68. -2 satisfied, contented. -3 effected, accomplished. -4 significant, true to its sense; Ku.2.17. -5 appropriate, fit; Ku.4.45. ˚ता the attainment of the desired object; Ś.5. |
| |
| caritram | चरित्रम् [चर् इत्र] 1 Behaviour, habit, conduct, practice, acts, deeds. -2 Performance, observance. -3 History, life, biography, account, adventures. -4 Nature, disposition. -5 Duty, established or instituted observance; Ms.2.2,9.7. -6 A foot, leg. -7 Going. -त्रा The tamarind tree. -Comp. -बन्धकः a friendly pledge. |
| |
| tāntava | तान्तव a. (-वी f.) [तन्तोर्विकारः अञ्] Made of threads; चर्मजैस्तान्तवैः पाशैर्बद्ध्वा पतितमर्भकाः Bhāg.1.64.4. -वम् 1 Spinning, weaving. -2 A web. -3 A woven cloth; Ms.1.87. तान्तुवायिः tāntuvāyiḥ तान्तुवाय्यः tāntuvāyyḥ तान्तुवायिः तान्तुवाय्यः The son of a weaver; P.IV.1.152 Kāśi. |
| |
| damayantī | दमयन्ती 1 N. of the daughter of Bhīma, king of the Vidarbhas. [She was so called because by her matchless beauty she subdued the pride of all lovely women; cf. N.2.18 :-- भुवनत्रयसुभ्रुवामसौ दमयन्ती कमनीयतामदम् । उदियाय यतस्तनुश्रिया दमयन्तीति ततो$भिधां दधौ ॥ A golden swan first described to her the beauty and virtues of king Nala, and through him she communicated her love to Nala. Afterwards at the Svayaṁvara she chose Nala for her husband from out of a host of competitors among whom were the four gods Indra, Agni, Yama, and Varuṇa themselves, and the lovely pair spent some years very happily. But their happiness was not destined to last long. Kali, envious of the good fortune of Nala, entered his body, and induced him to play at dice with his brother Puskara. In the heat of the play the infatuated monarch staked and lost everything except himself and his wife. Nala and Damayantī were, therefore, driven out of the kingdom, 'clad in a single garment'. While wandering through the wilderness, Damayantī had to pass through several trying adventures, but her devotion to her husband remained entirely unshaken. One day while she was asleep, Nala in the frenzy of despair abandoned her, and she was obliged to go to her father's house. After some time she was united with her husband, and they passed the rest of their lives in the undisturbed enjoyment of happiness. See Nala and Ṛituparna also.] -2 N. of a flowering plant (Mar. मोगरी). |
| |
| daśamī | दशमी 1 The tenth day of a lunar fortnight. -2 The tenth decade of the human life; यत्र स्युः सो$त्र मानार्हः शूद्रो$पि दशमीं गतः Ms.2.137. -3 The last ten years of a century. -Comp. -स्थ, -दशमींगत a. above ninety years old; दशमीस्थः क्षीणरागे वृद्धे मरणसंशये Nm.; Ms.2.138. |
| |
| dṛś | दृश् 1 P. (पश्यति, ददर्श, अदर्शत्, अद्राक्षीत्, द्रक्ष्यति, दृष्टुम्, दृष्ट) 1 To see, look at, observe, view, behold, perceive; द्रक्ष्यसि भ्रातृजायाम् Me.1,19; R.3.42. -2 To look upon, regard, consider; आत्मवत्सर्वभूतेषु यः पश्यति स पण्डितः Chāṇ 5; Pt.1.58. -3 To visit, wait or call upon; प्रत्युद्ययौ मुनिं द्रष्टुं ब्रह्माणमिव वासवः Rām. -4 To perceive with the mind, learn, know, understand; एवमाचरतो दृष्ट्वा धर्मस्य मुनयो गतिम् Ms.1.11;12.23. -5 To inspect, discover. -6 To search, investigate, examine, decide; कृतरक्षः समुत्थाय पश्येदायव्ययौ स्वयम् Y.1.327;2.35. -7 To see by divine intuition; ऋषिर्दर्शनात्स्तोमान् ददर्श Nir. -8 To look helplessly on (without power to prevent what is taking place). -Pass. (दृश्यते) 1 To be seen or perceived, become visible or manifested; तव तच्चारु वपुर्न दृश्यते Ku.4.18,3; R.3.4; Bk.3.19; दृष्टः स्वप्ने कितव रमयन्कामपि त्वं मयेति Me.113. -2 To appear or look like, seem, look; तथापि नीचैर्विनयाददृश्यत R.3.34. -3 To be found or seen, occur (as in a book &c.); द्वितीयाम्रेडितान्तेषु ततो$न्यत्रापि दृश्यते Sk.; इति प्रयोगो भाष्ये दृश्यते. -4 To be considered or regarded; सामान्यप्रतिपत्ति- पूर्वकमियं दारेषु दृश्या त्वया Ś.4.17. -Caus. (दर्शयति-ते) 1 To cause any one (acc., dat. or gen.) to see anything (acc.), to show, point out; दर्शय तं चौरसिंहम् Pt.1; दर्शयति भक्तान् हरिम् Sk.; प्रत्यभिज्ञानरत्नं च रामायादर्शयत्कृती R.12.64;1.47;13.24; Ms.4.59. -2 To prove, demonstrate; वीर्यं मा न ददर्शस्त्वम् Bk.15.12. -3 To exhibit, display, make visible; तदेव मे दर्शय देव रूपम् Bg.11.45. -4 To produce (as in a court of justice); Ms.8.158. -5 To adduce (as evidence); अत्र श्रुतिं दर्शयति. -6 (Ā.) To show oneself, appear, show oneself or anything belonging to oneself; भवो भक्तान् दर्शयते Sk. (i. e. स्वयमेव); स्वां गृहे$पि वनितां कथमास्यं ह्रीनिमीलि खलु दर्शयिताहे N.5.71; स संततं दर्शयते गतस्मयः कृताधिपत्यामिव साधु बन्धुताम् Ki.1.1; Ku.4.25. -Desid. (दिदृक्षते) To wish or desire to see. |
| |
| dharṣita | धर्षित a. [धृष्-कर्मणि क्त-इट् गुणश्च] 1 Seduced, outraged, violated. -2 Overpowered, overcome, defeated; यत्काव्यं मधुवर्षि धर्षितपरास्तर्केषु यस्योक्तयः N.22.155. -3 Ill-treated, abused, insulted. -तम् 1 Contumely, pride. -2 Cohabitation, copulation. -3 Impatience, intolerance. -ता A harlot, a disloyal or unchaste woman. |
| |
| dhārā | धारा 1 A stream or current of water, a line of descending fluid, stream, current; धारा नैव पतन्ति चातक- मुखे मेघस्य किं दूषणम् Bh.2.93; Me.55; R.16.66; आबद्ध- धारमश्रु प्रावर्तत Dk.74. -2 A shower, a hard or sharpdriving shower. -3 A continuous line or series; प्रणतौ हन्त निरन्तराश्रुधाराः Bv.2.2. -4 A leak or hole in a pitcher. -5 The pace of a horse; धाराः प्रसाधयितुमव्यतिकीर्ण- रूपाः Śi.5.6; N.1.72. -6 The margin, edge or border of anything; ध्रुवं स नीलोत्पलपत्रधारया शमीलतां छेत्तुमृषिर्व्यव- स्यति Ś.1.18. -7 The sharp edge of a sword, axe, or of any cutting instrument; तर्जितः परशुधारया मम R.11.78; 6.42;1.86,41; Bh.2.28. -8 The edge of mountain or precipice. -9 A wheel or the periphery of a wheel; धारानिबद्धेव कलङ्करेखा R.13.15. -1 A garden-wall, fence, hedge. -11 The van or front line of an army. -12 The highest point, excellence. -13 A multitude. -14 Fame. -15 Night. -16 Turmeric. -17 Likeness. -18 The tip of the ear. -19 Speech. -2 Rumour, report. -21 N. of an ancient town in Mālvā, capital of king Bhoja. -Comp. -अग्रम् the broad-edged head of an arrow. -अङ्कुरः 1 a drop of rain. -2 hail; धाराङ्कुरवर्षिणो जलदाः Bṛi.S.32.21. -3 advancing before the line of an army (to defy the enemy). -अङ्गः a sword. -अटः 1 the Chātaka bird. -2 a horse. -3 a cloud. -4 a furious elephant, one in rut. -अधिरूढ a. raised to the highest pitch; किं वा धाराधिरूढं हि जाड्यं वेदजडे जने Ks.6.62. -अवनिः f. wind. -अश्रु n. a flood of tears; Amaru.1. -आवर्तः a whirlpool. -आसरः a heavy down-fall of rain, a hard or sharp driving shower; धारासारैर्महति वृष्टिर्बभूव H.3; V.4.1. -ईश्वरः king Bhoja. -उष्ण a. warm from a cow (as milk); धारोष्णं त्वमृतं पयो भ्रमहरं निद्राकरं कान्तिदम् । वृष्यं बृंहणमग्निवर्धन- मतिस्वादु त्रिदोषापहम् ॥ Rājanighaṇṭu. -गिरिः The fort of Devagiri or Daulatabad; स हि शैलो निजामस्य प्रियकारी महायशाः । प्रतापी प्रथितो लोके धारागिरिरिवापरः ॥ Śiva. B.2. -गृहम् a bath-room with water-jets, a shower-bath or a house furnished with artificial jets or fountains of water; शिलाविशेषानधिशय्य निन्युर्धारागृहेष्वातपमृद्धिमन्तः R.16.49. -धरः 1 holder of streams, a cloud; धातः किं नु विधौ विधातुमुचितो धाराधराडम्बरः Bv.1.4. -2 a sword. -निपातः, -पातः 1 a fall of rain, a hard or pelting shower, Me.48. -2 a stream of water. -यन्त्रम् a fountain, jet (of water); धारायन्त्रजलाभिषेककलुषे धौताञ्जने लोचने Amaru.124; धारायन्त्र- विमुक्तसंततपयः पूरप्लुते सर्वतः Ratn.1.1. -वर्षः, -र्षम्, -संपातः a hard, sharp-driving or incessant shower; न प्रसेहे स रुद्धार्कमधारावर्षदुर्दिनम् R.4.82. -वाहिन् a. incessant, continuous; पटुर्धारावाही नव इव चिरेणापि (मन्युः) U.4.3. -विषः a crooked sword. -शीत a. (milk) cooled after having been milked. |
| |
| dhṛṣ | धृष् I. 1 P. (धर्षति, धर्षित) 1 To come together, be compact. -2 To hurt or injure. -II. 1. P., 1 U. (धर्षति, धर्षयति-ते) 1 To offend, hurt, injure. -2 To insult, treat with indignity. -3 To assail, overcome, overpower, conquer, destroy. -4 To dare to attack, challenge, defy. -5 To violate or outrage (as a woman). -III. 5 P. (धृष्णोति, धृष्ट) 1 To be bold or courageous; ते ह ब्राह्मणा न दधृषुः Bṛi. Up.3.1.2. -2 To be confident. -3 To be proud or overbearing. -4 To be impudent or impatient. -5 To dare, venture (with inf.) -6 To brave, challenge; प्रहस्तस्य पुरोमात्यान् जिहिंसुर्दधृषुस्तथा (वानराः) Bk.14.12. -7 To insult, treat with contumely. -IV. 1 Ā. (धर्षयते) To assail, attack, outrage. |
| |
| dhyāna | ध्यान [ध्यै-भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Meditation, reflection, thought; contemplation; ज्ञानाद् ध्यानं विशिष्यते Bg.12.12; Ms.1.12; 6.72. -2 Especially, abstract contemplation, religious meditation; तदैव ध्यानादवगतो$स्मि Ś.7; ध्यानस्तिमितलोचनः R.1.73. -3 Divine intuition or discernment. -4 Mental representation of the personal attributes of a deity; इति ध्यानम्. -Comp. -गम्या a. attainable by meditation only; योगिभिर्ध्यानगम्यम् Viṣṇustotra. -तत्पर, -निष्ठ, -पर a. lost in thought, absorbed in meditation, contemplative. -धिष्ण्य a. suitable for ध्यान; रूपं चेदं पौरुषं ध्यानधिष्ण्यम् Bhāg.1.3.28. -मात्रम् mere thought or reflection. -मुद्रा a prescribed attitude in which to meditate on a deity. -योगः profound meditation. -स्थ a. absorbed in meditation; lost in thought. |
| |
| nigha | निघ a. As high as broad. -घः 1 A ball. -2 Sin. -Comp. -अनिघ a. of different forms or sizes. निघण्टः nighaṇṭḥ निघण्टुः nighaṇṭuḥ निघण्टः निघण्टुः 1 A vocabulary or glossary of words. -2 Particularly the glossary of Vedic words explained by Yāska, in his Nirukta. |
| |
| nirukta | निरुक्त a. 1 Expressed, pronounced, explained, defined. -2 Loud, distinct. -3 Enjoined, decided; पात्रं त्वत्र निरुक्तं वै कविभिः पात्रवित्तमैः Bhāg.7.14.34. -4 Interpreted, accomplished (as a word); proved from शब्दप्रमाण (as शब्दैकगम्य); वेदांश्च वेद्यं तु विधिं च कृत्स्नमथो निरुक्तं परमार्थतां च Mb.12.245.3. -क्तम् 1 Explanation, derivation, etymological interpretation. स वा एष आत्मा हृदि तस्यैतदेव निरुक्तं हदयमिति Ch. Up.8.3.3; महत्त्वाद्भारवत्त्वाच्च महाभारत- मुच्यते । निरुक्तमस्य यो वेद सर्वपापैः प्रमुच्यते ॥ Mb.1.1.274. -2 N. of one of the six Vedāṅgas, that which contains glossarial explanation of obscure words, especially those occurring in the Vedas; नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते Nir. -3 N. of a celebrated commentary on the Nighaṇṭus by Yāska. -Comp. -कारः N. of the sage Yāska. -जः one of the twelve kinds of sons allowed by the old Hindu law (= क्षेत्रजः q. v.); आत्मा पुत्रश्च विज्ञेयस्तस्यानन्त- रजश्च यः । निरुक्तजश्च विज्ञेयः सुतः प्रसृतजस्तथा ॥ Mb.13.49.3. -वृत्तिः N. of a com. on Yāska's निरुक्त by Durgāchārya. |
| |
| niruktiḥ | निरुक्तिः f. 1 Derivation, etymological interpretation of words; जरत्कारुनिरुक्तिं त्वं यथावद्वक्तुमर्हसि Mb.1.4.2. -2 (In Rhet.) An artificial explanation of the derivation of a word; thus defined:-- निरुक्तिर्योगतो नाम्नामन्यार्थत्व- प्रकल्पनम् । ईदृशैश्चरितैर्जाने सत्यं दोषाकरो भवान् ॥ Chandr.5.168 (where दोषाकरः is equal to दोषाणामाकरः). -3 (In drama.) communication of an event that has taken place. -4 N. of Yāska's commentary on the Nighaṇṭus. |
| |
| niṣṭhura | निष्ठुर a. [नि-स्था-उरच् षत्वटुत्वे] 1 Hard, rugged, coarse, rough. -2 Severe, sharp, smart (as a bow); जज्ञे जनै- र्मुकुलिताक्षमनाददाने संरब्धहस्तिपकनिष्ठुरचोदनाभिः Śi.5.49. -3 Cruel, harsh, hard-hearted (said of persons or things); व्यवसायः प्रतिपत्तिनिष्ठुरः R.8.65;3.62. -4 Motionless, stiff. -5 Contumelious. -6 Harsh, jarring; प्रक्षिप्य व्यनदन्नादं वज्रनिष्पेषनिष्टुरम् Bhāg.1.55.19. -रम् A harsh speech, abusive language. |
| |
| naiṣadha | नैषध 1 A king of the Niṣadhas. -2 Especially, an epithet of king Nala, q. v.; स नैषधस्यार्थपतेः सुतायाम् R. -3 A native or inhabitant of Niṣadha. -4 N. of a Mahākāvya by Śrīharṣa (treating of the adventures of Nala, king of the Niṣadhas). |
| |
| paṭu | पटु a. (टु or ट्वी f.; compar. पटीयस्, superl. पटिष्ठ) 1 Clever, skilful, dexterous, proficient; पाटीर तव पटीयान् कः परिपाटीमिमामुरीकर्तुम् Jagannātha; cf. also अघटितघटना- पटीयसी; (usually with a loc.) वाचि पटुः &c. -2 Sharp, acrid, pungent. -3 Sharp, smart (as intellect), intelligent. -4 Violent, strong, sharp, intense; अयमपि पटुर्धारासारो न बाणपरंपरा V.4.1; U.4.3. -5 Shrill, clear, sharp-sounding; किमिदं पटुपटहशङ्खमिश्रो नान्दीनादः Mu.6; पटुपटहध्वनिभिर्विनीतनिद्रः R.9.71,73; Māl.5.4. -6 Apt, disposed; स्मर्तुमधिगतगुणस्मरणाः पटवो न दोषमखिलं खलूत्तमा; Śi. 15.43. -7 Harsh, cruel, hard-hearted. -8 Sly, cunning, crafty, roguish. -9 Healthy, sound; मृदुसूर्याः सुनीहाराः पटुशीताः समाहिताः (शून्यारण्याः) Rām.3.16.12. -1 Active, busy. -11 Eloquent, talkative, -12 Blown, expanded. -13 Hard, rough, fierce. -14 Contumelious (as a speech). -टुः, -टु n. A mushroom (छत्रा). -टु n. Salt. -Comp. -करण a. having sound organs. -कल्प, -देशीय a. Pretty clever, tolerably sharp. -घण्टा a shrill bell; Mb. -तृणम् -तृणकम् a kind of pungent grass. -त्रयम् a collection of three salts (Mar. सैंधव, बिडलोण व संचळखार). -मति a. clever-minded. -रूप a. very clever. |
| |
| parikathā | परिकथा 1 A religious tale or narrative; Buddh. Divyāvadāna. -2 A work giving the history and adventures of a fabulous person, a work of fiction. -3 A fairy tale. |
| |
| peya | पेय a. [पा-पाने कर्मणि यत्] 1 Drinkable, fit to be quaffed or drunk; भोज्यं पेयं तथा चूष्यं लेह्यं खाद्यं च चर्वणम् । निष्पेयं चैव भक्ष्यं स्यादन्नमष्टविधं स्मृतम् Rājanighaṇṭu. -2 Sapid. -यम् 1 Water. -2 Milk. -3 A drink, beverage. -या 1 Rice-gruel. -2 A drink mixed with a small quantity of boiled rice. |
| |
| pradīpana | प्रदीपन a. (-नी f.) Kindling. -2 Illuminating. -3 Stimulating, exciting. -नम् The act of kindling, lighting, stimulating &c. -नः A kind of mineral poison; वर्णतो लोहितो यः स्याद्दीप्तिमान् दहनप्रभः । महादाहकरः पूर्वैः कथितः स प्रदीपनः ॥ Rājanighaṇṭu. |
| |
| pradhṛṣṭa | प्रधृष्ट p. p. 1 Treated with contumely. -2 Proud, arrogant, haughty. |
| |
| praba | प्रब (व) ह्लिका See प्रहेलिका. प्रबा prabā (वा vā) लः lḥ लम् lam प्रबा (वा) लः लम् 1 A sprout, shoot, new leaf; अपि......प्रवालमासामनुबन्धि वीरुधाम् Ku.5.34;1.44;3.8; R.6.12;13.49. -2 Coral; शुद्धं दृढं घनं वृत्तं स्निग्धं पात्र- सुरङ्गकम् । समं गुरु सिराहीनं प्रबालं धारयेच्छुभम् ॥ Rājanighaṇṭu. -3 The neck of the Indian lute. -लः 1 A pupil. -2 An animal. -Comp. -अश्मन्तकः 1 the red Aśmantaka tree. -2 the coral tree. -पद्मम् a red lotus. -फलम् red sandal-wood. -भस्मन् n. calx of coral. |
| |
| pravapa | प्रवप a. 1 Very fat. -2 Having a thick membrane or omentum; P.VIII.4.16 com. |
| |
| prasah | प्रसह् 1 Ā. 1 To bear, endure; न तेजस्तेजस्वी प्रसृतमपरेषां प्रसहते U.6.14. -2 To withstand, resist, overpower; संयुगे सांयुगीनं तमुद्यतं प्रसहेत कः Ku.2.57. -3 To exert oneself, attempt. -4 To dare, venture, be able. -5 To have power or energy; see प्रसह्य. |
| |
| prātibha | प्रातिभ a. (-भी f.) 1 Relating to divination or genius. -2 Intellectual, mental. -भम् Genius or vivid imagination, intuition, divination; ... प्रभोः प्रातिभदर्पणः । प्रतिबिम्बित- मात्मानं यत्र पश्यति भारती Dharmābhyudayamahākāvya 1.1; प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानां वक्रवाक्यरचनारमणीयः Śi.1.12; Mb.5.63.2. |
| |
| priya | प्रिय a. [प्रीणाति प्रि-तर्पणे क] (compar. प्रेयस्, superl. प्रेष्ठ) 1 Dear, beloved, liked, welcome, favourite; बन्धुप्रियाम् Ku.1.26; प्रकृत्यैव प्रिया सीता रामस्यासीन्महात्मनः Rām; R.3.29. -2 Pleasing, agreeable; तामूचतुस्ते प्रियमप्यमिथ्या R.14.6. -2 Fond of, liking, loving, devoted or attached to; प्रियमण्डना Ś.4.9.; प्रियारामा वैदेही U.2. -2 Dear, expensive. -5 Ved. Customary, familar, usual. -यः 1 A lover, husband; स्त्रीणामाद्यं प्रणयवचनं विभ्रमो हि प्रियेषु Me.28. -2 A kind of deer. -3 A son-in-law (जामाता); Ms.3.119 (com.). -या 1 A beloved (wife), wife, mistress; प्रिये चारुशीले प्रिये रम्यशीले प्रिये Gīt. 1. -2 A woman in general. -3 Small cardamoms. -4 News, information. -5 Spirituous liquor. -6 A kind of jasmine. -यम् 1 Love. -2 Kindness, service, favour; प्रियमाचरितं लते त्वया मे V.1.16; मत्प्रियार्थं यियासोः Me.22; प्रियं मे प्रियं मे 'a good service done to me'; प्रिय- चिकीर्षवः Bg.1.23; U.3.26; Pt.1.193,365. -3 Pleasing or gladsome news; विवेश भुवमाख्यातुमुरगेभ्य इव प्रियम् R.12. 91; प्रियनिवेदयितारम् Ś.4. -4 Pleasure; प्रियं प्राप्तो दशाननः Rām.7.23.15. -यम् ind. In a pleasing or agreeable manner. -प्रियेण ind. Willingly. -Comp. -अतिथि a. hospitable. -अन्नम् dear food or provisions. -अन्नत्वम् dearth, scarcity; Bṛi. S. -अपायः absence or loss of a beloved object. -अप्रियः a. Pleasant and unpleasant, agreeable and disagreeable (feelings &c.). (-यम्) service and disservice, favour and injury. -अम्बुः the mango tree. (-a.) fond of water. -अर्थम् ind. as a favour. -अर्ह a. 1 deserving love or kindness; U.3. -2 amiable. (-र्हः) N. of Viṣṇu. -असु a. fond of life. -आख्य a. announcing good news. -आख्यानम्, -आख्या- निकम् agreeable news; Pratimā.1. -आत्मन् a. amiable, pleasant, agreeable. -आधानम् a friendly office; आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59. -आलापिन् a. speaking kindly or agreeably. -आसु a. fond of life. -उक्तिः f., -उदितम् a kind or friendly speech, flattering remarks. -उपपत्तिः f. a happy or pleasant occurrence. -उपभोगः enjoyment of a lover or mistress; प्रियोपभोगचिह्नेषु पौरोभाग्यमिवाचरन् R.12.22. -एषिन् a. 1 desirous of pleasing or doing service. -2 friendly, affectionate. -कर a. giving or causing pleasure. -कर्मन् a. acting in a kind or friendly manner. (-n.) the action of a lover. -कलत्रः a husband who is fond of his wife, whe loves her dearly. -कलह a. quarrelsome. -काम a. friendly disposed, desirous of rendering service. -कार a. 1 acting kindly, doing good to, -2 favourable, suitable. -कारक, -कारिन् a. acting or treating kindly. (-m.) a friend, benefactor; प्रियकारक भद्रं ते Pt.4.76. -कृत् m. 1 one who does good, a friend, benefactor. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -जनः a beloved or dear person. -जानिः a husband who dearly loves his wife, a gallant. -जीव a. living long, long-lived. (-वः) Colasanthes Indica (Mar. टेंटू). -जीविता love of life. -तोषणः a kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -दत्ता a mystical name of the earth; Mb. -दर्श a. pleasant to look at; प्रियदर्शो दीर्घभुजः कथं कृष्ण युधिष्ठिरः Mb.5.9.21. -दर्शन a. pleasing to look at, of pleasing appearance, good-looking, lovely, handsome; अहो प्रिय- दर्शनः कुमारः U.5.; R.1.47; Ś.3.9; एवमुत्सुको$पि प्रियदर्शनो देवः Ś6. (-नः) 1 a parrot. -2 a kind of date tree. -3 N. of a prince of the Gandharvas; अवेहि गन्धर्वपतेस्तनूजं प्रियंवदं मां प्रियदर्शनस्य R.5.33. -4 A plant growing on trees and stones (Mar. दगडफूल). (-नम्) the sight of a beloved object; अमृतं प्रियदर्शनम् Pt.1.128. (-नी) a bird, Gracula religiosa. -दर्शिन् a. looking kindly upon anything. (-m.) an epithet of king Aśoka. -देवन a. fond of gambling. -धन्वः an epithet of Śiva. -निवेदनम् good tidings. -पुत्रः a kind of bird. -प्रश्नः a kind inquiry (about welfare). -प्रसादनम् propitiation of a husband. -प्राय a. exceedingly kind or courteous; प्रियप्राया वृत्तिः U.2.2. (-यम्) eloquence in language. -प्रायस् n. a very agreeable speech, as of a lover to his mistress. -प्रेप्सु a. wishing to secure one's desired object. -भावः feeling of love; प्रियभावः स तु तया स्वगुणैरेव वर्धितः U.6.31. -भाषणम् kind or agreeable words. -भाषिन् a. speaking sweet words. -मण्डन a. fond of ornaments; नादत्ते प्रियमण्डनापि भवतां स्नेहेन या पल्लवम् Ś.4.9. -मधु a. fond of liquor. (-धुः) an epithet of Balarāma. -रण a. warlike, heroic. -वक्तृ a. flattering, a flatterer. -वचन a. speaking kind or agreeable words. (-नम्) kind, coaxing or endearing words; प्रियवचनकृतो$- पि योषितां दयितजनानुनयो रसादृते (प्रविशति हृदयं न) V.2.22. -वयस्यः a dear friend. -वर्णी the plant called प्रियङ्गु. -वस्तु n. a beloved object. -वाच् a. speaking kindly, affable in address. (-f.) kind or agreeable words. -वादिका a kind of musical instrument. -वादिन् a. speaking kind or pleasing words, a flatterer; सुलभाः पुरुषा राजन् सततं प्रियवादिनः Rām. (-नी) a kind of bird. (Mar. मैना, साळुंखी). -श्रवस् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; प्रगायतः स्ववीर्याणि तीर्थपादः प्रियश्रवाः Bhāg.1.6.34. -संवासः the society of a beloved person. -सखः 1 a dear friend. -2 the Khadira tree. (-खी f.) a female friend, a lady' confidante. -सत्य a. 1 a lover of truth. -2 pleasant though true. -संदेशः 1 a friendly message, the message of a lover. -2 the tree called चम्पक. -संप्रहार a. fond of litigation. -समागमः union with a beloved object or person. -सहचरी a beloved wife. -साहस a. adventurous. -सुहृद् m. a dear or bosom friend. -स्वप्न a. fond of sleep; अकाले वोधितो भ्रात्रा प्रियंस्वप्नो वृथा भवान् R.12. 81. -हित a. at once agreeable and salutary. |
| |
| phañjī | फञ्जी Clerodendrum Siphonantus (Mar. भारंग, धमासा). |
| |
| bakura | बकुर a. Horrible. -रः 1 Lightning; thunderbolt. -2 A wind instrument used in battle; अभि दस्युं बकुरेणा धमन्ता Ṛ.v.1.117.21. (Naighaṇtuka gives the first meaning.) |
| |
| bāṇaḥ | बाणः 1 An arrow, shaft, reed; Bṛi. Up.3.8.2; धनुष्यमोघं समधत्त बाणम् Ku.3.66. -2 An aim or mark for arrows. -3 The feathered end of an arrow. -4 The udder of a cow. -5 The body (शरीर); ते प्रकाश्श्याभिवदन्ति वयमेतद्बाणमवष्टभ्य विधारयामः Praśna Up.2.2. -6 N. of a demon, son of Bali; cf. उषा. -7 N. of a celebrated poet who lived at the court of king Harṣavardhana and flourished in the first half of the seventh century; see App. II). He is the author of कादम्बरी, हर्षचरित and of some other works; (Govardhana in his Āryāsaptaśatī 37 speaks in these terms of Bāṇa :-- जाता शिखण्डिनी प्राग् यथा शिखण्डी तथावगच्छामि । प्रागल्भ्यधिकमाप्तुं वाणी बाणो बभूवेति ॥; so हृदयवसतिः पञ्चबाणस्तु बाणः P. R.1.22). -8 A symbolical expression for the number 'five'. -9 A sound voice. -1 Fire. -11 Lightning. -12 A form of Śiva. -13 The versed sine of an arc. -णः, -णा The hinder part or feathered end of an arrow. -णः, -णा, -णम् a blue flowering Barleria -नीलझिण्टी (Mar. कोऱ्हांटी); अनाविलोन्मीलितबाणचक्षुषः Ki.4. 28. Śi.6.46. -Comp. -असनम् a bow; स पार्थबाणासन- वेगमुक्तैर्दृढाहतः पत्रिभिरुग्रवेगैः Mb.8.89.86. ˚यन्त्रम् a kind of bow with a mechanical contrivance at one of its ends for tightening the string and letting off the arrow; Dk.1.1. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a series of arrows. -2 a series of five verses forming one sentence. -आश्रयः a quiver. -गङ्गा N. of a river said to have been produced by Rāvaṇa's arrow; सोमेशाद् दक्षिणे भागे बाणेनाभि- बिभिद्य वै । रावणेन प्रकटिता जलधारातिपुण्यदा । बाणगङ्गेति विख्याता या स्नानादघहारिणी ॥ Varāha P. -गोचरः the range of an arrow; अवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1.19/2. -जालम् a number of arrows. -जित् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तूणः, -धिः a quiver; क्षीणबाणो विबाणधिः Mb. 8.63; बबन्धाथ च बाणधी (du.) Bk.14.17; Ki.18.1. -निकृत a. pierced or wounded by an arrow. -पत्रः N. of a bird (कङ्क). -पथः the range of an arrow. -पाणि a. armed with arrows. -पातः 1 an arrowshot (as a measure of distance). -2 the range of an arrow. -3 a bed of arrows (बाणशय्या, शरतल्प); बाणपातान्तरे रामं पातितं पुरुषर्षभम् Rām.6.45.25. ˚वर्तिन् a. being within the range of an arrow. -पुरम् Śoṇitapura, the capital of Bāṇāsura. -मुक्ति f., -मोक्षणम् discharging or shooting an arrow. -योजनम् a quiver. -रेखा a long wound made by an arrow. -लिङ्गम् a white stone found in the river नर्मदा and worshipped as the लिङ्ग of Śiva. -वारः a breast-plate, an armour, cuirass; cf. वारबाणः. -वृष्टिः f. a shower of arrows. -संधानम् the fitting of an arrow to the bow-string; का कथा बाणसंधाने ज्याशब्देनैव दूरतः Ś.3.1. -सिद्धिः f. the hitting of a mark by an arrow. -सुता an epithet of Uṣā, daughter of Bāṇa; see उषा. -हन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. |
| |
| brāhmaṇa | ब्राह्मण a. (-णी f.) [ब्रह्म वेदं शुद्धं चैतन्यं वा वेत्त्वधीते वा अण्] 1 Belonging to a Brāhmaṇa. -2 Befitting a Brāhmaṇa. -3 Given by a Brāhmaṇa. -4 Relating to religious worship. -5 One who knows Brahma. -णः 1 A man belonging to the first of the four original castes of the Hindus, a Brāhmaṇa (born from the mouth of the puruṣa); ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत् Rv.1.9. 12; Ms.1.31,96; (जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारैर्द्विज उच्यते । विद्यया याति विप्रत्वं त्रिभिः श्रोत्रिय उच्यते ॥ or जात्या कुलेन वृत्तेन स्वाध्यायेन श्रुतेन च । एभिर्युक्तो हि यस्तिष्ठेन्नित्यं स द्विज उच्यते ॥). -2 A priest, theologian. -3 An epithet of Agni. -4 N. of the twentyeighth Nakṣatra. -णम् 1 An assemblage or society of Brāhmaṇas. -2 That portion of the Veda which states rules for the employment of the hymns at the various sacrifices, their origin and detailed explanation, with sometimes lengthy illustrations in the shape of legends or stories. It is distinct from the Mantra portion of the Veda. -3 N. of that class of the Vedic works which contain the Brāhmaṇa portion (regarded as Śruti or part of the revelation like the hymns themselves). Each of the four Vedas has its own Brāhmaṇa or Brāhmaṇas :-ऐतरेय or आश्व- लायन and कौषीतकी or सांख्यायन belonging to the Ṛigveda; शतपथ to the Yajurveda, पञ्चविंश and षड्विंश and six more to the Sāmaveda, and गोपथ to the Atharvaveda. -4 The Soma vessel of the Brahman priest. -Comp. -अतिक्रमः offensive or disrespectful conduct towards Brāhmaṇas, insult to Brāhmaṇas; ब्राह्मणातिक्रमत्यागो भवता- मेव भूतये Mv.2.1. -अगर्शनम् absence of Brahmanical instruction or guidance; वृषलत्वं गता लोके ब्राह्मणादर्शनेन च Ms.1.43. -अपाश्रयः seeking shelter with Brāhmaṇas. -अभ्युपपत्तिः f. protection or preservation of, or kindness shown to, a Brāhmaṇa; ब्राह्मणाभ्युपपत्तौ च शपथे नास्ति पातकम् Ms.8.112. -आत्मक a. belonging to Brāhmaṇas. -घ्नः the slayer of a Brāhmaṇa; स्त्रीबाल- ब्राह्मणघ्नांश्च हन्याद् द्विट्सेविनस्तथा Ms.9.232. -चाण्डालः 1 a degraded or outcast Brāhmaṇa; यथा ब्राह्मणचाण्डालः पूर्व- दृष्टस्तथैव सः Ms.9.87. -2 the son of a Śūdra father by a Brāhmaṇa woman. -जातम्, -जातिः f. the Brāhmaṇa caste. -जीविका the occupation or means of livelihood prescribed for a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनमध्ययनं यजनं याजनं तथा । दानं प्रतिग्रहश्चैव षट्कर्माण्यग्रजन्मनः ॥ षण्णां तु कर्मणामस्य त्रीणि कर्माणि जीविका । याजनाध्यापने चैव विशुद्धाच्च प्रतिग्रहः ॥. -द्रव्यम्, -स्वम् a Brāhmaṇa's property. -निन्दकः a blasphemer or reviler of Brāhmaṇas. -प्रसंगः the applicability of the term Brāhmaṇa. -प्रातिवेश्यः a neighbouring Brāhmaṇa; ब्राह्मणप्रातिवेश्यानामेतदेवानिमन्त्रणे Y.2.263. -प्रियः N. of Viṣṇu. -ब्रुवः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa, one who is a Brāhmaṇa only in name and neglects the duties of his caste; बहवो ब्राह्मणब्रुवा निवसन्ति Dk.; सममब्राह्मणे दानं द्विगुणं ब्राह्मणब्रुवे Ms.7.85;8.2. -भावः the rank or condition of a Brāhmaṇa. -भूयिष्ठ a. consisting for the most part of Brāhmaṇas. -यष्टिका, -यष्टी Clerodendrum Siphonantus (Mar. भारंग). -वधः the murder of a Brāhmaṇa, Brahmanicide. -वाचनम् the recitation of benedictions. -संतर्पणम् feeding or satisfying Brāhmaṇas. |
| |
| bhaṇṭākī | भण्टाकी Solanum Melongena (Mar. डोरली वांगी). भण्टुकः bhaṇṭukḥ भण्डुकः bhaṇḍukḥ भण्टुकः भण्डुकः Calosanthes Indica (Mar. टेंटू). |
| |
| bhānuḥ | भानुः [भा-नु Uṇ.3.32] 1 Light, lustre, brightness. -2 A ray of light; मण़्डिताखिलदिक्प्रान्ताश्चण्डांशोः पान्तु भानवः Bv.1.129; Śi.2.53; Ms.8.132. -3 The sun; भानुः सकृद्युक्ततुरङ्ग एव Ś.5.4; भीमभानौ निदाघे Bv.1.3. -4 Beauty. -5 A day. -6 A king, prince, sovereign. -7 An epithet of Śiva or Viṣṇu; अमृतांशूद्भवो भानुः V. Sah. -f. A handsome woman. -Comp. -केश(स)रः the sun. -जः the planet Saturn. -दिनम्, -वारः Sunday. -फला Musa Sapientum (Mar. केळ). -भूः daughter of the sun, the Yamunā river; अह्नि भानुभुवि दाशदारिकाम् N.18.25. |
| |
| bhāraṅgī | भारङ्गी 1 A female supporter. -2 Clerodendrum Siphonantus (Mar. भारंगी). |
| |
| bhās | भास् f. [भास्-भावे-क्विप्] 1 Light, lustre, brightness; यदि भाः सदृशी सा स्याद् भासस्तस्य महात्मनः Bg.11.12; दृशा निशेन्दीवरचारुभासा N.22.43; R.9.21; Ku.7.3. -2 A ray of light; रविकरसंवलिताः फलन्ति भासः Ki.5.38,46; 9.6; अस्तापास्तसमस्तभासि नभसः पारं प्रयाते रवौ Ratn.1.24; 4.16. -3 A reflection, an image. -4 Majesty, glory, splendour. -5 Wish, desire. -Comp. -करः 1 the sun; परिणतमदिराभं भास्करेणांशुबाणैः Śi.11.49; R.11.7;12.25; Ku.6.49; स स्तौति भास्करं भक्त्या नौति पापहरं हरम् । -2 a hero. -3 fire. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 N. of a celebrated Hindu astronomer who is said to have flourished in the eleventh or twelfth century A. D. (-रम्) 1 gold. -2 a kind of breach (made by thieves in a wall); पद्मव्याकोशं भास्करं बालचन्द्रम् ...... तत्कस्मिन् देशे दर्शया- म्यात्मशिल्पम् Mk.3.13. ˚अध्वन् the sky; स भास्कराध्वानमनु- प्रपन्नः Rām.6.74.65. ˚आवर्तः N. of a disease of the head (Mar. अर्धशिशी). ˚द्युतिः N. of Viṣṇu; चन्द्रांशुर्भास्करद्युतिः V. Sah. ˚प्रियः a ruby. ˚लवणम् a kind of salt or mixture. ˚सप्तमी the seventh day in the bright half of Māgha. -करिः 1 the planet Saturn. -2 Vaivasvata Manu. -3 Karṇa. -4 N. of Sugrīva. |
| |
| bhiṅgisī | भिङ्गिसी A variety of कम्बल; Kau. A.2.11.29. भिण्डः bhiṇḍḥ भिण्डकः bhiṇḍakḥ भिण्डा bhiṇḍā भिण्डः भिण्डकः भिण्डा Abelmoschus Esculentus (Mar. भेंडा); एरण्डभिण्डार्कनलैः प्रभूतैरपि संचितैः । दारुकृत्यं यथा नास्ति तथैवाज्ञैः प्रयोजनम् Pt.1.96. |
| |
| bhūrjaḥ | भूर्जः The birch-tree; भूर्जगतो$क्षरविन्यासः V.2; Ku.1.7; 'भूर्जः कटुः कषायोष्णो भूतरक्षाकरः परः' Rājanighaṇṭu. -र्जम् 1 A leaf made of birch-bark for writing on. -2 A written deed, document. -Comp. -कण्टकः a man of one of the mixed tribes, the offspring of an outcast Brāhmaṇa by a woman of the same class; व्रात्यात्तु जायते विप्रात् पापात्मा भूर्जकण्टकः Ms.1.21. -पत्रः the birch-tree. |
| |
| bhṛṣṭa | भृष्ट p. p. [भ्रस्ज्-क्त] Fried, roasted, parched. -Comp. -अन्नम् rice boiled and fried, -तण्डुलः parched rice; सुगन्धिः कफहा रूक्षः पित्तलो भृष्टतण्डुलः Rājanighaṇṭu. -यवाः (pl.) parched rice. |
| |
| bhekaḥ | भेकः [भी कन् कस्य नेत्वम्; Uṇ.3.43] 1 A frog; पङ्के निमग्ने करिणि भेको भवति मूर्धगः. -2 A timid man. -3 A cloud; तेजः सद्यो बलकरो भ्रमतृड् दाहमेहनुत् । स्वापकुष्ठच्छर्दिनाशी भेकस्तु परिकीर्तितः ॥ Rājanighaṇṭu. -की 1 A small frog. -2 A female frog. -Comp. -भुज् m. a serpent. -रवः, -शब्दः the croaking of frogs. |
| |
| bheṇḍā | भेण्डा ण्डी Abelmoschus Esculentus. |
| |
| bhojaḥ | भोजः [भुज्-अच्] N. of a celebrated king of Mālvā (or Dhārā); (supposed to have flourished about the end of the tenth or the beginning of the eleventh century, and to have been a great patron of Sanskṛit learning; he is also supposed to have been the author of several learned works, such as सरस्वतीकण्ठाभरण &c.). -2 N. of a country. -3 N. of a king of the Vidarbhas; भोजेन दूतो रघवे विसृष्टः R.5.39;7.18,29,35. -जाः (m. pl.) N. of a people. -Comp. -अधिपः an epithet of 1 Kamsa. -2 Karṇa. -इन्द्रः a king of the Bhojas. -कटम् N. of a town founded by Rukmin. -कुलम् the dynasty of the Bhojas who ruled over the country of Vidarbha or Berar; अभोजयद् भोजकुलाङ्कुरः क्वचित् N.16.48. -देवः, -राजः king Bhoja; धन्यः श्रीभोजराजस्त्रिभुवनविजयी Udb; see (1) above. -पतिः 1 king Bhoja. -2 an epithet of Kamsa. |
| |
| maṅgalya | मङ्गल्य a. [मङ्गलाय हितं यत्] 1 Auspicious, fortunate, happy, lucky, prosperous; मङ्गल्यं मङ्गलं विष्णुम् Mb.1.1.24; मङ्गल्यं ब्राह्मणस्य स्यात् Ms.2.31. -2 Pleasing, agreeable, beautiful. -3 Holy, pure, pious; त्रिलोकीमङ्गल्याम् U.4.1. -ल्यः 1 The sacred fig-tree. -2 The cocoa-nut tree. -3 A sort of pulse. -4 The Bilva tree. -ल्या 1 A species of fragrant sandal; मङ्गल्यागुरुशिशिरा गन्धाढ्या दोषवाहिका Rājanighaṇṭu. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 A kind of aloewood. -4 A particular perfume. -5 A particular yellow pigment. -ल्यम् 1 Auspicious water for the coronation of a king (brought from various holy places). -2 Gold. -3 Sandal-wood. -4 Red lead. -5 Sour curds. |
| |
| malliḥ | मल्लिः ल्ली f. [मल्ल्-इन् वा ङीप्] A kind of jasmine; किं मल्लीमुकुलैः स्मितं विकसितं किं मालतीकुड्मलैः Rājendrakarṇapūra. -m. A Jain saint. -Comp. -गन्धि n. a kind of agallochum. -नाथः N. of a celebrated commentator who probably lived in the fourteenth or fifteenth century; (he has written commentaries on रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, मेघदूत, किरातार्जुनीय, नैषधचरित, and शिशुपालवध). -पत्रम् a mushroom. |
| |
| mahā | महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw |
| |
| mādhava | माधव a. (-वी f.) [मधु-अण्] 1 Honey-like, sweet. -2 Made of honey. -3 Vernal, relating to the spring; सावज्ञेव मुखप्रसाधनविधौ श्रीमाधवी योषिताम् M.3.5. -4 Relating to the descendants of Madhu. -वः [माया लक्ष्म्या धवः] 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa; राधामाधवयोर्जयन्ति यमुनाकूले रहःकेलयः Gīt.1; माधवे मा कुरु मानिनि मानमये 9. -2 The spring season, a friend of Cupid; स्मर पर्युत्सुक एष माधवः Ku. 4.28; स माधवेनाभिमतेन सख्या (अनुप्रयातः) 3.23; माधवप्रथमे मासि बलस्य प्रथमे पुनः Charaka-sūtrasthāna. -3 The month called Vaiśākha; जगाम माधवे मासि रैभ्याश्रमपदं प्रति Mb. 3.136.1; भास्करस्य मधुमाधवाविव R.11.7. -4 N. of Indra. -5 of Paraśurāma. -6 N. of the Yādavas (pl.); प्रहितः प्रधनाय माधवान् Śi.16.52. -7 N. of a celebrated author, son of Māyaṇa and brother of Sāyaṇa and Bhoganātha, and suppossed to have lived in the fifteenth century. He was a very reputed scholar, numerous important works being ascribed to him; he and Sāyaṇa are suppossed to have jointly written the commentary on the Ṛigveda; श्रुतिस्मृतिसदाचारपालको माधवो बुधः । स्मार्तं व्याख्याय सर्वार्थं द्विजार्थं श्रौत उद्यतः ॥ J. N. V. -Comp. -उचितम् a kind of perfume (कक्कोल). -द्रुमः Spondias Mangifera (Mar. अंबाडा). -निदानम् N. of a medical work. -वल्ली = माधवी q. v. -श्री vernal beauty. |
| |
| yad | यद् pron. a. (Nom. sing. m. यः, f. या, n. यत्-द्) The relative pronoun corresponding 'who', 'which' or 'what' in English. (a) Its proper correlative is तद्; यस्य बुद्धिर्बलं तस्य; but sometimes इदम्, अदस्, एतद्, takethe place of तद्; sometimes the relative is used alone, its antecedent being supplied from the context. Not unfrequently two relatives are used in the same sentence; या यस्य युज्यते भूमिका तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याःपाठिताः Māl.1; यदेव रोचते यस्मै भवेत् तत् तस्य सुन्दरम्. (b) When repeated, the relative pronoun has the sense of 'totality, and may be translated by 'whoever', 'whatever', in which case the correlative pronoun is generally repeated; यो यः शस्त्रं बिभर्ति स्वभुजगुरुबलः पाण्डवीनां चमूनां ... क्रोधान्धस्तस्य तस्य स्वयमिह जगतामन्तकस्यान्तको$हम् Ve.3.3; क्रियते यद् यदेषा कथयति U.1; यं यं पश्यसि तस्य तस्य पुरतो मा ब्रूहि दीनं वचः Bh.2.51. When joined with the interrogative pronoun or its derivatives with or without the particles चिद्, चन, वा, or अपि, it expresses the sense of 'whatever', 'any whatsoever,', 'any'; सूतो वा सूतपुत्रो वा यो वा को वा भवाम्यहम् Ve.3.33; येन केन प्रकारेण anyhow, somehow or other; यत्र कुत्रापि, यो वा को वा, यः कश्चन &c.; यत् किंचिदेतद् 'this is a mere trifle'; यानि कानि च मित्राणि &c. -ind. As an indeclinable यद् is frequently used 1 to introduce a direct or subordinate assertion with or without इति at the end; सत्यो$यं जनप्रवादो यत् संपत् संपदमनुबध्नातीति K.73; तस्य कदाचिच्चिन्ता समुत्पन्ना यदर्थोत्पत्त्युपायाश्चिन्तनीयाः कर्तव्याश्च Pt.1. or -2 in the sense of 'because', 'since'; प्रियमा- चरितं लते त्वया मे ... यदियं पुनरप्यपाङ्गनेत्रा परिवृत्तार्धमुखी मयाद्य दृष्टा V.1.17; or किं शेषस्य भरव्यथा न वपुषि क्ष्मां न क्षिपत्येष यत् Mu.2.18; R.1.27,87; in this sense यद् is often followed by तद् or ततः as its correlative; see यत् प्रीति- मद्भिर्वदनैः स्वसाम्यात् ...... ततस्तदीयाधरयावयोगात् ... N.22.46. -Comp. -अपि ind. although, though; वक्रः पन्था यदपि भवतः Me.27. -अर्थम्, -अर्थे ind. 1 for which, wherefore, why, on which account; श्रूयतां यदर्थमस्मि हरिणा भवत्सकाशं प्रेषितः Ś.6; Ku.5.52. -2 since, because; नूनं दैवं न शक्यं हि पुरुषेणातिवर्तितुम् । यदर्थं यत्नवानेव न लभे विप्रतां विभो ॥ Mb. -अवधि ind. since which time. -आत्मक a. having which essence or existence. -कारणम्, -कारणात् ind. 1 wherefore, on which account. -2 since, because. -कृते ind. wherefore, why, for which person or thing. -भविष्यः a fatalist (one who says 'what will be will be'); यद्भविष्यो विनष्यति Pt.1.318. -वद a. talking anything. -वा ind. or else, whether; नैतद्विद्मः कतरन्नो गरीयो यद्वा जयेम यदि वा नो जयेयुः Bg.2.6; (often used by commentators in suggesting an alternative meaning). -वृत्तम् an adventure. -सत्यम् ind. to be sure, to speak the truth, truly, forsooth; अमङ्गलाशंसया वो वचनस्य यत् सत्यं कम्पितमिव मे हृदयम् Ve.1; Mu.1; Mk.4. |
| |
| rāma | राम a. [रम् कर्तरि घञ् ण वा] 1 Pleasing, delighting, rejoicing, -2 Beautiful, lovely, charming. -3 Obscure; dark-coloured, black. -4 White. -मः 1 N. of three celebrated personages; (a) Paraśurāma, son of Jamadagni; (b) Balarāma, son of Vasudeva and brother of Kṛiṣṇa, q.q.v.v.; (c) Rāmachandra or Sītārāma, son of Daśaratha and Kausalyā and the hero of the Rāmāyaṇa; (the word is thus derived in Purāṇas:-- राशब्दो विश्ववचनो मश्चापीश्वरवाचकः । विश्वाधीनेश्वरो यो हि तेन रामः प्रकीर्तितः ॥) cf. also राकारोच्चारमात्रेण मुखान्निर्याति पातकम् । पुनः प्रवेशशङ्कायां मकारो$स्ति कपाटवत् ॥ [When quite a boy, he with his brother was taken by Viśvāmitra, with the permission of Daśaratha, to his hermitage to protect his sacrifices from the demons that obstructed them. Rāma killed them all with perfect ease, and received from the sage several miraculous missiles as a reward. He then accompanied Viśvāmitra to the capital of Janaka where he married Sītā having performed the wonderful feat of bending Siva's bow, and then returned to Ayodhyā. Daśaratha, seeing that Rāma was growing fitter and fitter to rule the kingdom, resolved to install him as heir-apparent. But, on the eve of the day of coronation, his favourite wife Kaikeyī, at the instigation of her wicked nurse Mantharā, asked him to fulfil the two boons he had formerly promised to her, by one of which she demanded the exile of Rāma for fourteen years and by the other the installation of her own son Bharata as Yuvarāja. The king was terribly shocked, and tried his best to dissuade her from her wicked demands, but was at last obliged to yield. The dutiful son immediately prapared to go into exile accompanied by his beautiful young wife Sītā and his devoted brother Lakṣmana. The period of his exile was eventful, and the two brothers killed several powerful demons and at last roused the jealousy of Rāvaṇa himself. The wicked demon resolved to try Rāma by carrying off his beauteous wife for whom he had conceived an ardent passion, and accomplished his purpose being assisted by Mārīcha. After several fruitless inquiries as to her whereabouts, Hanumat ascertained that she was in Laṅkā and persuaded Rāma to invade the island and kill the ravisher. The monkeys built a bridge across the ocean over which Rāma with his numerous troops passed, conquered Laṅkā, and killed Rāvaṇa along with his whole host of demons. Rāma, attended by his wife and friends in battle, triumphantly returned to Ayodhyā where he was crowned king by Vasiṣṭha. He reigned long and righteously and was succeeded by his son Kuśa. Rāma is said to be the seventh incarnation of Viṣṇu; cf. Jayadeva:-- वितरसि दिक्षु रणे दिक्पतिकमनीयं दशमुखमौलिबलिं रमणीयम् । केशव धृतरघुपति- रूप जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1.]. -2 A kind of deer. -3 N. of Aruṇa. -4 A lover; cf. Śi.4.59. -5 A horse. -6 Pleasure, joy. -मम् 1 Darkness. -2 Leprosy (कृष्ठम्). -3 A tamāla leaf. -Comp. -अनुजः N. of a celebrated reformer, founder of a Vedāntic sect and author of several works. He was a Vaiṣṇava. -अयनम् (-णम्) 1 the adventures of Rāma. -2 N. of a celebrated epic by Vālmīki which contains about 24 verses in seven Kāṇḍas or books. -ईश्वरः N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage. -काण्डः a species of cane. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Rāma. -कृत् (in music) N. of a Rāga. -क्री N. of a Rāga. -गिरिः N. of a mountain; (चक्रे) स्निग्धच्छाया- तरुषु वसतिं रामगिर्याश्रमेषु Me.1. -चन्द्रः, -भद्रः N. of Rāma, son of Daśaratha. -जन्मन् n. the birth or birth-day of Rāma. -तापन, -तापनी, -तापनीय उपनिषद् N. of a well-known उपनिषद् (belonging to the अथर्ववेद). -दूतः 1 N. of Hanumat. -2 a monkey. (-ती) a kind of basil. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Chaitra, the anniversary of the birth of Rāma. -पूगः a kind of betel-nut tree. -लीला N. of a dramatic performance, on the story of Rāma. -वल्लभः the birch-tree. (-भम्) cinnamon. -शरः a kind of sugar cane. -सखः N. of Sugrīva. -सेतुः the bridge of Rāma', a bridge of sand between the Indian peninsula and Ceylon, now called Adam's bridge. |
| |
| varṣaḥ | वर्षः र्षम् [वृष् भावे घञ् कर्तरि अच् वा] 1 Raining, rain, a shower of rain; तपाम्यहमहं वर्षं निगृह्णाभ्युत्सृजामि च Bg.9.19; विद्युत्स्तनितवर्षेषु Ms.4.13; Me.37. -2 Sprinkling, effusion, throwing down, a shower of anything; सुरभि सुरविमुक्तं पुष्पवर्षं पपात R.12.12; so शरवर्षः, शिलावर्षः, लाजवर्षः &c. -3 Seminal effusion. -4 A year (usually only n.); इयन्ति वर्षाणि तया सहोग्रमभ्यस्यतीव व्रतमासिधारम् R.13.67; न ववर्ष वर्षाणि द्वादश दशशताक्षः Dk.; वर्षभोग्येण शापेन Me.1. -5 A division of the world, a continent; (nine such divisions are usually enumerated:-- 1 कुरु; 2 हिर- ण्मय; 3 रम्यक; 4 इलावृत; 5 हरि; 6 केतुमाला; 7 भद्राश्व; 8 किंनर; and 9 भारत); यस्मिन् नव वर्षाणि Bhāg.5.16.6. एतदूढगुरुभारभारतं वर्षमद्य मम वर्तते वशे Śi.14.5. -6 India (= भारतवर्ष). -7 A cloud (only m. according to Hemachandra). -8 A day; अप्राप्तयौवनं बालं पञ्चवर्षसहस्रकम् Rām.7.73.5. (com. वर्षशब्दो$त्र दिनपरः). -9 A place of residence; वर्षमस्य गिरेर्मध्ये रामेण श्रीमता कृतम् Mb.3. 13.12. -Comp. -अंशः, -अंशकः, -अङ्गः a month. -अम्बु n. rain-water. -अयुतम् ten thousand years. -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mars. -अवसानम् the autumn or Śarat season. -आघोषः a frog. -आमदः a peacock. -उपलः 1 hail stone -2 a kind of sweetmeat ball; घनैरमीषां परिवेषकैर्जनैरवर्षि वर्षोपलगोलकावली N.16.1. -करः a cloud. (-री) a cricket. -कालः the rainy season. -केतुः a red-flowering Punar-navā. -कोशः, -षः 1 a month. -2 an astrologer. -गणः (pl.) a long series of years; बहून् वर्षगणान् घोरान् Ms.12.54. -गिरिः, -पर्वतः 'a Varṣa mountain', i. e. one of the mountain-ranges supposed to separate the different divisions of the world from one another; (they are seven:-- हिमवान् हेमकूटश्च निषधो मेरुरेव च । चैत्रः कर्णी च शृङ्गी च सप्तैते वर्षपर्वताः). -घ्न a. protecting from rain. -ज a. (वर्षेज also) 1 produced in the rainy season. -2 one year old. -त्रम् an umbrella; छायां ते दिनकरभाः प्रबाधमानं वर्षत्रं भरत करोतु मूर्ध्नि शीताम् Rām. 2.17.18. -धरः 1 a cloud. -2 a eunuch, an attendant on the women's apartments; (वर्षधर्ष in the same sense). See वर्षवर. -3 the ruler of a Varṣa; वर्षधराभिवादिताभि- वन्दितचरणः Bhāg.5.3.16; also वर्षप-पति. -4 a mountain bounding a Varṣa. -पदम् a calender. -पाकिन् m. the hog-plum. -पूगः a series or collection of years. -प्रति- बन्धः a drought. -प्रवेगः a heavy shower of rain; वर्ष- प्रवेगा विपुलाः पतन्ति Rām.4.28.45. -प्रियः the Chātaka bird. -रात्रः the rainy season; वर्षरात्रे स्थितो रामः Rām. 4.3.1. -वरः a eunuch, an attendant on the women's apartments; वर्षवराभ्यागारिकैः Kau. A.1.21; ये स्वल्पसत्त्वाः प्रथममात्मीयाः स्त्रीस्वभाविनः । जात्या न दुष्टाः कार्येषु ते वै वर्षवराः स्मृताः ॥ Ak.; M.4.4/5; Rām.2.65.7; Mb.9.62.5. -वृद्धिः f. birth-day. -शतम् a century, one hundred years. -सहस्रम् a thousand years. |
| |
| viprakāraḥ | विप्रकारः 1 Insult, contumely, abuse, treating with disrespect; उदीरितां तामिति याज्ञसेन्या नवीकृतोद्ग्राहितविप्रकाराम् Ki.3.55. -2 Injury, offence; शशंसुर्विप्रकारं तं तस्मै तारक- कारितम् Mb.13.86.28. -3 Wickedness. -4 Opposition, counteraction. -5 Retaliation. -6 Various manner. -7 Wrong way, act; मत्स्यानां विप्रकारांस्ते बहूनस्मानकीर्तयन् Mb.4.47.9. |
| |
| viprakṛta | विप्रकृत p. p. 1 Hurt, offended, injured; एवं विप्रकृते लोके दैत्येन्द्रानुचरैर्मुहुः Bhāg.7.2.16. -2 Insulted, abused, treated with contumely. -3 Opposed -4 Retaliated, requited. -5 Oppressed, troubled, disturbed. -6 Irritated, provoked; विप्रकृतः पन्नगः फणां कुरुते Ś.6.31. |
| |
| viprakṛtiḥ | विप्रकृतिः f. 1 Injury, offence. -2 An insult, abuse, contumely. -3 Retaliation, retort. -4 Change, variation; अभियुक्तं च नान्येन नोक्तं विप्रकृतिं नयेत् Y.2.9. |
| |
| viṣama | विषम a. [विगतो विरुद्धो वा समः] 1 Uneven, rough, rugged; पथिषु विषमेष्वप्यचलता Mu.3.3; व्यालाकीर्णाः सुविषमाः Pt.1.64; Me.19. -2 Irregular, unequal; तोषं ततान विषमग्रथितो$पि भागः Māl.9.44. -3 Odd, not even. -4 Difficult, hard to understand, mysterious; विषमो$पि विगाह्यते नयः Ki.2.3; विषमाः कर्मगतयः Pt.4.5. -5 Impassable, inaccessible; Ki.2.3; भ्रान्तं देशमनेकदुर्गविषमम् Bh.3.5. -6 Coarse, rough. -7 Oblique; ईषत्तिर्यग्वलन- विषमम् Māl.4.2. -8 Painful, troublesome; कान्ताविश्लेषदुःख- व्यतिकरविषमे यौवने विप्रयोगः Bh.3.16; H.4.3. -9 Very strong, vehement; व्यनक्त्यन्तस्तापं तदयमतिधीरो$पि विषमम् Māl.3.9. -1 Dangerous, fearful; सर्वंकषः कषति हा विषमः कृतान्तः Mv.5.56; Mk.8.1,27; Mu.1.18; 2.2. -11 Bad, adverse, unfavourable; येन च हसितं दशासु विषमासु Pt.4.16. -12 Odd, unusual, unparalleled. -13 Dishonest, artful. -14 Intermittent (as fever). -15 Wicked. -16 Different. -17 That which cannot be equally divided; अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -18 Unsuitable, wrong; Suśr. -मः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 (In music) A kind of measure. -मम् 1 Unevenness. -2 Oddness. -3 An inaccessible place, precipice, pit &c. -4 A difficult or dangerous position, difficulty, misfortune; सुप्तं प्रमत्तं विषमस्थितं वा रक्षन्ति पुण्यानि पुरा कृतानि Bh.2.97; कुतस्त्वा कश्मलमिदं विषमे समुपस्थितम् Bg.2.2. -5 Rough or uneven ground. -6 N. of a figure of speech in which some unusual or incompatible relation between cause and effect is described; (said to be of four kinds; see K. P. Kārikās 126 and 127). -7 A kind of stanza or verse; भिन्नचिह्नचतुष्पादं विषमं परिकीर्तितम्. -मम् ind. Unequally, unevenly, unfairly, dangerously &c. -Comp. -अक्षः, -ईक्षणः, -नयनः, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva. -अन्नम् unusual or irregular food. -अवतारः descent on uneven ground, perhaps also 'undertaking or embarking in an adventure'; V.1. -आयुधः, -इषुः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; उन्मिमील विशदं विषमेषुः Śi.1.72. -कर्णः 1 a quadrangle or tetragon with unequal diagonals. -2 the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle. -कर्मन् (in maths.) the finding of two quantities when the difference of their squares is given and either the sum or the difference of the quantities (Colebrooke). -कालः an unfavourable season. -चक्रवालम् (in maths). an ellipse. -चतुरस्रः, -चतुर्भुजः an unequal quadrilateral figure; trapezium. -छदः the tree सप्तपर्ण q. v. -छाया the shadow of the gnomon at noon. -ज्वरः remittent fever; दोषो$ल्पो$हितसंभूतो ज्वरो- त्सृष्टस्य वा पुनः । धातुमन्यतमं प्राप्य करोति विषम़ज्वरम् ॥ -त्रिभुजः a scalene triangle. -पत्रः the Saptaparṇa tree; विषम- पत्रमहीरुहसंभवम् Rām. ch.4.68. -बाणः N. of the god of love; also विषमविशिखः, -शरः. -लक्ष्मी f. ill-luck. -विभागः unequal distribution (of property). -वृत्तम् a kind of metre with unequal Pādas. -शील a. cross-tempered, peevish, perverse. -स्थ a. 1 being in an inaccessible position. -2 being in difficulty or misfortune; विश्वामित्र- स्ततस्तां तु विषमस्तामनिन्दिताम् Mb.1.72.5. |
| |
| vegaḥ | वेगः [विज्-घञ्] 1 Impulse, impetus. -2 Speed, velocity, rapidity. -3 Agitation. -4 Impetuosity, violence, force. -5 A stream, current; as in अम्बुवेगः; रुरोध नर्मदा- वेगं बाहुभिर्बहुभिर्वृतः Rām.7.32.4,6. -6 Energy, activity, determination. -7 Power, strength; ऊरू भग्नौ प्रसह्याजौ गदया भीमवेगया Mb.1.2.288; मदनज्वरस्य वेगात् K. -8 Circulation, working, effect (as of poison); चिराद्वेगारम्भी प्रसृत इव तीव्रो विषरसः U.2.26; V.5.18. -9 Haste, rashness, sudden impulse; कृत्यं न कुरुते वेगान्न स संतापमाप्नुयात् Pt.1.19. -1 The fight of an arrow; घननीहार इवाविषक्तवेगः Ki.13.24. -11 Love, passion. -12 The external manifestation of an internal emotion. -13 Delight, pleasure. -14 Evacuation of the feces; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तानां मलादीनां जिजीविषुः । न वेगं धारयेद्धीरः कामादीनां च धारयेत् ॥ Rājanighaṇṭu. -15 Semen virile. -16 Pleasure, delight. -17 Attack, paroxysm (of a disease); Suśi. -Comp. -अनिलः 1 blast caused by speed; यष्ट्यग्रे च समं स्थितो ध्वजपटः प्रान्ते च वेगानिलात् V.1.5. -2 a strong or violent wind. -आघातः 1 sudden arresting of velocity, check of speed. -2 obstruction of excretion, constipation. -दण्डः an elephant. -नाशनः the phlegmatic humour. -रोधः = ˚आघातः q. v. -वाहिन् a. swift. -विधारणम् 1 checking of speed. -2 constipation. -सरः a mule. -हरिणः a kind of antelope; L. D. B. |
| |
| vaidūrya | वैदूर्य a. (-री or -र्यी f.) 1 Brought from, or produced in, Vidūra. -2 Eminent (श्रेष्ठ); को न्वयं नरवैदूर्यः Bhāg 1. 55.31. -र्यम् [विदूरे गिरौ भवं श्यञ्] Lapis lazuli; Ku. 7.1; Śi.3.45; भुवि वैदूर्यनकाशशाद्वलायाम् Bu. Ch.5.9; (the cat's-eye gem; cf. मार्जारेक्षणपिङ्गलच्छविजुष् Rājanighaṇṭu); स्थाल्यां वैदूर्यमय्यां पचति तिलकणानिन्धनैश्चन्दनाद्यैः Bh. |
| |
| vaisvaryam | वैस्वर्यम् 1 Loss of voice. -2 Different accentuation. |
| |
| śatam | शतम् 1 A hundred; निःस्वो वष्टि शतम् Śānti.2.6; शतमेको$पि संधत्ते प्राकारस्थो धनुर्धरः Pt.1.229; (शत is used in the singular with a plural noun of any gender; शतं नराः; शतं गावः; or शतं गृहाणि, in which case it is treated as a numeral adjective; but sometimes in dual and plural also; द्वे शते, दश शतानि &c. It is also used with a noun in the genitive; गवां शतम्, वर्षाणां शतम् 'a century of cows, years' &c. At the end of comp., it may remain unchanged; भव भर्ता शरच्छतम् or may be changed into शती; as in आर्यासप्तशती a work of Govardhanāchārya.). -2 Any large number; as in शतपत्र q. v. -Comp. -अक्षी 1 night. -2 the goddess Durgā. -अङ्गः 1 a car, carriage; especially, a war chariot. -2 N. of a tree (तिनिश). -अनीकः 1 an old man. -2 an army officer possessing a hundred footmen; (शतानां तु शतानीकः Śukra.2.14. -अब्दम् a century. -अरम्, -आरम् the thunderbolt of Indra. -अरुस् n., -अरुषी a leprous disease of the skin. -अवरः a fine of a hundred. -(री) 1 N. of a plant. -2 N. of the wife of Indra. -आनकम् a cemetery. -आनन्दः 1 N. of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 of the car of Viṣṇu. -4 of a son of Gautama and Ahalyā, the family-priest of Janaka; गौतमश्च शतानन्दो जनकानां पुरोहिताः U.1.16. -आयुस् a. lasting or living for a hundred years. -आवर्तः, -आवर्तिन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -ईशः 1 the ruler of a hundred. -2 the ruler of a hundred villages; Ms.7.115. -कर्मन् the planet Saturn. -कुम्भः 1 N. of a mountain (where gold is said to be found). -2 N. of a sacrifice; शतकुम्भं नाम यज्ञ- मनुभवितुं महर्षेर्धौम्यस्य आश्रमं गता इति Madhyamavyāyoga 1. (-म्भम्) gold. -कृत्वस् ind. a hundred times. -कोटि a. hundred-edged. (-टिः) Indra's thunderbolt; कराग्रजाग्र- च्छतकोटिः N.7.79. (-f.) a hundred crores; चरितं रघु- नाथस्य शतकोटिप्रविस्तरम् Rāma-rakṣā 1. -क्रतुः an epithet of Indra; अपूर्णमेकेन शतक्रतूपमः शतं क्रतूनामपविघ्नमाप सः R.3.38. -खण्डम् gold. -गु a. possessed of a hundred cows. -गुण, -गुणित a. a hundred-fold, increased a hundred times; अनुपनतमनोरथस्य पूर्वं शतगुणितेव गता मम त्रियामा V.3.22. -ग्रन्थिः f. the Dūrvā grass. -घ्नः N. of Śiva. -घ्नी 1 a kind of weapon used as a missile (supposed by some to be a sort of rocket, but described by others as a huge stone studded with iron spikes and four tālas in length; शतघ्नी च चतुस्ताला लोहकण्टकसंचिता; or अथकण्टकसंच्छक शतघ्नी महती शिला); अयःशङ्कुचितां रक्षः शतघ्नीमथ शत्रवे (अक्षिपत्) R.12.95; Bhāg.9.15.3. -2 a female scorpion. -3 a disease of the throat. -4 N. of a plant (करञ्ज). -चन्द्रः a sword or shield adorned with a hundred moons (moon-like spots); ततः शरशतेनास्य शतचन्द्रं समाक्षिपत्त् Mb.7. 97.29. ˚वर्त्मन् a manner of brandishing the sword; तं श्येनवेगं शतचन्द्रवर्त्मभिश्चरन्तमच्छिद्रमुपर्यधो हरिः Bhāg.8.7.28. -चरणा a centipede. -छदः a kind of wood-pecker. -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -तारका, -भिषज्, -भिषा f. N. of the 24th lunar mansion containing one hundred stars. -दलम् a lotus-flower. -दला the white rose. -द्रुः f. 1 N. of a river in the Punjab now called Sutlej. -2 N. of the Ganges. -धामन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -धार a. 1 flowing in a hundred streams. -2 having a hundred edges. (-रम्) the thunderbolt of Indra. -धृतिः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Brahman; गते शत- धृतौ क्षत्तः कर्दमस्तेन चोदितः Bhāg.3.24.21. -3 heaven or Svarga. -धौत a. perfectly clean. -पत्रः 1 a peacock. -2 the (Indian) crane. -3 a wood-pecker. -4 a parrot or a species of it. (-त्रा) a woman. (-त्रम्) a lotus; आवृत्तवृन्तशतपत्रनिभम् (आननं) वहन्त्या Māl.1.22. ˚योनि an epithet of Brahman; कम्पेन मूर्ध्नः शतपत्रयोनिं (संभावयामास) Ku.7.46. -पत्रकः the wood-pecker. -पत्री, -पत्रिकः the white rose. -पथब्राह्मणम् N. of a well-known Brāhmaṇa attached to the Śukla Yajurveda; कृत्स्नं शतपथं चैव प्रणेष्यसि द्विजर्षभ Mb.12.318.11. -पद्, -पाद् a. having a hundred feet. -पदी, -पाद् f. a centipede. -पद्मम् 1 a lotus with a hundred petals. -2 the white lotus. -पर्वन् -m. a bamboo. (f.) 1 the full-moon day in the month of Āśvina. -2 Dūrvā grass. -3 the plant Kaṭukā. -4 orris root. -5 the wife of Bhārgava or Śukra. ˚ईशः the planet Venus. -पर्विका 1 Dūrvā grass. -2 orris root. -3 barley. -पाक a. boiled a hundred times. -पाकम् a particular unguent; शतपाकेन तैलेन महार्हेणोपतस्थतुः Mb. 13.53.9. -पादः, -पाद् m., -पादी, -पादिका a centipede. -पालः an overseer (of a hundred villages). -पुष्पः epithet of the poet Bhāravi. -पुष्पा, -प्रसूना Anethum Sowa (Mar. शोपा). -पोना a sieve. -प्रासः the Karavīra tree. -फलिन् m. a bamboo. -भिषज् see ˚तारका. -भीरुः f. the Arabian jasmine. -मखः, -मन्युः 1 epithets of Indra; प्रसहेत रणे तवानुजान् द्विषतां कः शतमन्युतेजसः Ki. 2.23; Bk.1.5; शतमखमुपतस्थे प्राञ्जलिः पुष्पधन्वा Ku.2. 64; R.9.13. -2 an owl. -मयूखः the moon. -मानः, -नम् 1 a Pala of silver; धरणानि दश ज्ञेयः शतमानस्तु राजतः Ms.8.137; अष्टौ शाणाः शतमानं वहन्ति Mb.3.134.15. -2 an Āḍhaka q. v. -मार्जः an armourer. -मुख a. 1 having a hundred ways. -2 having a hundred outlets, mouths, or openings; विवेकभ्रष्टानां भवति विनिपातः शतमुखः Bh.2.1 (where the word has sense 1 also). (-खम्) a hundred ways or openings. (-खी) a brush, broom. -मूर्धन् m. an ant-hill. -मूला the Dūrvā grass, -यज्वन् m. an epithet of Indra; उपतस्थुरास्थितविषादधियः शतयज्वनो वनचरा वसतिम् Ki.6.29. -यष्टिकः a necklace of one hundred strings. -रुद्रियम् 1 a Vedic text (रुद्राध्यायः -'नमस्ते रुद्रमन्यवे' इति याजुषः प्रपाठकः); गृणन्तौ वेदविद्वांसौ तद्व्रह शतरुद्रियम् Mb.7.81.13;7.22.12. -2 a particular Śiva-stotra in the Mahābhārata; देवदेवस्य ते पार्थ व्याख्याः शतरुद्रियम् Mb.7.22.48. -रूपा N. of a daughter of Brahman (who is supposed to be also his wife, from whose incestuous connection with her father is said to have sprung Manu Svāyambhuva). -लुपः, -लुम्पक an epithet of the poet Bhāravi. -लोचनः an epithet of Indra; कथं वा तस्य न जयो जोयते शतलोचन Mb.8.87.78. -वर्ष a. 1 a century old. -2 lasting for a hundred years. (-र्षम्) one hundred years, a century. -वीर्या 1 white flowering Dūrvā. -2 the plant Śatāvarī. -वेधिन् m. a kind of sorrel. -शाख a. 1 various, multiform. -2 having hundred, i. e. many branches. -संधान a. fixing an arrow a hundred times. -सहस्रम् 1 a hundred thousand. -2 several hundreds, i. e. a large number. -सुखम् endless delight. -साहस्र a. 1 consisting of containing a hundred thousand. -2 bought with a hundred thousand. -ह्रदा 1 lightning; दूरं पुरःक्षिप्तशतह्नदे Ku.7.39; Mk.5.48; V.4; प्रपतेदपि चाकाशं निपतेनु शतह्रदाः Śiva B.19.2. -2 the thunderbolt of Indra. -ह्रादा the thunderbolt. |
| |
| śataka | शतक a. 1 A hundred. -2 Containing a hundred. -कम् 1 A century. -2 A collection of one hundred stanzas; as in नीति˚, वैराग्य˚, शृङ्गार˚ 'a collection of one hundred stanzas on Nīti' &c. |
| |
| śothaḥ | शोथः [Uṇ.2.4] Swelling, intumescence. -Comp. -घ्न, -जित् a. removing swellings, discutient. -घ्नः, -घ्नी, -जित् Bœrhavia Procumbens (Mar. तांबडा पुनर्नवा). -जिह्मः hog-weed. -रोगः dropsy. -हृत् a. discutient. (-m.) the marking-nut plant. |
| |
| śophaḥ | शोफः [शु-फन्] Swelling, tumour, intumescence. -Comp. -घ्नी a पुनर्नवा with red flowers. -जित्, -हृत् m. the marking-nut plant. |
| |
| śvayathuḥ | श्वयथुः Swelling, intumescence. |
| |
| saṃkliṣṭa | संक्लिष्ट p. p. 1 Bruised, contused. -2 Tarnished (as a mirror). -Comp. -कर्मन् a. one who does everything with difficulty. |
| |
| sākṣāt | साक्षात् ind. 1 In the presence of, before the very eyes, visibly, openly, evidently. -2 In person, actually in bodily form; साक्षात् प्रियामुपगतामपहाय पूर्वम् Ś.6.15; 1.6. -3 Directly. In comp. it is often translated by 'incarnate'; साक्षाद्यमः; or by 'open, direct'; तत्साक्षात् प्रति- षेधः कोपाय Māl.1.11. (साक्षात्कृ 1 to see with one's own eyes, realize personally. -2 to have an intuitive perception or manifestation of; साक्षात्कृतधर्माण ऋषयः U.7. -3 To experience a result of or reward for; साक्ष्यात्कृतं मे परिबर्हणं हि Bhāg.5.5.27;1.22.2.) -Comp. -करणम् 1 causing to be visibly present. -2 making evident to the senses. -3 intuitive perception. -कारः perception, apprehension, knowledge. -क्रिया 1 intuitive perception. -2 realization. |
| |
| sāhasika | साहसिक a. (-की f.) [साहसे प्रसृतः ठक्] 1 Using great force or violence, brutal, violent, rapacious, cruel, felonious. -2 Bold, daring, rash, inconsiderate, reckless; न सहास्मि साहसमसाहसिकी Śi.9.59; केचित्तु साहसिकास्त्रि- लोचनमिति पेठुः Malli. on Ku.3.44. -3 Castigatory, punitive. -कः 1 A bold or adventurous person, an enterprising man; भयमतुलं गुरुलोकात् तृणमिव तुलयन्ति साधु साहसिकाः Pt.5.31. -2 A desperado, desperate or dangerous person; या किल विविधजीवोपहारप्रियेति साहसिकानां प्रवादः Māl. 1; साहसिकः खल्वेषः 6. -3 A felon, freebooter, robber. -4 An adulterer. -कम् A bold, daring action; सुग्रीव एव विक्रान्तो वीर साहसिकप्रिय Rām.4.23.4. |
| |
| stobhaḥ | स्तोभः [स्तुभ्-घञ्] 1 Stopping, obstructing. -2 A stop, pause. -3 Disrespect, contumely. -4 A hymn, praise; साङ्केत्यं पारिहास्यं वा स्तोभं हेलनमेव वा । वैकुण्ठनामग्रहणम- शेषाघहरं विदुः ॥ Bhāg.6.2.14. -5 A division of the Sāmaveda. -6 Anything inserted; अस्तोभमनवद्यं च सूत्रं सूत्रविदो विदुः ॥. -7 The sound or sounds dissimilar to and in excess of the letters of the Ṛik which is set to music; य ऋगक्षरेभ्यो$धिको न च तैः सवर्णः स स्तोभो नाम ŚB. on MS. 9.2.39. -8 A chanted interjection in a Sāman; सत्यं यज्ञस्तपो वेदाः स्तोभा मन्त्राः सरस्वती Mb.12.199.68. -9 Torpor, paralysis. |
| |
| sphātiḥ | स्फातिः f. [स्फाय्-भावे क्तिन् यलोपः] 1 Swelling, intumescence. -2 Increase, growth. |
| |
| smārta | स्मार्त a. [स्मृतौ विहितः, स्मृतिं वेत्त्यधीते वा अण्] 1 Relating to memory, remembered, memorial. -2 Being within memory; स्मार्तमस्ति पुराणं मे यथैवाधिगतं तथा Mb.3. 179.2. -3 Based on or recorded in a Smṛiti, prescribed in a code of laws; कर्म स्मार्तविवाहाग्नौ कुर्वीत प्रत्यहं गृही Y.1.97; Ms.1.18. -4 Legal. -5 Following or professing the law-books. -र्तः 1 A Brāhmaṇa well-versed in traditional law. -2 One who follows the traditional law; धर्मो$यं गृहमेधिनां निगदितः स्मार्तैर्लघुः स्वर्गदः Pt.1.253. -3 N. of a sect. -तम् An act or rite enjoined by the Smṛiti, a legal act. -Comp. -कालः 1 the period to which memory may extend. -2 a century. |
| |
| hastin | हस्तिन् a. (-नी f.) [हस्तः शुण्डादण्डो$स्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Having hands. -2 Having a trunk. -m. An elephant; Ms.7. 96;12.43; (elephants are said to be of four kinds; भद्र, मन्द्र, मृग and मिश्र). -Comp. -अध्यक्षः a superintendent of elephants. -अशना Boswellia Serrata (Mar. साळई, कुरुंद). -आजीवः an elephant-driver. -आयुर्वेदः a work dealing with the treatment of the elephant's diseases. -आरोहः an elephant-driver or rider. -कक्ष्यः 1 a lion. -2 a tiger. -कर्णः the castor-oil plant. -गिरिः the city and district of Kāñchī. -घ्नः 1 an elephantkiller. -2 a man. -चारः a kind of weapon. -चारिन् m. an elephant-driver. -जागरिकः a keeper of elephants. -जिह्वा a particular vein. -दन्तः 1 the tusk of an elephant. -2 a peg projecting from a wall. (-न्तम्) 1 ivory. -2 a radish. -दन्तकम् a radish. -नखम् a sort of turret protecting the approach to the gate of a city or fort. -नासा an elephant's trunk. -पः, -पकः an elephant driver or rider; जज्ञे जनैर्मुकुलिताक्षमनाददाने संरब्धहस्तिपक- निष्ठुरचोदनाभिः Śi.5.49; इति घोषयतीव हिण्डिमः करिणो हस्तिपका- हतः क्कणन् H.2.86. -पर्णी the कर्कटी plant. -प्रधान a. chiefly depending on elephants; Kau. A.2.2. -बन्धकी a female elephant helping in tethering wild ones; Kau. A.2.2. -मदः the ichor issuing from the temples of an elephant in rut. -मयूरकः N. of a plant (Mar. आज- मोदा). -मल्लः 1 N. of Airāvata; सुराधिपाधिष्ठितहस्तिमल्ललीलां दधौ राजतगण्डशैलः Śi.4.13. -2 of Gaṇeśa. -3 of Śaṅkha, the eighth of the chief Nāgas. -4 a heap of ashes. -5 a shower of dust. -6 frost. -यूथः, -थम् a herd of elephants. -वक्त्रः N. of Gaṇeśa; Dk.2.3. -वर्चसम् the splendour or magnificence of an elephant. -वाहः 1 an elephant-driver. -2 a hook for driving elephants. -विषाणी Musa Sapientum (Mar. केळ). -शाला an elephant-stable. -शुण्डा, -ण्डी A kind of shrub (Mar. इंद्रवारुणी, -कवंडळ). -श्यामाकः a kind of millet. -षड्गवम् a collection of six elephants. -स्नानम् = गजस्नानम् q. v.; अवशेन्द्रियचित्तानां हस्तिस्नानमिव क्रिया H.1.17. -हस्तः an elephant's trunk. हस्तिन hastina (ना nā) पुरम् puram हस्तिन (ना) पुरम् N. of a city founded by king Hastin, said to be situated some fifty miles north-east of the modern Delhi; it forms a central scene of action in the Mahābhārata; it's other names are:-- गजाह्वय, नागसाह्वय, नागाह्व, हास्तिन. |
| |
| hinduḥ | हिन्दुः also हिन्दू. N. of the people of Hindusthan or Bhāratavarṣa. The name appears to have been derived from Sindhu, the name of the celebrated river where the Vedic Āryans recited their Vedic mantras. In the Avesta स् is pronounced as ह्; so सप्तसिन्धु was pronounced by the Persians as हप्तहिन्दु. The Bhaviṣya-Purāṇa speaks of हप्तहिन्दु. Here are a few references in a few Kośas and the Purāṇas :(1) The Kālikā-Purāṇa says, "कलिना बलिना नूनमधर्माकलिते कलौ । यवनैर्घोरमाक्रान्ता हिन्दवो विन्ध्यमाविशन् ॥" (2) The Merutantra of the 8th century A. D.-- "हिन्दुधर्मप्रलोप्तारो जायन्ते चक्रवर्तिनः । हीनं च दूषयत्येष हिन्दूरित्युच्यते प्रिये ॥" (3) The Rāmakośa--"हिन्दुर्दुष्टो ना भवति नानार्यो न विदूषकः । सद्धर्मपालको विद्वान् श्रौतधर्मपरायणः ॥" (4) The Hemantakavikośa-- "हिन्दुर्हि नारायणादिदेवताभक्तः" (5) The Adbhutarūpakośa-- "हिन्दुर्हिन्दूश्च पुंसि द्वौ दुष्टानां च विघर्षणे ।" -Comp. -धर्मः the Hindu religion. |
| |
| hiraṇyam | हिरण्यम् [हिरणमेव स्वार्थे यत्] 1 Gold; Ms.2.246. -2 Any vessel of gold; मन्त्रवत् प्राशनं चास्य हिरण्यमधुसर्पिषाम् Ms.2.29 (some take in the first sense). -3 Silver; (ददौ) हिरण्यस्य सुवर्णस्य मुक्तानां विद्रुमस्य च Rām.1.74.5; Mb. 13.57.34. -4 Any precious metal. -5 Wealth, property; अपदेश्यैश्च संन्यस्य हिरण्यं तस्य तत्त्वतः Ms.8.182. -6 Semen virile. -7 A cowrie. -8 particular measure. -9 A substance. -1 The thorn-apple (धत्तूर). -ण्या One of the seven tongues of fire. -Comp. -अक्षः N. of a celebrated demon, twin brother of Hiraṇyakaśipu; अंशे हिरण्याक्षरिपोः स जाते हिरण्यनाभे तनवे नयज्ञः R.18.25. [On the strength of a boon from Brahman, he became insolent and oppressive, seized upon the earth, and carried it with him into the depths of the ocean. Viṣṇu therefore became incarnate as a boar, killed the demon and lifted up the earth.] -कक्ष a. wearing a golden girdle. -कर्तृ m. goldsmith; यथा हिरण्यकर्ता वै रूप्यमग्नौ विशोधयेत् Mb.12.28.11. -कवच a. having golden armour (said of Śiva). -कशिपुः N. of a celebrated king of demons. [He was a son of Kaśyapa and Diti, and by virtue of a boon from Brahman, he became so powerful that he usurped the sovereignty of Indra and oppressed the three worlds. He freely blasphemed the great god and subjected his son Prahrāda to untold cruelties for acknowledging Viṣṇu as the Supreme deity. But he was eventually torn to pieces by Viṣṇu in the form of Narasimha; see प्रह्लाद]. -कारः a goldsmith. -केशी a branch (शाखा) of Yajurveda. -कोशः gold and silver (whether wrought or unwrought). -गर्भः 1 N. of Brahman (as born from a golden-egg). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 the soul invested by the subtile body or सूक्ष्मशरीर q. v. -द a. giving or granting gold; भूमिदो भूमिमाप्नोति दीर्घमायुर्हिरण्यदः Ms.4.23. (-दः) the ocean. (-दा) the earth. -नाभः 1 the mountain Maināka. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. (-भम्) a building having three halls (towards east, west and south). -बाहुः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 the river Śoṇa. -बिन्दुः fire. -रेतस् m. 1 fire; द्विषामसह्यः सुतरां तरूणां हिरण्यरेता इव सानिलो$भूत् R.18.25. -2 the sun. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 the Chitraka or Arka plant. -वर्चस् a. shining with golden lustre. -वर्णा a river. -वाहः 1 the river Śoṇa. -2 N. of Śiva. |
| |
| heman | हेमन् n. [हि-मनिन्] 1 Gold; हेम्नः संलक्ष्यते ह्यग्नौ विशुद्धि श्यामिकापि वा R.1.1. -2 Water. -3 Snow. -4 The thorn-apple. -5 The Keśara flower. -6 Winter, the cold season. -7 The planet Mercury. -8 The Dhattūra plant.; हेमनामकतरुप्रसवेन त्र्यम्बकस्तदुपकल्पितपूजः N.21.34. -Comp. -अङ्कः a. adorned with gold; Mu.2.1 (v. l.); see next word. -अङ्ग a. golden; सुगाङ्गे हेमाङ्गं नृवर तव सिंहासनमिदम् Mu.2.1. (-ङ्गः) 1 Garuḍa. -2 a lion. -3 the mountain Sumeru. -4 N. of Brahman. -5 of Viṣṇu. -6 the Champaka tree. -अङ्गदम् a gold bracelet. -अद्रिः 1 the mountain Sumeru. -2 N. of an author of the encyclopædic work चतुर्वर्गचिन्तामणि. -अम्भोजम् a golden lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum (variety yellow); हेमाम्भोजप्रसवि सलिलं मानसस्याददानः Me.64. -अम्भोरुहम् golden lotus; हेमाम्भोरुहसस्यानां तद्वाप्यो धाम सांप्रतम् Ku. 2.44. -आह्वः 1 the wild Champaka tree. -2 the Dhattūra plant. -कक्ष a. having golden walls. -क्षः a golden girdle. -कन्दलः coral. -करः, -कर्तृ, -कारः, -कारकः a goldsmith; (हृत्वा) विविधानि च रत्नानि जायते हेमकर्तृषु Ms.12.61; हेममात्रमुपादाय रूपं वा हेमकारकः Y.3. 147. -कलशः a golden pinnacle; Inscr. -किंजल्कम् the Nāgakeśara flower. -कुम्भः a golden jar. -कूटः N. of a mountain; Ś.7. -केतकी the Ketaka plant, bearing yellow flowers (स्वर्णकेतकी). -केलिः 1 an epithet of Agni. -2 the Chitraka plant. -केशः N. of Śiva. -गन्धिनी the perfume named Reṇukā. -गर्भ a. containing gold in the interior. -गिरिः the mountain Sumeru. -गारैः the Aśoka tree. -घ्नम् lead. -घ्नी turmeric. -चन्द्रः N. of a celebrated Jaina lexicographer (of the 11th century). -छन्न a. covered with gold. (-न्नम्) gold covering. -ज्वालः fire. -तरुः the thorn-apple. -तारम् blue vitriol. -दुग्धः, -दुग्धकः the glomerous fig-tree. -धान्यकः the 11/2 Māṣaka weight. -धारणम् the 8-Palas weight of gold. -पर्वतः the mountain Meru. -पुष्पः, -पुष्पकः 1 the Aśoka tree. -2 the Lodhra tree. -3 the Champaka tree. (-n.) 1 the Aśoka flower. -2 the flower of China rose. -पुष्पिका yellow jasmine. -पृष्ठ a. gilded. -ब(व)लम् a pearl. -माला the wife of Yama. -माक्षिकम् pyrites. -मालिन् m. the sun. -यूथिका the golden or yellow jasmine. -रागिणी f. turmeric. -रेणुः a kind of atom (त्रसरेणुः). -वलम् a pearl. -व्याकरणम् Hemachandra's grammar. -शङ्खः N. of Viṣṇu. -शृङ्गम् 1 a golden horn. -2 a golden summit. -सारम् blue vitriol. -सूत्रम्, -सूत्रकम् a kind of necklace (Mar. गोफ). |
4 results
| |
| as | as be, II. P.: pr. 2. ási, i. 1, 4; ii. 12, 15; 33, 3; 3. ásti, ii. 12, 5; 33, 7. 10; vii. 71, 4; 86, 6; x. 34, 14; pl. 1. smási, vi. 54, 9; viii. 48, 9; 3. sánti, i. 85, 12; x. 90, 16; ipv. ástu, v. 11, 5; vii. 86, 82; x. 15, 2; sántu, vii. 63, 5; op. syá̄ma, iii. 59, 3; iv. 50, 6; 51, 10. 11; viii. 48, 12. 13; ipf. 3. á̄s, x. 129, 3; āsīt, x. 34, 2; 90, 6. 12. 14; 129, 14. 22. 32. 4. 52; á̄san, x. 90, 15. 16; 129, 52; pf. āsa, vii. 86, 4; x. 129, 2; á̄sur, iv. 51, 7. ápi- be or remain in (lc.); syāma pári be around, celebrate, 2. pl. stha, vii. 103, 7. prá- be pre-eminent, ipv. astu, iii. 59, 2. |
| |
| gam | gam go, I. gáchati, -te to (acc.), i. 1, 4; x. 14, 13; root ao. 3. pl. ágman, vii. 71, 6; 1. pl. áganma, viii. 48, 3. 11 [Gk. βαίνω, Lat. venio, Eng. come]. á̄- come, i. 1, 5; 85, 11; root ao. ipv. gahí, vi. 54, 7; x. 14, 5; 2. pl. gatá, x. 15, 4; 3. gámantu, x. 15, 52. 11; go to (acc.), x. 168, 2. sám- go with (inst.), a ao. op., vi. 54, 2; unite with (inst.), x. 14, 8. |
| |
| dha | 1. dhá put, III. dádhāti, v. 83, 1; supply with (inst.), ii. 35, 12; bestow, ipv. dhehí, x. 14, 11; dhattá, i. 85, 12; ii. 12, 5; x. 15, 7; dadhāta, x. 15, 4. [237] 7; dadhātana, x. 15, 11; dhattá̄m, iv. 51, 11; dadhantu, vii. 63, 6; perform, ipf. dhatta, i. 85, 9; bestow, s ao. sb. dhāsathas, i. 160, 5; establish,pf. dadhé, x. 129, 7; ds. desire to bestow, didhiṣanti, ii. 35, 5; support, dídhiṣāmi, ii. 35, 12 [Gk. τἰθημι]. ádhi- put on (acc.): pf. dadhire, i. 85, 2; ao. ádhita, x. 127, 1. á̄- deposit, root ao. sb. dhās, v. 83, 7. ní- deposit, root ao. dhātam, vii. 71, 5; ps. ao. ádhāyi, viii. 48, 10. pári- put around, vi. 54, 10. prá- put from (ab.) into (lc.), vii. 61, 3. ví- impose: pf. dadhur, iv. 51, 6; divide, ipf. ádadhur, x. 90, 11. purás- place at the head, appoint Purohita: pf. dadhire, iv. 50, 1. |
| |
| śata | śatá, n. hundred, ii. 33, 2; vii. 103, 10 [Gk. ἑκατό-ν, Lat. centum, Go. hund]. |
71 results
| |
| abhidruh | a. hostile; -drohá, m. injury, insult, contumely. |
| |
| ādyudātta | a. having the acute on the first syllable: -tva, n. accentuation on that syllable. |
| |
| audāttya | n. acute accentuation. |
| |
| kālidāsa | m. (servant of Kâlî), N. of various poets; the celebrated lyric, epic, and dramatic poet of this name lived in the sixth century a. d. |
| |
| kāśi | m. closed hand or fist; hand ful: pl. N. of a people; f. i or î, Benares: i-ka, a. coming from Kâsi or Benares: â, f. Benares; T. of a commentary (probably 7th century a. d.) on Pânini by Vâmana and Gayâditya (sc. vritti); -in, a. having the ap pearance of (--°ree;); i-páti, m. lord of the Kâsis; -purî, f. city of Benares. |
| |
| kāvyādarśa | m. Mirror of poetry: T. of a work on poetics by Dandin (6th century a.d.); -½alamkâra, m. Ornament of poetry: T. of a work by Vâmana (9th century): -sûtra, n. pl. Vâmana'sSûtras, -vritti, f. his commentary on them. |
| |
| kāvya | m. pl. kind of Manes; n. poem; -kartri, m. poet; -goshthî, f. discussion on poetry; -gîva-gña, m. Venus, Jupiter, and Mercury, or a. understanding the purport of a poem; -tâ, f., -tva, n.condition of a poem; -devî, f. N. of a queen; -prakâsa, m. Light of poetry: T. of a work on poetics by Mammata and Alata (11th or 12th century); -mîmâmsa ka, m. rhetorician; -rasa, m. flavour of poetry; -sâstra, n.poetry and learning (°ree;--); treatise on poetry; Poetics: T. of a work. |
| |
| kṛmi | m. [worker], worm; insect, maggot; silk-worm; -ka, m. little worm; *-kosa- ga, *-kosa½uttha, a. silken; -ga, a. produced by a worm; n. aloe-wood; -tantu-gâla, n. cobweb; -la, a. wormy. |
| |
| jantu | m. offspring; creature, being; man (sg. also coll.); person; attendant; vermin: --°ree;, worm of a=tiny; sarvo gantuh, every one. |
| |
| jalakapi | m. (river) dolphin; -kum bha, m. water-pot; -kumbhikâ, f. jar of wa ter; -keli, m. f. sporting in the water; -kriyâ, f. libation of water to the dead; -krîdâ, f. sporting in the water; -khaga,m. aquatic bird; -gandha½ibha, m. fabulous animal; -kara, m. aquatic animal; fish; -kârin, a. living in the water; m. aquatic animal; fish; -ga, a. water-born, existing or growing in water; m. aquatic animal, fish; shell;n. day-lotus; pro duct of the sea, pearl: -kusuma, n. lotus blossom, -½âsana, m. ep. of Brahman (seated on a lotus); -gantú, m. aquatic animal; -gîv- in, a. living in or on water; m. fisherman; -tumbikâ-nyâya, m. in. like water and the gourd; -trâsa, m. hydrophobia; -trâsin, a. suffering from hydrophobia. |
| |
| tāradīrgha | a. loud and protracted (sound); -nâtha, m. N. of a historian of Bud dhism who lived at the beginning of the 17th century; -mûla, n. N. of a locality. |
| |
| daṇḍika | a. punishing; m. policeman; -ikâ, f. stick, staff; -ín, a. bearing a staff; m. Brâhman mendicant; janitor, warder; official who clears the way; ep. of Yama; N. of the author of the Dasakumârakarita and of the Kâvyâdarsa (sixth century A. D.). |
| |
| danturaya | den. P. stud or fill with: pp. danturita, studded with, full of (--°ree;). |
| |
| daśaka | a. containing ten, tenfold; -kantha, m. (ten-necked), ep. of Râvana: -½ari, m. enemy of Râvana, ep. of Râma; -kamdhara, m. (ten-necked), ep. of Râvana; -kumâra-ka ri-ta or -tra, n.Adventures of the Ten Princes, title of a novel by Dandin; -guna, a. tenfold, ten times greater or more: -m, ad.; -gun ita, pp. multiplied by ten; -grâma-pati, m. chief of ten villages; -grâmî, f. aggregate of ten villages. |
| |
| daśamāsya | a. ten months old; -mukha, m. (ten-faced), Râvana: -ripu, m. Râvana's foe, ep. of Râma; -yoganî, f. dis tance of ten yoganas; -ratha, m. N. of several kings, esp. of Râma's father, sovereign of Ayodhyâ; -rasmi-sata, m. (thousand-rayed), sun; -râtra, m. n. period of ten days: á, a. lasting ten days; m. festival of ten days; -a½ri- ka, having ten verses; -rûpa, n. sg. the ten kinds of dramas; T. of a treatise on rhetoric by Dhanamgaya (tenth century): -ka, n. id.; -lakshana-ka, a. having ten characteristics, tenfold; -varsha, -varshîya, a. ten years old; -vârshika, a. (î) id.; lasting ten years; occur ring after ten years; -vidha, a. tenfold; -satá, n. 110; 1000: î, f. 1000; -sata-kara-dhârin, a. having a thousand rays (moon); -sata½ak- sha, a. thousand-eyed (Indra); -siras, a. ten-headed; -sîrsha, a. id.; m. Râvana; -sâhas ra, a. consisting of ten thousand; n. ten thousand. |
| |
| durnaya | m. (sg. & pl.) bad or im prudent behaviour; -nigraha, a. hard to restrain or subdue; -nimita, pp. ill-measured, irregular, faltering (step); -nimitta, n. evil omen; -niyántu, a. hard to restrain; -nir îkshya, fp. hard to look at; hard to be seen by (in., g.); -nirûpa, a. hard to determine; -nivâra, a. hard to repel, -restrain; -get rid of or set aside: -tva, n. abst. n.; -nivâr ya, fp. id.; -nivritta, pp. hard to return from; -nîta, pp. badly conducted or executed; n. evil plight; demerit; -nripa, m. bad king. |
| |
| durmanuṣya | m. bad man, villain; -mántu, a. hard to comprehend; -mantra, m. bad advice; -mantrita, pp. ill-advised; n. bad advice; -mantrin, m. bad minister; a. having a bad minister; -mára, a.dying hard; n. it is hard for (in.) to die: -tva, n. dying hard; -marana, n. id.; -maryâda, a. knowing no bounds: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -már sha, a. not to be forgotten; intolerable; re fractory, hostile; -marshana, a. hard to manage, intractable; -mâtsarya, n. bad jealousy; -mitrá, a. unfriendly; m. N.; -mukha, a. (î) ugly-faced, hideous; foul-mouthed, scurrilous; m. N.; -muhûrta, n. fatal hour; -medha, -medhás, a. of small wit, stupid, foolish; -medhâvin, a. id.; -maitra, a. hostile. |
| |
| duṣparigraha | a. hard to re tain; -parihántu, a. hard to remove; -pari hara, a. hard to avoid; -pâra, a. hard to cross; -perform; -pârshni-graha, a. hav ing a bad enemy in the rear, -grâha, a. id.;-pûra, a. hard to fill; -satisfy; -prakriti, f. low nature; a. base; -prakriyâ, f. trifling dignity; -pragña, a. stupid: -tva, n. stu pidity; -pranîta, pp. led astray; n. indis cretion; -pradharsha, a. hard to assail; -prabhañgana, m.hurricane; -prayukta, pp. badly or wrongly employed; -pravâda, m. slander; -pravritti, f. bad news; -pra vesa, a. hard to enter; -prasaha, a. hard to endure, irresistible; -prasâda, a. hard to ap pease: -na, a. id.; -prasâdhana, a. hard to manage (person); -prasâdhya, fp. id.; -prâ pa, a. hard to attain; -preksha, a., -preksha- nîya, fp. hard to see; unpleasant to look at; -prekshya, fp. id. |
| |
| dṛśi | f. seeing, beholding; faculty of seeing, intuition, vision: d. drisáye=inf. for beholding. |
| |
| narayāna | n. palanquin; -rûpa, n. human form; -loka, m. world of men: -pâla, m. prince, king; -vara, m. excellent man: -½uttama, spv. best of excellent men; -var man, m. N. of a prince; -vâhana, a.drawn by men; m. ep. of Kubera; N.: -datta, m. N. of a prince: -karita, n. adventures of Naravâhanadatta; -vâhana-datt-îya, a. be longing to Naravâhanadatta; -vâhin, a. borne by men: w. yâna, n. palanquin; -vishâna,n. human horn=chimera; -vîra, m. heroic man: -loka, m.=children of men; -vyâghra, -sâr dûla, m. tiger-like man=most illustrious of men; -sreshtha, spv. best of men; -sakha, m. friend of Nara, ep. of Nârâyana; -simha, m. lion among men=great warrior; man-lion (the fourth Avatâr of Vishnu); -hari, m. man lion, Vishnu's fourth Avatâr. |
| |
| nighaṇṭa | m. glossary; N. of a Dânava; -ghantu, m. glossary: pl. Vedic glossary. |
| |
| nirukta | pp. √ vak; n. explanation; etymological interpretation; esp. T. of Yâs ka's commentary on the Nighantus; -ukti, f. etymological explanation; -uñkhana, n. = nî-râgana; -uttara, a.having no superior; unable to give an answer; -utsava, a. devoid of festivals; -utsâha, a. destitute of energy, unenterprising, spiritless: -tâ, f. cowardice; -utsuka, a. unconcerned; having no desire for (prati); -utseka, m.modesty; a. unpre tentious, modest; -udara, a. trunkless; -ud desam, ad. without making any statement; -udyama, a. avoiding exertion, indolent; -udyoga, a. id.; -udvigna, pp. untroubled, unagitated: -manas, a. havingone's mind undisturbed; -udvega, a. free from agitation, calm; -unmâda, a. free from arrogance; -upakârin, a. unable to render a service; -upakriya, a. rendering no service; -upa-drava, a. unassailed by mischances orcalami ties, prosperous, faring well; free from danger, safe: -tâ, f. security; -upadhi, a. free from guile, honest; blameless; -upapatti, a. un suitable; -upapada, a. unaccompanied by a secondary word; -upaplava, a.undisturbed, uninterrupted; -upabhoga, a. not enjoying; -upama, a. having no equal; -upayoga, a. useless; -upâkhya, a. indescribable: -tva, n. abst. n.; -upâya, a. futile; -ushna-tâ, f. coldness: -m nî, make cold, kill; -ushnîsha, a. turbanless, bareheaded. |
| |
| niṣṭhura | a. [√ sthâ] harsh, coarse; contumelious, rude: -tâ, f., -tva, n. harsh ness; coarseness. |
| |
| nīti | f. guidance; worldly wisdom, practical morality, political and social ethics; discretion, prudent counsel; policy: -kusala, a. skilled in the conduct of human affairs, politic; -gña, a. prudent, politic; -dosha, m. error of conduct; -patala, n. treatise on policy; -mat, a. (-î) acquainted with the rules of worldly wisdom, politic, prudent; -yukta, pp. versed in policy; -vid, m. poli tician; -vidyâ, f. science of policy; -vedin, a.knowing policy; -sataka, n. T. of Bhartri hari's century of verses on worldly wisdom; -sâstra, n. science of political ethics; trea tise on polity; -samdhi, m. quintessence of polity. |
| |
| paribhaya | m. apprehension, fear; -bhava, m. disrespect, contumely, insult, in jury, humiliation; disregard, contempt, for (g., lc., --°ree;), on the part of (in., ab., --°ree;): -pa da, -½âspada, n. object of contempt; -bhav ana, n. humiliation: î-ya, fp. who can be insulted or humiliated; to be humbled; -bhavin, a. insulting, despising, mocking (g.); -bhâva, m. disregard, contumely; -bhâvanâ, f. thought, reflexion; -bhâvin, a. slighting; mocking, baffling (--°ree;); -bhâvuka, a. sur passing (ac.); -bhâshana, n. conversation, chatter; reproof, reprimand: î-ya, fp. to be reproved; -bhâshâ, f. speech; censure, re proach, contumely; general rule or maxim; rule defining the application of (grammatical) sûtras; -bhâshin, a. speaking (--°ree;); -bh&usharp;, a. (with ac.) surrounding, encompassing; pervad ing; superior, guiding; (pári)-bhûti, f. su perior might (V.); disrespect, contumely, hu miliation (sts. pl.); -bhûshana, m. (sc. Samdhi) peace bought by the cession of all the revenues of a country; -bheda, m. injury; -bhoktri, m. enjoyer; one who lives on another, spunge; -bhoga, m. enjoyment; sexual intercourse; means of enjoyment or subsistence; -bhramsa, m. escape: -na, n. loss, of (ab.); -bhrama, m. digressions, irrelevant talk: -na, n. turn ing, revolution; going to and fro; circumfer ence; -bhrashta-sukha, a. whose joy has departed, joyless. |
| |
| paruṣa | a. (â, V. párushnî) knotty (reed); spotted, variegated; dirty; rough, rugged; dishevelled, shaggy; rough (wind), scorching (fire, sun); harsh (tone); severe, hard, rude, abusive (speech, person); n. sg., pl. contumelious speech, abuse: -vakana, n. harsh or contumelious speech; a. speaking harshly or rudely; -vâdin, a. id.; -½akshara, a. rough, harsh (of speeches or persons): -m, ad. rudely, harshly. |
| |
| prajāgupti | f. protection of sub jects; -ghnî, f. of -han; -kandra, m. moon to his subjects (honorific epithet of a prince); -tantu, m. continuation of a family, progeny. |
| |
| prāglajja | a. ashamed at first; -vamsa, 1. m. preceding race; 2. a. having its beams directed eastward; m. space in front of the Vedi; -vakana, n. previous utterance; -vat, a. as before, formerly, orat other times; as above (in a book); -vâta, m. east wind; -vritta, n. previous conduct; -vrittânta, m. previous event or adventure; -vritti, f. conduct in a previous life; -vesha, m. previous attire. |
| |
| prātikāmin | m. (acting ac cording to one's desire: prati-kâmam), ser vant; messenger; -kûlika, a. (î) resisting, hostile, contrary: -tâ, f. opposition, hostility; -kûlya, n. unfriendliness, opposition; repug nant practice; disagreeableness; disagree ment with (--°ree;); -gña, n. subject under dis cussion; -daivas-ika, a. occurring daily (prati-divasam); -nidhi-ka, m. representa tive; -paksha, a. belonging to the enemy oradversary; -pakshya, n. hostility, enmity, towards (g.); -pada, a. forming the com mencement; m. N.; -pad-ika, a. express, ex plicit; n. crude base of a noun (before it re ceives the case terminations or other suffixes); -paurush-ika, a. relating to manliness or valour; -bha, a. intuitive; n. intuition; pre sence of mind; -bhat-ya, n. rivalry; -bhâv ya, n. surety, for (--°ree;); certainty, trustworthy news of (g.); -bhâs-ika, a. existing only in appearance, apparent only; -rûp-ika, a. coun terfeit, spurious; using false measure or coun terfeit coin; -lom-ya, n. inversion, inverse order; opposition, hostility; -ves-ika, m. neighbour; -vesm-ika, m. neighbour: î, f.female neighbour; -ves-ya, a. neighbouring; m. opposite neighbour; neighbour;--°ree;=neigh bouring: -ka, m. neighbour; -sâkhya, n. a grammatical treatise on the phonetic changes of words in the text of the Vedasaccording to the respective recension (prati-sâkham; there are four such treatises, one for the RV., two for the YV., and one for the AV.); -satvanam, ad. in the direction of the Sat van; -sv-ika, a. own, peculiar, not common to others; -hata, m. kind of svarita ac cent; -hartra, n. office of the Pratihartri; -hârika, m. door-keeper; -hâr-ya, n. jug glery, performance of miracles; miracle. |
| |
| prānta | m. n. [extreme end], edge, border, margin, verge, skirt; end, extremity, tip; corner (of lips, eyes, etc.): °ree;--, in the end, eventually: -virasa, a. tasteless in the end. |
| |
| bāṇa | m. (reed), shaft, arrow; the number five (because Kâma has five arrows); mark or aim (of an arrow); m. N. of the author of the Kâdambarî and the Harshakarita (seventh century a. d.); N. of an Asura; N.; m. blue Barleria; n. its flower: -gokara, m. range of an arrow, arrow-shot (distance); -tâ, f. state of an arrow; -tûnî-kri, turn into a quiver; -dhi, m. (arrow-case), quiver; -patha, m. range of an arrow, arrow-shot (distance); -pâta, m. arrow-shot; range of an arrow (distance): -patha, m. arrow-shot (distance); -bhatta, m. Bâna (the author); -maya, a. consisting or formed of arrows; -yogana, n. quiver. |
| |
| bisa | n. root or underground stalk of the lotus: kisalaya-kkheda-pâtheya-vat, a. having as provisions for the journey pieces of young root-fibres of the lotus; -granthi, m. knot on a root-fibre of the lotus;-tantu, m. fibre of the lotus root: -maya, a. made of the fibrous root of the lotus; -prasûnu, n. flower of the lotus; -latâ, f. lotus (nelum bium speciosum); -vat-î, f. place abounding in fibrous roots of the lotus. |
| |
| buddha | pp. (√ budh) awakened, fully awake; expanded (flower); enlightened, wise; known, observed; m. enlightened person who is qualified by good works and knowledge of the truth for Nirvâna and reveals the true doctrine of salvation to the world before his decease (B.); the historical Buddha, named Sâkya-muni Gautama, the founder of the Buddhist religion, who was born in Magadha and died about 477 b. c.; -gayâ, f. Buddha's Gayâ, the Buddhistic name of the town of Gayâ (so called because Buddha obtained true knowledge there); -ghosha, m. N. of a celebrated Buddhist scholar who lived at the beginning of the fifth century a. d. (the N. is not quotable in Sanskrit); -tva, n. Buddha hood; -datta, m. N. of a minister; -dharma, m. Buddha's law; -pâlita, m. N. of a pupil of Nâgârguna; -mârga, m. way or doctrine of Buddha; -rakshita, m. N.: â, f. N.; -½âgama, m. Buddha's doctrine; -½anta, m. waking condition. |
| |
| bhaṭṭi | m. N. of the author of the Bhat tikâvya (by various commentators identified with Bhartrihari): -kâvya, n. the poem of Bhatti (sixth or seventh century a.d.), the main object of which, while describing the deeds of Râma, is to illustrate the forms of Sanskrit grammar. |
| |
| bhavabhaṅga | m. annihilation of mundane existence; -bhâva, m. love of the world; -bhâvana, a. bestowing welfare: â, f. regarding anything as good fortune (--°ree;); -bhîru, a. fearing rebirth; -bhûti, f. for tunate existence; m. N. of a dramatic poet, author of the Mâlatîmâdhava, the Mahâvîra karita, and the Uttararâmakarita, who lived in the eighth century a.d.; -bhoga, m. plea sures of the world; -manyu, m. resentment against the world; -maya, a. proceeding from Siva; -mokana, a. releasing from mundane existence; -sarman, m. N.; -sa&ndot;gin, a. at tached to worldly existence; -samtati, f. continuous series of transmigrations; -sâyu- gya, n. union with Siva (after death); -sâra, m. ocean of existence. |
| |
| bhāravi | m. N. of the author of the Kirâtârgunîya (sixth century a.d.). |
| |
| bhāskara | a. [making light], shin ing, luminous, brilliant; m. sun; N., esp. of a celebrated astronomer (twelfth century a.d.); kind of breach: -nandin, m. son of the sun; -varman, m. N. and ep. of princes; i, m. pat. of the planet Saturn and of the monkey king Sugrîva; î-ya, a. derived from Bhâs kara; m. disciple of Bhâskara. |
| |
| mallinātha | m. N. of a poet and celebrated commentator (prob. fourteenth or fifteenth century), called Kolâkala, who wrote commentaries on Kâlidâsa's three works Raghuvamsa, Kumârasambhava, and Me ghadûta, as well as the Kirâtârgunîya and Sisupâlavadha. |
| |
| mahāpakṣa | a. having many ad herents, having a large following; -pa&ndot;ka, n. (?) deep mud; -pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre of forty-eight syllables; -pandita, a. extremely learned; m. great scholar; -patha, m. prin cipal street; high road; the great journey, pilgrimage to the other world (-m yâ, die); a certain hell; a. having a great path: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -padma, n. a certain high number; m. one of the eight treasures connected with the magic art padminî; N. of a Nâga: -pati, m. lord of millions, ep. of Nanda, -saras, n. N. of a lake, -salila, n. id.; -padya-shatka, n. T. of a poem (at tributed to Kâlidâsa) consisting of six classi cal verses; -½aparâdha, m. great crime or injury; -parvata, m. high mountain; -pasu, m. large cattle; -pâta, m. long flight; a. flying far (arrow); -pâtaka, n. great crime or sin (of which there are five: killing a Brâhman, drinking spirituous liquor, theft, adultery with a teacher's wife, and asso ciation with persons guilty of those four crimes); -pâtakin, a. guilty of a capital sin; -pâtra, n. prime minister; -pâda, a. large footed; -pâpa, n.great crime; -pâpman, a. very harmful; -pâra, 1. m. a certain per sonification; 2. a. having distant banks, wide (sea); -pârsva, a. having broad sides (leech); N.; -pâsupata, a. with vrata, n. the great vow of a worshipper of Siva Pasupati; m. zealous worshipper of Siva Pasupati; -pîtha, n. high seat; -pumsa, m. great man; -punya, a. very auspicious (day); very good or beau tiful; very holy; -purá, n. great fortress: î, f. great citadel; -purusha, m. great or eminent man; supreme spirit; -pûta, pp. extremely pure; -prishtha, a. broad-backed; -pai&ndot;gya, n. T. of a Vedic text; -prakarana, n. main treatment of a subject; -pragâpati, m. great lord of creatures, ep. of Vishnu; -pratâpa, m. of great dignity, majestic; -pratîhâra, m. head janitor; -pradâna, n. great gift; -prapañka, m. the great world; -prabha, a. of great lustre, very splendid; -prabhâ, f. great brightness;-prabhâva, a. very mighty; -prabhu, m. great lord, sovereign; chief; ep. of Vishnu; -pramâna, a. very exten sive; -pralaya, m. great dissolution of the universe at the end of a cosmic age: -kâla, m. time of the --; -prasna,m. great or im portant question; -prasâda, m. great pre sent; a. very gracious; -prasthâna, n. great departure, decease; -prâgña, a. very wise or prudent (person); -prâna, m. hard breath ing, aspirate sound; great strength; a. pro nounced with a hard breathing, aspirated; of great endurance or physical strength; -plava, m. great flood, deluge; -phala, n. large fruit; great reward; a. producing a great reward; -bala, a. very strong, power ful, or effective; m. N.; -bâdha, a. very in jurious; -bâhu, a. long-armed, strong-armed; m. ep. of Vishnu; N.; -bila, n. deep hole; -buddhi, a. of great intellect, extremely clever; m. N. of an Asura; N.; -brihatî, f. a metre (8+8+8+8+12 syllables); -brah ma: -n, m. the great Brahman (the god); -brâhmaná, m. great Brâhman (also used sarcastically); n. Great (=Tândya) Brâh mana; -bhata, m. great warrior; N.; -bha ya, n. great danger or straits; -bhâga, a. having great good fortune, very lucky, greatly blessed; greatly distinguished, very illus trious (frequently used as a term of address); -bhâgin, a. very fortunate, greatly blessed; -bhâgya, n.high position, great importance or power; a. extremely fortunate: -tâ, f. great good fortune; -bhânda½agâra, n. chief treasury; -bhârata, a. (± a word meaning &open;battle&close;), the Great Battle of the Bharatas; n.(± âkhyâna), the Great Story of the Bharatas, T. of the well-known great Epic (which contains about 100,000 slokas); -bhâshya, n. the Great Commentary of Patañgali on the Sûtras of Pânini and the Vârttikas of Kâtyâyana (probably composed in the second century b. c.); -bhikshu, m. the great mendicant, ep. of Sâkyamuni; -½abhi- gana, m. high descent, noble birth; -½abhi yoga, m. great plaint or charge; -½abhishava, m. N. of a prince; -½abhisheka, m. great inauguration; T. of the fourteenth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -bhîta, pp. greatly terrified; -½abhîsu, a. brilliant, lustrous; -bhuga, a. long-armed; -bhûta, pp. being great, large (E.); m. great creature; n. gross element (ether, air, fire, water, earth); -bhû mi, f. great realm; whole territory (of a king); -½âbhoga, a. of great extent, wide spreading; -bhoga, 1. a. having great coils (serpent); m. serpent; -bhoga, 2. m. great enjoyment; -bhoga, m. great prince; -½abhra, n. great or thick cloud; -makha, m. great sacrifice (=-yagña); -mani, m. costly jewel; -mati, a. of great wit, clever; m. N.; (&asharp;) manas, a. lofty-minded, proud, haughty; high-minded, magnanimous; -manushya, m. great man, man of rank; -mantra, m. very efficacious spell (esp. against snake-poison); -mantrin, m. chief counsellor, prime minister; -mahá, a. high and mighty (RV.); -mah as, n. great luminary; -mahiman, m. true greatness; a. truly great; -mahima-sâlin, a. possessed of true greatness; -mahâ½upâ dhyâya, m. very great preceptor (a desig nation applied to great scholars, e.g. Malli nâtha); -mâmsa, n. delicious flesh (esp. human flesh); -½amâtya, m. prime minister; -mâtra, a. of great measure, great; greatest, best (of, --°ree;); m. man of high rank, high state official, king's minister; elephant-driver; -mânin, a. extremely proud; -mâya, a. at tended with great deception; practising great deception; m. N.; -mâyâ, f. the great illu sion (which makes the world appear really existent and thus in a sense creates it); -mây ûra, n. a kind of medicine; kind of prayer (--°ree;); -mârga, m. main road: -pati, m. chief inspector of roads; -mâhesvara, m. great worshipper of Mahesvara or Siva; -mukha,n. large mouth (also of rivers); a. (î) large mouthed; -muni, m. great sage; -mûdha, a. very stupid; m. great simpleton; -mûrkha, m. great fool; -mûrdhan, a. large-headed (Siva); -mriga, m. large wild animal; ele phant;-mridha, n. great battle; -megha, m. great or dense cloud; -medha, m. great sacrifice; (&asharp;)-meru, m. the great Mount Meru; -moha, m. great mental confusion or infatuation; -mohana, a. causing great men tal confusion; -moha-mantra, m. very effi cacious spell: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yaksha, m. great Yaksha, prince of the Yakshas; -yag- ñá, m. great or chief sacrifice (one of the five daily sacrifices of the householder, called bhûta-, manushya-, pitri-, deva-, and brah ma-yagña); -yantra, n. great mechanical work: -pravartana, n. execution of great mechanical works; -yama-ka, n. a great Yamaka (a stanza, all the four lines of which contain identically the same words but differ in meaning, e.g. Kirâtârgunîya XV, 52); -yasas, a. very famous, illustrious (person); -yâna, n. the Great Vehicle (a later form of Buddhistic doctrine originated by Nâgâr guna: opp.hîna-yâna); N. of a prince of the fairies (having a great car); -yuga, n. a great Yuga (equal to four ordinary Yugas or 4,320,000 years); -yuddha, n. great battle; -½âyudha, a. bearing great weapons (Siva); -ragana, n.saffron; a. coloured with saffron; -rana, m. great battle; -½aranya, n. great forest; -ratna, n. precious jewel: -maya, a. consisting of costly jewels, -vat, a. adorned with costly jewels; -rathá, m. great chariot; great warrior; N.; -rathyâ, f. main road; -½ârambha, m. great under taking; a. enterprising, active; -rava, m. great roar or yell; a. making a loud noise, shouting loud; m. N.; -rasa, a. extremely savoury; -râgá, m. great king, reigning prince, sovereign: -½adhirâga, m. lord of great kings, emperor; -râgñî, f. reigning princess, queen; ep. of Durgâ; -râgya, n. sovereign rule; -râtra, n. advanced time of night, end of the night; -râtri, f. id.; great night follow ing the dissolution of the world; -râva, m. loud yell; -râshtra, m. pl. the Mahrattas: î, f. Mahratta language, Mahrattî: a-ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to the Mahrattas; m. pl. the Mahrattas; -rug, -ruga, a. very painful; -roga, m. dangerous disease; -roman, a. very hairy (Siva); -raudra, a. extremely terrible; -½argha, a. of great price, precious, valuable; expensive: -tâ, f. preciousness, great value, -rûpa, a. having a splendid form; -½arghya, a. precious, valuable: -tâ, f. preciousness; -½arnava, m. great sea, ocean; -½artha, m. great matter; a. having great wealth, rich; of great significance, important; m. N. of a Dânava; -½arha, a.valuable, costly, splen did; -lakshmî, f. the Great Lakshmî, Nârâ yana's Sakti; also=Durgâ or Sarasvatî; -li&ndot;ga, n. a great Li&ndot;ga; -vamsya, a. of high lineage; -vanig, m. great merchant; -vada, m. great teacher (i.e. of the most essential Vedic knowledge); (&asharp;)-vadha, a. having a mighty weapon (RV.); -vana, n. great forest; -varâha, m. great boar (i.e. Vishnu's incarnation as a boar); N. of a prince; -vallî, f. great creeper; -vâkya, n. long composition, literary work; great pro position; -vâta, m. violent wind, gale; -vâyu, m. id.; -vârttika, n. the Great Vârttika, N. of Kâtyâyana's Vârttikas to the Sûtras of Pânini; -vâstu, n. great space; a. occupy ing a great space; -vikrama, a. of great courage, very valiant; m. N. of a lion; -vighna, m. n. great obstacle; -vigña, a. very sensible; -vidagdha, pp. very clever; -viraha, m. grievous separation; -visha,a. very poisonous; -vistara, a. very prolix (book); -vîki, m. (having great waves), a certain hell; -vîrá, m. great hero; large earthenware fire-pot (mostly used at the Pravargya cere mony); N. of various princes; N. of an Arhat, founder of the Jain sect: -karita, n. life of the great hero (Râma), T. of a play by Bhavabhûti, -karitra, n. life of Mahâ vîra (the Arhat), T. of a work; (&asharp;)-vîrya, a. mighty, very potent; -vrikshá, m. great tree; -vriddha, pp. very aged; -vrishá, m. great bull: pl. N. of a people in the western Himâlayas; -vega, a. greatly agitated (sea); very swift; -vaipulya, n. great extent; -vaira, n. great enmity; -vairâga, n. N. of a Saman;-vyâdhi, m. serious disease; -vyâhriti, f. the great exclamation (i.e. bh&usharp;r bhúvah svãh); -vratá, n. great or fundamental duty; great vow; great religious observance; N. of a Sâ man or Stotra to be chanted on the last day but one of the Gavâmayana (also applied to the day and the ceremony); rules of the worshippers of Siva Pasupati; a. having undertaken great duties or a great vow, practising great aus terity, very devotional; following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratika, a. following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratin, a., m., id.; a. practis ing the five fundamental duties of the Jains; -vratîya, a. relating to the Mahâvrata cere mony (day); -vrîhi, m. large rice; -sakti, a. very mighty (Siva); -sa&ndot;kha, m. great conch; -½asana, a. eating much, voracious (leech); m. great eater, glutton; -½asani dhvaga, m. flag with a great thunderbolt; -sabda, m. loud sound; title beginning with &open;mahâ&close; or the corresponding office; -½âsaya, 1. m. ocean; 2. a. high-minded, noble; -sayyâ, f. splendid couch; -sarîra, a. having a large body; -salka,m. kind of sea-crab; -salkalin, a. having large scales (fish); -sastra, n. mighty weapon; -sâka, n. kind of vegetable; -sâkya, m. great or distinguished Sâkya; -sânti, f. great appeasement (a kind of rite to avert evil);(&asharp;)-sâla, possessor of a great house, great householder; -sâlîna, a. very modest; -sâsana, n. great sway; a. exer cising great sway; -siras, a. large-headed; m. kind of serpent; -sûdra, m. Sûdra in a high position, upper servant; -saila, m. great rock or mountain; -½asman, m. precious stone; -smâsâna, n. large cemetery; ep. of Benares; -srotriya, m. great theologian or spiritual teacher; -½asva, m. N.: -sâlâ, f. great stable; office of head groom; -svetâ, f. N. of a god dess; N.; -samkata, n. great danger or straits; -satî, f. extremely faithful wife, pattern of wifely fidelity; -sattrá, n. great Soma sacrifice; -sattva, m. great creature; a. strong-minded; high-minded, noble; very courageous; containing large animals: -tâ, f. strength of character and containing large animals; -½âsana, n. splendid seat; -samdhi- -vigraha, m. office of chief minister of peace and war; -sabhâ, f. great dining hall; -samudra, m. ocean; -sarga, m. great crea tion (after a great dissolution); -sâdhana bhâga, m. head of the executive; -sâdhu, a. extremely good: v-î, f. pattern of wifely fidelity; -sâmtâpana,m. kind of penance; -sâmdhi-vigrah-ika, m. chief minister of peace and war; -sâmânya, n. generality in the widest sense; -sâra, a. strong; valuable, costly; -sârtha, m. great caravan; -sâhas ika, a. very daring, excessively rash; m. highwayman, robber: -tâ, f. great energy: in. with the utmost decision; -simha, m. great lion; N.; -siddha, (pp.) m. great saint; -siddhânta, m. great manual of as tronomy, T. of a work by Âryabhata the younger; -siddhi, f. great magical power; -subhiksha, n. great abundance of provisions, very good times (pl.); -sûkta, n. great hymn: pl. the great hymns of the tenth book of the Rig-veda (1 to 128); m. composer of the great hymns of RV. X; -sûkshma, a. extremely minute; -sûki, a. w. vyûha, m. kind of array of troops in battle; (&asharp;)-sena, a. having a large army; m. ep. of Skanda; N. of various princes; -senâ, f. great army; -stoma, a. having a great Stoma (day); -½astra, n. great or mighty missile; -sthâna, n. high place or position; -sthûla, a. very gross; -snâna, n. great ablution; -½âspada, a. mighty; -sva na, m. loud sound; a. loud-sounding, shout ing loud; loud (noise); -½âsvâda, a. very savoury; -hanu, a. having great jaws; -harm ya, n. great palace; -½âhava, m. great battle; -hava, m. great sacrifice; -hasta, a. large handed (Siva); -hâsa, m.loud laughter; a. laughing loud; -½ahí, m. great serpent: -sayana, n. sleep (of Vishnu) on the great serpent (Sesha); -½ahna, m. advanced day time, afternoon; -hrada, m. great pond. |
| |
| māgha | a. (î) relating to the asterism Maghâ; m. N. of a month (January-Febru ary); N. of the author of the Sisupâlavadha (composed before the end of the tenth century): -kâvya, n. Mâgha's poem, theSisupâlavadha. |
| |
| mānutantavya | m. pat. fr. Manu tantu. |
| |
| mṛcchakaṭika | n., â, f. little clay cart, T. of a play in ten acts (probably sixth century). |
| |
| yathāvakāśam | ad. accord ing to space; into the proper place; accord ing to or on the first opportunity; -vakana kârin, a. acting according to orders, obedient; -vakanam, ad. according to the expression; -vat, ad. exactly as it is or should be, accord ing to usage, in due order, suitably, fitly, cor rectly, accurately;=yathâ, as (rare); -vay as, ad. according to age; of the same age; -vasám, ad. according toone's will or pleasure (V.); -½avasaram, ad. at every opportunity; -vastu, ad. in accordance with the facts, ac curately, truly; -½avastham, ad. in accord ance with the condition or circumstances; -½avasthita½artha-kathana, n. description of a matter in accordance with facts; -½âvâs am, ad. to one's respective dwelling; -vit tam, ad. in accordance with the find; in pro portion to property; -vidha, a. of what kind; -vidhânam, ad.according to prescription or rule, duly; -vidhânena, in ad. id.; -vidhi, ad. id.; in due form, suitably; according to the deserts of (g.); -viniyogam, ad. in the order stated; -vibhava, °ree;--, -m, or -tas, ad. in proportion to means or income; -vibhâg am, ad. in accordance with the share; -vi shayam, ad. according to the thing in ques tion; -vîrya, a. having what strength: -m, ad. in proportion or with regard to valour; -vritta, pp. as happened; how conducting oneself: °ree;-or -m, ad. as it happened, in ac cordance with the facts, circumstantially; according to the metre; n. previous event; ac tual facts, details of an event; -vrittânta, m.(?) experience, adventure; -vriddha, °ree;-or -m, according to age, by seniority; -vyavahâram, ad. in accordance with usage; -vyutpatti, ad. according to the degree of culture; -sakti, -saktyâ, ad. according to one's power, to the utmost of one's power, as far as possible; -½âsayam, ad. according to wish; according to the conditions or premises; -sâstra, °ree;-or -m, according to prescribed rules or the in stitutes of the law; -sîlam, ad.according to the character; -sraddhám, ad. according to inclination; -½âsramam, ad. according to the stage of religious life; -½âsrayam, ad. in re gard to the connexion; -srâddham, ad. in accordance with the funeral feast; -srutam, pp. as heard of: -m, ad. as one heard it; in accordance with knowledge; incorr. for -sruti; -sruti, ad. according to the precepts of the Veda; -samstham, ad. according to circum stances; -sakhyam, ad. in proportion to friend ship; -samkalpita, pp. as wished; -sam khyam, -samkhyena, ad. according to num ber, number for number, in such a way that the numbers of two equal series correspond numerically (the first to the first, the second to the second, etc.); -sa&ndot;gam, ad. according to need, adequately; -satyam, ad. in accord ance with truth, truthfully; -samdishtam, ad. as directed; -½âsannam, ad. as soon as come near; -samayam,ad. at the proper time; -samarthitam, ad. as has been con sidered good; -samâmnâtam, ad. as men tioned; -samîhita, pp. as desired: -m, ad. according to wish (Pr.); -samuditám, ad. as agreed; -sampad, ad. as it happens; -sam pratyayam, ad. according to agreement; -sampradâyam, ad. as handed down; -sam bandham, ad. according to the relationship; -sambhava, a. corresponding as far as pos sible: -m, ad. according to the connexion, respectively; -sambhavin, a., -sambhâvita, pp. corresponding; -sâma, ad. according to the sequence of the Sâmans; -sâram, ad. ac cording to the quality; -siddha, pp. as hap pening to be ready; -sukha,°ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure; at ease, comfortably; pleasantly, conveniently; -sukha-mukha, a. facing any way one pleases; -sûktam, ad. hymn by hymn; -sûkshma, a. pl. according to size from the smallest onwards: -m,ad.; -½astam, ad. to one's respective home; -sthâna, n. proper place (only lc. sg. & pl.); a. being in the proper place: (á)-m, ad. to or in the proper place; -sthitam, ad. according to one's stand; as it stands, certainly, surely; -sthiti, ad. according to custom, as usual; -sthûla, °ree;-or -m, ad. in the rough, without going into detail; -smriti, ad. according to one's recollection; according to the rules of the law-books; -sva, a. one's (his, their) respective: °ree;-or -m, ad. each his own, each individually or in his own way, respectively; -svaira, °ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure, without restraint; -½âhâra, a. eating whatever comes to hand. |
| |
| yadvat | ad. in what manner, as (corr. tadvat or evam); -vidha, a. of what kind; -vîrya, a. of what valour; -vritta, n. (thing that happened), occurrence, event, adventure. |
| |
| yukta | pp. (√ yug) yoked, to (lc.), with (in.); employed, occupied, engaged in, devoted to, intent on (lc. or --°ree;); applied; equipped, prepared, for (d., --°ree;); busied or occupied with (in.); absorbed in (lc.); con centrated, intent, attentive (cpv. -tara, very much on one's guard against: lc.; spv. -tama, supremely concentrated or intent); skilled, experienced, in (lc.); joined, united, combined, following in regular succession; furnished or endowed with, accompanied by, possessed of (in., --°ree;); being in conjunc tion with a constellation (in.); making use of (an opportunity, kâlena); come into connexion with (in.); connected with, re lating to (--°ree;); bound to, dependent on (--°ree;); fit, proper, becoming, for (g., lc.); right, cor rect; suitable to (--°ree;); auspicious, favourable (fate, moment); prosperous, thriving; faring or acting (thus, tathâ); primitive (opp. de rivative: gr.): °ree;-or -m, suitably, properly, duly, rightly; yuktam yad, it is suitable that --; na yuktam anayos tatra gantum, it is not suitable for them to go there; na yuktam bhavatâ, it is not seemly for you to (inf.); n. yoke, team; connexion, combina tion; fitness: in. yukténa, suitably; con formably to (reason, --°ree;). |
| |
| rambha | m. staff, support; m. N. of various princes; â, f. plantain tree (Musa sapientum); courtezan; N. of an Apsaras: -½uru, a. (&ubrevcirc;) having thighs like the trunk of a plantain tree. |
| |
| vapana | n. 1. shearing, shaving; 2. sowing; -anîya, fp. n. one should sow; -&asharp;, f. 1. caul, omentum; fat (comm.); 2. mound, anthill (only --°ree; with valmîka-). |
| |
| varatanu | a. (û) having a beautiful form; f. beautiful woman; -tantu, m. N. of an ancient teacher; -tâ, f. condition of being a blessing. |
| |
| vikramatuṅga | m. N. of two kings; -nidhi, m. N. of a warrior; -patta na, n. Vikrama's city, Uggayinî; -pati, m. =Vikrama½âditya; -pura, n. N. of a town; -bâhu, m. N. of various kings; -râga, m. N. of a king; -lâñkhana, m.=Vikrama½âditya; -sakti, m. N. of various warriors; -simha, m. N. of various kings; -sena, m. id.; -sthâ na, n. walking-place, promenade; -½a&ndot;ka, m. =Vikramâditya: -deva,m. id.: -karita, n. Adventures of Vikramâ&ndot;ka-deva, T. of a poem; -½âditya, m. Sun of Valour, N. of various kings, esp. of one accounted the conqueror of the Sakas and founder of the Vikrama era (56 b. c.). |
| |
| vikrama | m. V., C.: stride, step; C.: motion, gait, pace; force, forcible means; might, prowess, valour; kind of grave accent (gr.); non-change of Visarga into a sibilant (gr.); N.; also=Vikramâditya: ab.vikra mât, by force; na½asti vikramena, it can not be done by forcible means; vikramam kri, display one's prowess or courage: -ke sarin, m. N. of a king; N. of a minister; -kanda, m. N. of a prince of Benares; -kari taor -karitra, n. Adventures of Vikrama (-½âditya), T. of a collection of tales. |
| |
| vikriyā | f. [√ 1. kri] transforma tion, alteration, change, modification; vitia tion, disfigurement; failure, misadventure, harm (dîpasya --, extinction); unwonted phe nomenon; product (e. g. of milk); contraction, knitting (of the brows); sudden movement (of the hair=thrill); change in the normal bodily condition, ailment, affection; change in the normal mental condition, perturbation, agitation; change of feeling, alienation, hos tility, defection: -m yâ, undergo a change for the worse, deteriorate, come to nought: -½upamâ, f. transformation simile (in which one thing is represented as produced from another: e. g. &open;thy face is as it were taken from the disc of the moon&close;). |
| |
| vṛttānta | m., (rarely) n. (end of an occurrence=complete event), story, history, occurrence, adventure, doings, life; account, news, tidings (sg. & pl.), of (--°ree;); course of events, way in which things happen: -dars in, a. witnessing a transaction. |
| |
| veṇī | f. = veni: -samhâra, m. tying up of the braid of hair (of Draupadî), T. of a play (existing in the tenth century a. d.) by Bhatta-nârâyana. |
| |
| vairāgya | n. [virâga] growing pale (rare); loathing, aversion, disgust, of (ab., lc., --°ree;); indifference to worldly objects, weariness of life: -tâ, f. aversion to (prati); -sataka, n. century of worldly indifference, T. of the third century of Bhartrihari's proverbs. |
| |
| śataka | a. (ikâ) consisting of a hun dred; hundredth; n. a hundred, century (construed like sata); -kritvas, ad. a hun dred times; -koti, 1. f. pl. a thousand mil lions; 2. m. (having a hundred points), In dra's thunderbolt; (á)-kratu, a. having a hundredfold power or counsel (V.); con taining a hundred sacrifices (Br.); m. N. of Indra (C.).: --°ree; with kshitietc., lord of earth, prince, king; -khanda-maya, a. (î) consist ing of a hundred rays; -gu, a. possessing a hun dred cows; -guna, a. a hundredfold, increased a hundred times, a hundred times stronger, more valuable or efficacious etc.: -m, ad. ahun dred times more than (ab.); -gunita,pp. in creased a hundredfold, a hundred times longer; -gunî-bhâva, m. hundredfold increase; -gunî-bhû, be multiplied a hundredfold; -gvín, a. hundredfold (RV.); -ghn&isharp;, f. of -han; (á)-kakra, a. hundred-wheeled (RV.1); -tamá, a. (&asharp;, î) hundredth; -traya, n., î, f. three hundred; -dala, n. lotus flower; -dru (-kâ), -drû, f. N. of a river (=V. sutu drî), now Sutlej; -dvâra, a. having a hundred exits (hole); -dhara, m. N. of a king;-dh&asharp;, ad. a hundredfold; into a hundred parts or pieces: with bhû, be divided into a hundred parts consisting of (g.); (á)-dhâra, a. 1. having a hundred streams; 2. having a hundred points or edges; m.thunderbolt (C.); -dhriti, m. ep. of Brahman and of Indra; -dhauta, pp. cleansed a hundredfold, perfectly clean; 1. -pattra, n. (°ree;--) a hundred leaves; a hundred vehicles; 2. (á)-pattra, a. having a hundred feathers orleaves (RV.1); m. woodpecker; peacock; n. day-lotus: -yoni, m. ep. of Brahman, -½âyata½îkshana, a. having long lotus-like eyes; -patha, a. hav ing a hundred paths, very many-sided; m. T. of a Brâhmana: -brâhmana,n. id.; (á)-pad, a. (-î; strg. base -pâd) hundred-footed; m., -î, f. centipede; (á)-parvan, a. hundred-jointed; (á)-pavitra, a. purifying a hundredfold (RV.1); -pâdaka, m. centipede; -pâla, m. overseer of a hundred (vil lages, g.); -buddhi, a. hundred-witted; m. N. of a fish; -brâhmana-ghâta-ga, a. (arising from=) equal to the guilt produced by the murder of a hundred Brâhmans; -bha&ndot;gî bhû, be varied in a hundred ways; -makha, m. ep. of Indra; (á)-manyu, a. having a hundredfold wrath; m. ep. of Indra (C.): -kâpa, m. n. rainbow; -mayûkha, m. (hundred-rayed) moon; (á)-mâna, a. hundredfold (V.); weighing a hundred (Raktikâs, comm.; V.); m.gold object weighing a hun dred Mânas; m. n. weight (or gift) of a hundred Mânas in gold or silver; -mukha, a. having a hundred openings or entrances; possible in a hundred ways (fall); (á)-yâtu, m. N.; -yogana-yâyin,a. travelling a hundred Yoganas; -râtra, m. n. festival of a hundred days; -rudríya, a. belonging or sacred to a hundred Rudras; -½rikin, m. pl. designation of the composers of Mand. I. of the Rig-veda; -laksha, n. a hundred lacs; -varsha, a. a hundred years old; lasting a hundred years; -sarkara, n. sg. hundred globules: -tâ, f. condition of a --; -sás, ad. in a hundred ways, in hundreds (referring to a nm., ac., or in.); a hundred times;(á)-sâkha, a. (â, î) having a hundred branches (also fig.); (á)-sârada, a. containing, be stowing etc. a hundred autumns (V.); n. period or age of a hundred years (V.); -sri&ndot;ga, a. hundred-peaked; -samkhya, a.numbering a hundred; -sani, a. gaining a hundred; -sahasra, n. sg. pl. a hundred thousand (w. g., app., or --°ree;); -s&asharp;, a. winning a hundred (RV.); -sâhasra, a. (î) amount ing to a hundred thousand, hundred thou sandfold; -séya, n. hundredfold gain (RV.1); -svín, a. possessing a hundred (RV.1); -hán, a. (-ghnî) slaying a hundred (V.): -ghnî, f. kind of deadly weapon; -hali, a. possess ing a hundred large ploughs; (á)-hima, a.living a hundred winters (V.); -hradâ, f. lightning. |
| |
| śabdakarmaka | a. having the meaning of sound; -kalpa-druma, m. T. of an encyclopaedic dictionary dating from the present century; -kâra, a. uttering sounds; -kosa, m. treasury of words, dictionary; -tva, n. nature of sound; -pati, m. ruler in name only, nominal lord; -pâtin, a. hitting (an unseen object) by its sound (arrow); -brah man, n. Brahman in words, sacred scrip tures; -bhâg, a. bearing the title of (--°ree;); -maya, a. (î) consisting of sound; consisting of the word (--°ree;); -mâtra, n. mere sound. |
| |
| śārmaṇya | m. Germany (nineteenth century word): -desa, m. id. |
| |
| śilīṃdhra | n. flower of the plan tain tree (Musa sapientum); mushroom. |
| |
| śṛṅgāra | a. handsome, fine (rare); fine garments, finery (also of the ornamental trappings of an elephant); sexual love; erotic sentiment in a poem (it is of two kinds, sam bhogaandvipralambha-sri&ndot;gâra); N.: -kesh- tâ, f. amatory gesture; -mañgarî, f. N.; -vat, a. erotic: -î, f. N.; -sata: -ka, n. hun dred verses treating of love, T. of the first century of Bhartrihari; -sekhara, m. N. of a king; -simha, m. N. |
| |
| ṣaḍgava | m. n. team of six bulls; n. six cows; --°ree;, aggregate of six (animals); -guna, a. sixfold; having six good qualities; m. pl. qualities perceived by the six (i. e. the five senses and Manas); six excellences; six expedients (of a king in foreign politics); -gunî-kri, multiply by six; -guru-sishya, m. (pupil of six teachers), N. of a commentator on Kâtyâyana's Sarvânukramanî (12th century); -ga, m. (produced fromor based on the other six notes), the first note of the Indian gamut; -darsana, n. the six philosophical systems; a. conversant with the six philosophical systems; -bhâga, m. sixth part, one-sixth, sp. as a tax imposed by kings (w. ab. or g.): -bhâg, a. receiving one-sixth of (g.); -bhuga, a. six-armed; hexagonal; -rasa, a. having the six tastes (food); -râtrá, m. period or celebration of six days; -vaktra, a. hav ing six mouths; m. ep. ofSkanda: î, f. six faces; -varga, m. aggregate or group of six; the five senses and Manas; the six inward enemies of man (kâma, krodha, lobha, harsha, mâna, mada; sts. --°ree; with ripuor satru-); -vimsá, a. (î) twenty-sixth; consisting of twenty-six; -vimsati, f. twenty-six: -tama, a. twenty-sixth; -vimsat-ka, a. consisting of twenty-six; (shád)-vidha, a. sixfold; (shád) vidhâna, a. forming a sixfold order. |
| |
| saptaka | a. consisting of seven; n. (aggregate of) seven; -kathâ-maya, a. (î) consisting of seven stories; (á)-guna, a. sevenfold; -kkhada, m. (seven-leaved) N. of a tree (Alstonia scholaris); -gihva, a.seven-tongued; m. fire, god of fire; (á)-tantu, a. seven-threaded, consisting of seven courses (sacrifice; V., C.); m. sacrifice (C.). |
| |
| sāptatantava | m. [sapta-tantu] pl. N. of a sect; -pada, a. concluded by taking seven steps together,=sincere, true (friendship); -padîna, a. id.; n. friendship; -purusha, a. extending to seven generations; -paurusha, a. (î) id.; -râtr-ika, a. (î) last ing seven (nights=) days. |
| |
| sāhitya | n. [sahita] association, with (in., --°ree;); agreement; rhetorical com position, art of poetry: in. in combination, together: -darpana, n. Mirror of Poetry, T. of a work (15th century). |
| |
| sutanu | a. 1. very slender; 2. having a beautiful form: f. fair woman; -tantu, a. (&ubrevcirc;) having fair offspring; m. N. of a Dânava; -tantri, a. beautifully accompanied on the lute (song); -tápas, a.warming (V.); per forming severe penances (C.). |
| |
| suhata | pp. thoroughly beaten; justly killed; -hána, a. easy to slay (V.); -hántu, a. id. (RV.); -háva, a. (V.) easily invoked, listening willingly; invoking well; n. (V.) successful invocation; -hásta, a. (V.)fair handed; deft of hand; (sú)-hita, pp. C.: very suitable; very salutary; perfectly satis fied, fully sated (esp. with food and drink; Br., S.; rare in C.); (sú)-huta, pp. V., E.: well offered (sacrifice); well sacrificed to (C.); n.right sacrifice (V.): -hut, a. offering a right sacrifice (S.); -hrik-khoka-vivardha na, a. increasing the sorrow of one's friends; -hrig-gana, m. sg. friend, friends: pl. friends; -hrit-tama, spv. best of friends; -hrit-tâ, f., -hrit-tva, n. friendship; -hrit-tyâga, m. desertion of a friend: -hrid, m. [good hearted] friend; ally (-hrido ganâh, friends): --°ree; a. fond of, addicted to; closely resembling; -hridaya, a. kind-hearted (V.): -tama, spv.; -hrid-bheda, m. separation of friends; -hrid vadha, m. slaying a friend; -hrid-vâkya, n. speech or advice of a friend; -hrin-nârî, f. female friend; -hrin-mitra, n. sg. friends and allies; -hemanta, m. good winter (S.); -hótri (orsú-), m. good sacrificer (V.); -hotra, m. N. |
| |
| sūtra | n. [√ sîv] V., C.: thread, string, cord (ord. mg.); C.: sacred cord (worn over the left shoulder by the three upper castes); measuring line; fibre; line; sketch, plan; (thread running through and holding toge ther=) concise rule or aphorism; manual consisting of aphoristic rules: -ka, n. thread, cord; -kâra, m. author of a Sûtra work or manual; -tantu, m. thread; -daridra, a. (poor in threads=) threadbare: -tâ, f. thread bare condition; -dhâra, m. [holder of the measuring line] carpenter, builder, architect; wire-puller=] stage-manager; --°ree; m., î, f. leading spirit in; -pâta, m. drop of the measuring line: -m kri or kar, measure, compare; -pitaka, m. n. (basket=) collec tion of the Buddhistic Sûtras; -prota, pp. attached to (=worked by) strings (puppet); -bhrit, m. stage-manager. |
| |
| saumanta | a. taught by Sumantu. |
| |
| svarita | cs. pp. (√ svar) caused to sound etc.; m. n. Svarita accent (produced by a combined rise and fall of the voice): -tva, n. accentuation with the Svarita accent; addition. |
| |
| hammīra | m. N. of a king of Sâkam bhari (14th century). |
| |
| hiṃsa | a. hurting, injuring (RV.1): -aka, a. injuring, hurtful; -ana, n. injuring, hurting; slaughter of (animals, --°ree;); -anîya, fp. to be injured; -slaughtered (animals); -â, f. injury, harm (to life or property): --°ree; gnly.=to, sts.=from; -itá, (pp.) n. injury; (híms)-itos, g. inf. √ hims; -ya, fp. that may be injured or slain; -rá, a. injurious, hurtful, mischievous, noxious (RV.1, C.); --°ree;, dealing severely with (C.); m. (C.) mischiev ous fellow, man following a cruel trade; beast of prey; n. cruelty (C.): -gantu, -pasu, m. beast of prey. |
| |
| hemaka | n. (piece of) gold; -kaksha, m. golden waistband; -kamala, n. golden lotus; -kartri, m. goldsmith; -kâra, m. id.: -ka, m. id.; -kûta, m. gold-peak, N. of a mountain in the northern Himâlayas; -giri, m. gold mountain, ep. of Meru; -kandra, a. adorned with a golden moon (car); m. N. of a celebrated Jain scholar, author among numerous other works of two dictionaries (12th century); -gata, m. pl. a kind of Ki râtas; -dînâra, m. gold denarius. |
Concordance
71 results0 results1018 results
| |
| akarmā | dasyur abhi no amantuḥ # RV.10.22.8a. |
| |
| aktaṃ | rihāṇā viyantu (KS.GG. vyantu) vayaḥ # KS.31.11; TS.1.1.13.1; TB.3.3.9.3; GG.1.8.27; KhG.2.1.26. P: aktaṃ rihāṇāḥ Apś.3.6.1. See aptubhī, arthaṃ rihāṇā, and vyantu vayo. |
| |
| akṣan | # śś.6.1.15. Cf. aghan, and aghasan. Also aghat, ghasat, ghasan, ghastu, and ghasantu. |
| |
| akṣitāḥ | santu rāśayaḥ # AVś.6.142.3b. |
| |
| agṛbhītāḥ | paśavaḥ santu sarve # TB.2.5.3.3d; Aś.2.10.18d; Apś.7.16.7d. |
| |
| agna | ājyasya vyantu vaujhak (śBK. vauṣal) # śB.2.2.3.19. Cf. agninājyasya, agnim ājyasya, and agnir ājyasya. |
| |
| agnaye | tantumate svāhā # AB.7.9.6; śG.5.4.2. |
| |
| agnaye | sam anamat pṛthivyai sam anamad, yathāgniḥ pṛthivyā sam anamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1; KSA.5.20. P: agnaye sam anamat pṛthivyai sam anamat TB.3.8.18.5; Apś.20.12.8. See next, pṛthivyām agnaye sam anaman, and cf. agniś ca pṛthivī. |
| |
| agniṃ | yanturam apturam # RV.3.27.11a. |
| |
| agniṃ | vardhantu no giraḥ # RV.3.10.6a. |
| |
| agniṃ | sāmrājyāya # Mś.6.2.5.31 (ūha of bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya in devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa ...). |
| |
| agniṃ | hinvantu no dhiyaḥ # RV.10.156.1a; SV.2.877a. Ps: agniṃ hinvantu naḥ Aś.4.13.7; agniṃ hinvantu śś.6.4.1. Cf. BṛhD.8.61. |
| |
| agninājyasya | vyantu vaujhak # śB.2.2.3.19. See under agna ājyasya. |
| |
| agniṃ | te vasuvantam (AVP. vasumantam) ṛchantu, ye māghāyavaḥ prācyā diśo 'bhidāsān # AVś.19.18.1; AVP.7.17.1. |
| |
| agniṃ | nakṣanta (SV. nakṣantu) no giraḥ # RV.8.103.1d; SV.1.47d; 2.865d. |
| |
| agnim | īḍiṣva yanturam # RV.8.19.2b; SV.2.1038b. |
| |
| agnir | agnīṣomau tam apanudantu yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # śś.4.9.5. Cf. agnīṣomau tam etc. |
| |
| agnir | dūto ajiraḥ saṃ carātai (AVP. ajiraḥ santurātiḥ) # AVś.3.4.3b; AVP.3.1.3b. Cf. agnir no dūtaḥ praty. |
| |
| agnir | devebhir manuṣaś ca jantubhiḥ # RV.3.3.6a. |
| |
| agnir | yajurbhiḥ pūṣā svagākārais ta imaṃ yajñam avantu te mām avantu anu va ārabhe 'nu mārabhadhvaṃ svāhā # KS.35.2; Apś.14.17.1. |
| |
| agnir | yajñaṃ trivṛtaṃ saptatantum # AVP.5.28.1c; GB.1.1.12; Vait.10.17c. Cf. agnir vidvān yajñaṃ, and pañcayāmaṃ. |
| |
| agnir | vanaspatir indro vasumān rudravān ādityavān ṛbhumān vibhumān vājavān bṛhaspatimān viśvadevyāvān somas tam apanudantu # Kś.10.7.14. Cf. agner vanaspater etc. |
| |
| agnir | vaiśvānaro apahantu pāpam # MG.2.8.6b. |
| |
| agnī | rakṣasvinīr hantu # AVś.7.114.2c. |
| |
| agne | bharantu (MS.3.2.2 and 3.3.8, bharanta ?) cittibhiḥ # VS.12.31b; 17.53b; TS.4.2.3.1b; 6.3.2b; 5.2.2.2; 4.6.2; MS.2.7.10b: 87.9; 3.3.2: 17.3; 3.3.8: 40.14; KS.16.10b; 18.3b; 19.12; 21.8; śB.6.8.1.7; 9.2.3.7. |
| |
| aghaśaṃsaṃ | śośucato dahantu # RV.10.87.20d; AVś.8.3.19d. |
| |
| aṅkurās | te prarohantu # PG.3.15.21c. |
| |
| aṅgiraso | māsya yajñasya prathamānuvākair (Apś. prātaranu-) avantu # KS.4.14; 31.15; Apś.4.9.2. |
| |
| acitre | antaḥ paṇayaḥ sasantu # RV.4.51.3c. |
| |
| acyutaṃ | tvā devatāś cyāvayantu # AVś.12.3.35b. |
| |
| acha | tvā yantu havinaḥ sajātāḥ # AVś.3.4.3a; AVP.3.1.3a. |
| |
| achidraṃ | pāntu śaraṇaṃ niṣadya # RV.2.3.8d. |
| |
| achinnaṃ | tantum anu saṃ tarema (AVPṭA. carema) # AVś.6.122.1d; AVP.2.60.2d; TA.2.6.1d. |
| |
| achinnaṃ | tantuṃ payasā sarasvatī # VS.20.43c; MS.3.11.1c: 140.11; KS.38.6c; TB.2.6.8.4c. |
| |
| achinnaṃ | tantuṃ pṛthivyā anu geṣam # TS.1.2.3.3; 6.1.4.8; Apś.10.19.10; Mś.2.1.3.17. Cf. achinno divyas. |
| |
| achinno | divyas (KS.Apś. daivyas) tantur mā mānuṣaś (KS.Apś. manuṣyaś) chedi # MS.1.4.2: 49.2; 1.4.7: 55.12; KS.7.2,9; Apś.4.16.4. Cf. achinnaṃ tantuṃ pṛthivyā. |
| |
| añjanti | suprayasaṃ pañca janāḥ # RV.6.11.4d; MS.4.14.15d: 241.5. See yuñjantu suprajasaṃ. |
| |
| atandraṃ | sarve rakṣantu # AVP.10.2.9c. |
| |
| atikiriṭam | (comm. atikirīṭam) atidanturam # TB.3.4.1.19. |
| |
| ato | jātā avantu naḥ # RV.1.23.12b. |
| |
| ato | devā avantu naḥ # RV.1.22.16a; SV.2.1024a; Aś.1.5.38; 11.13; 6.7.2; 9.11.17; śś.13.7.5; AG.2.3.11; Vāsū.2. P: ato devāḥ VHDh.7.300; 8.233. Cf. BṛhD.3.93. |
| |
| atra | radhyantu ya u te sapatnāḥ # AVP.12.5.5c. |
| |
| atha | dyumanto vi vasantu viprāḥ # AVś.4.1.5d. See adhā dyumanto. |
| |
| atho | hanti parāyatī # RV.1.191.2b. See ghuṇān hantu parāyatī. |
| |
| atho | hantu parāyataḥ # AVP.6.9.4d. Cf. prec. |
| |
| aditiḥ | pāntu marutaḥ # AVś.6.3.1b; 4.2b. |
| |
| adṛṣṭān | hantu dṛṣadeva māṣān # AVP.5.3.8d. |
| |
| adha | pra sū na upa yantu (SV. pra nūnam upa yanti) dhītayaḥ # RV.1.139.1f; SV.1.461f. |
| |
| adharāñco | nir dravantu # AVP.2.55.5a. |
| |
| adhare | santu śatravaḥ # MS.4.12.3b: 185.11; TB.2.4.2.9b; Apś.16.2.10b. |
| |
| adhaspadaṃ | śatravas te bhavantu # AVP.1.75.1b. |
| |
| adhas | padyantām adhare bhavantu # AVP.2.19.4a; 3.19.4a. See nīcaiḥ padyantām etc. |
| |
| adhā | mṛtāḥ pitṛṣu saṃ bhavantu # AVś.18.4.48d. |
| |
| adhi | bruvantu te 'vantv (TSṭB.Apś. avantv) asmān # RV.10.15.5d; AVś.18.3.45d; VS.19.57d,58d; TS.2.6.12.3d; MS.4.10.6d: 156.15; KS.21.14d (bis); TB.2.6.16.2d; Apś.8.15.17d. |
| |
| adhi | bruvantu marutaḥ pṛśnimātaraḥ # AVP.1.78.3b. |
| |
| adhovacasaḥ | paṇayo bhavantu # AVP.8.1.6d. See next but one. |
| |
| adhovarcasaḥ | paṇayo bhavantu # AVś.5.11.6d. See prec. but one. |
| |
| anamitrā | me diśo bhavantu ghṛtapratīkāḥ # AVP.2.86.1--6. |
| |
| anamitrair | ahobhiḥ sacīmahi viśve devā anamitrā na uṣasaḥ santu nimrucaḥ # KS.37.10. |
| |
| anamīvā | āpa (ApMBḥG. anamīvās ta āpa) oṣadhayo bhavantu (Aś. santu sarvāḥ; ApMB. santv asau) # TB.2.5.3.3b; Aś.2.10.18b; Apś.7.16.7; HG.2.5.3; ApMB.2.14.11--14. |
| |
| anamīvā | uṣasa ā carantu naḥ # RV.10.35.6a. |
| |
| anamīvāḥ | pradiśaḥ santu mahyam # Apś.6.29.1c. See asapatnāḥ pradiśaḥ, and asapatnāḥ pradiśo. |
| |
| anaṣṭā | āyantu no gṛhān # SMB.1.8.1d. |
| |
| anāvṛtainān | pradhamantu devāḥ # TB.2.5.8.4c. |
| |
| aniṣavyās | tanvaḥ santu pāpīḥ # RV.10.108.6b. |
| |
| anīśvarā | abhitaḥ santu ye 'nye # AVś.12.3.42b. |
| |
| anu | tvā mātā pitaro madantu # VS.6.20d; TS.1.3.10.1d; 6.3.11.3d; MS.1.2.17d: 27.10; KS.3.7d; śB.3.8.3.37d. |
| |
| anu | tvā viśve devā avantu (AVP.KS. viśve avantu devāḥ) # AVP.4.3.5c; KS.37.9c; TB.2.7.8.2c. Cf. anu māṃ mitrā-. |
| |
| anu | māyantu devatāḥ # MG.1.13.7a; VārG.15.4a. P: anu māyantu MG.1.13.9. |
| |
| anu | vi yantu gahvare # AVP.8.18.3b. |
| |
| anṛkṣarā | ṛjavaḥ santu panthāḥ (AVś. panthānaḥ) # RV.10.85.23a; AVś.14.1.34a; ApMB.1.1.2a (ApG.2.4.2); JG.1.20a; VārG.10.7a. P: anṛkṣarāḥ śG.1.6.1; Kauś.75.12; 77.3. Cf. BṛhD.7.131. |
| |
| anena | mā trivṛtā pārayantu # AVś.5.28.2d. |
| |
| antarikṣāyarṣayas | tvā prathamajā deveṣu divo mātrayā variṇā prathantu # TS.4.4.2.3. See ṛṣayas tvā etc., and cf. divo mātrayā. |
| |
| anyaṃ | kṛṇuṣvetaḥ panthām # RV.10.142.7c. Cf. anyaṃ te asmat tapantu, and anyatrāsmad ayanā. |
| |
| anyatra | tvad rudatyaḥ saṃ viśantu # SMB.1.1.13b; ApMB.1.4.9b; HG.1.19.7b; JG.1.20b. |
| |
| anyatrāsmad | aghaviṣā nayantu (AVP. vy etu) # AVś.6.93.2d; AVP.5.22.1d,2d,3d,4d,5d,6e,7d,8e,9e. |
| |
| anyaṃ | (VSṃS.KS.śB. anyāṃs) te asmat tapantu hetayaḥ # VS.17.7c,11c,15c; 36.20c; TS.4.6.1.3c (bis),5c; 5.4.4.5; MS.2.10.1c (ter): 131.13; 132.2,14; 3.3.6: 39.3; KS.17.17c (quinq.); śB.9.1.2.28c; 2.1.2,17; Aś.2.12.2c (bis). Cf. under anyaṃ kṛṇu-. |
| |
| anyaṃ | te asman (NṛpU. te 'sman; AVś. asmat te) ni vapantu senāḥ (AVś. senyam) # RV.2.33.11d; AVś.18.1.40d; TS.4.5.10.4d; NṛpU.2.4d. Cf. anyam asman. |
| |
| anyam | asman (MS. anyāṃs te asman; KS. anye 'sman) nivapantu tāḥ # VS.16.52d; TS.4.5.10.5d; MS.2.9.9d: 128.4; KS.17.16d. Cf. anyaṃ te asman. |
| |
| anyāṃs | te etc. # see anyaṃ te asmat tapantu etc., and anyam asman. |
| |
| anvātāṃsīt | tvayi (MS. anvātāṃsus tava) tantum etam # VS.15.53d; 18.61d; TS.4.7.13.5d; MS.2.12.4d: 148.7; KS.18.18d; śB.8.6.3.22. |
| |
| anv | enaṃ viprā ṛṣayo madanti (KSA. madantu) # RV.1.162.7c; VS.25.30c; TS.4.6.8.3c; MS.3.16.1c: 182.5; KSA.6.4c. |
| |
| apa | dveṣāṃsy amuyā bhavantu # AVś.5.22.1d. See apa rakṣāṃsy amuyā. |
| |
| apa | pāpmānaṃ yajamānasya hantu # TB.1.2.1.1b; Apś.5.4.1b. |
| |
| apa | pāpmānaṃ bharaṇīr bharantu # TB.3.1.2.11a,11d. |
| |
| apa | rakṣāṃsy amuyā dhamantu # AVP.12.1.1d. See apa dveṣāṃsy amuyā. |
| |
| apas | ta oṣadhīmatīr ṛchantu, ye māghāyava etasyā diśo 'bhidāsān # AVś.19.18.6; AVP.7.17.6. |
| |
| apaḥ | samudrād divam ud vahanti (Kauś. -hantu) # AVś.4.27.4a; AVP.4.35.4a; 14.1.8a; Kauś.3.3b. P: apaḥ samudrāt Vait.12.12. |
| |
| apāṃ | vṛṣṭayo bahulāḥ santu mahyam # Kauś.94.14d. |
| |
| apāṃ | vegāsaḥ pṛthag udvijantām (AVP. ut patantu) # AVś.4.15.3b; AVP.5.7.2b. |
| |
| apāñco | yantu nivatā (AVP. prabudhā) durasyavaḥ (KS. nirṛthaṃ punas te) # AVś.5.3.2c; AVP.5.4.2c; KS.40.10c. See pratyañco etc. |
| |
| apāñco | yantu śapathāḥ # AVP.7.8.7a. |
| |
| apāsman | (KS. apāsya) nairṛtān pāśān # KS.38.13a; Apś.16.16.1a. Cf. nir ito yantu nairṛtyāḥ. |
| |
| apṛṇantam | abhi saṃ yantu śokāḥ # RV.1.125.7d. |
| |
| apeto | yantu paṇayaḥ # VS.35.1a; śB.13.8.2.3a. P: apeto yantu Kś.21.3.32. |
| |
| apochatu | (AVś. apochantu) mithunā yā (AVś. ye) kimīdinā (AVś. kimīdinaḥ) # RV.7.104.23b; AVś.8.4.23b. |
| |
| aptubhī | rihāṇā vyantu vayaḥ # MS.1.1.13: 9.1; 4.1.14: 19.17; Mś.1.3.4.15. See under aktaṃ ri-. |
| |
| apramattā | rakṣatha tantum etam # ApDh.2.6.13.6a. |
| |
| apramādam | ihopā yantu sarvāḥ # Kauś.98.2d. |
| |
| abudhyamānāḥ | paṇayaḥ sasantu # RV.1.124.10b. |
| |
| abhi | krośantu yā diśaḥ # AVś.5.21.9b. |
| |
| abhi | tvā rudrā vasavo gṛṇantu # VS.14.2c; MS.2.8.1c: 106.10; KS.17.1c; śB.8.2.1.5. |
| |
| abhi | pra yantu naro agnirūpāḥ # RV.10.84.1d; N.10.30d. See upa pra etc. |
| |
| abhi | prayo nāsatyā vahanti (RV.6.63.7b, vahantu) # RV.1.118.4d; 6.63.7b. |
| |
| abhi | ṣiñcāmi varcasā # AVś.4.8.5d; AVP.4.2.6d; KS.36.15d; 37.9d; TB.2.7.7.6d; 15.4d. Cf. abhi tvā varcasā-, abhiṣikto, and abhiṣiñcantu. |
| |
| abhi | svarantu ye tava # RV.8.13.28a. |
| |
| amanyutā | no vīrudho bhavantu # AVś.12.3.31d. |
| |
| amardhantīr | upa no yantu madhvā # RV.5.43.1b. |
| |
| amitrān | no jayantu svāhā # AVś.5.21.12c. |
| |
| amuṣmiṃl | loka upa vaḥ kṣarantu # HG.2.12.10c. |
| |
| amuṣyā | hantu senāyāḥ # AVś.8.8.16c. |
| |
| amūṃ | saṃ vānayantu me # AVś.6.9.3d; AVP.2.90.4d. |
| |
| amenayas | te santu # AVP.6.11.8. See menyā menir asy. |
| |
| ayaṃ | vīro 'prati hantu śatrūn # AVP.3.27.5a. |
| |
| araṃ | kṛṇvantu vedim # RV.1.170.4a. Cf. BṛhD.4.53. |
| |
| arasāḥ | santu kṛtvarīḥ # AVś.4.18.1d; AVP.5.24.1d. |
| |
| ariṣṭā | asmākaṃ vīrāḥ (Apś.ApMB.JG. vīrāḥ santu) # AVP.5.16.7c; Aś.3.11.6c; śś.4.11.6c; Kś.25.5.28c; Apś.13.18.1c; Mś.1.4.3.9c; śG.3.4.4; PG.1.3.14c; MG.2.11.18c; ApMB.2.15.16a; JG.1.4c. See ariṣṭās tanvo, ariṣṭāḥ sarvahāyasaḥ, and cf. achidraḥ prajayā. |
| |
| ariṣṭāni | me sarvāṅgāni santu (PG. me 'ṅgāni) # Vait.3.14; PG.1.3.25. See ariṣṭā viśvāny, and cf. next. |
| |
| ariṣṭair | naḥ pathibhiḥ pārayantā (GB. pārayantu) # RV.6.69.1d; TS.3.2.11.2d; MS.4.12.5d: 192.2; KS.12.14d; AB.6.15.4; GB.2.6.2. |
| |
| aruṇāḥ | santu ketavaḥ # AVś.11.10.7d. |
| |
| arkam | arcantu kāravaḥ # RV.8.92.19c; AVś.20.110.1c; SV.1.158c; 2.72c. |
| |
| arjuni | punar vo yantu etc. # ūha of śerabhaka etc., AVś.2.24.7. See jūrṇa bharūjy. |
| |
| arjunīḥ | santu dhenavaḥ # TA.6.7.1b. See kṛṣṇā dhānā. |
| |
| arthaṃ | rihāṇā vyantu vayaḥ # KS.1.12. See under aktaṃ rihāṇā. |
| |
| ardhamāsās | tvodīñjayantu # TA.4.26.1. |
| |
| aryamṇo | agniṃ paryetu pūṣan (ApMB. pari yantu kṣipram) # AVś.14.1.39c; ApMB.1.1.8a (ApG.2.4.8). P: aryamṇaḥ Kauś.76.20. |
| |
| aryo | naśanta saniṣanta (SV. naḥ santu saniṣantu) no dhiyaḥ # RV.9.79.1d; SV.1.555d. |
| |
| arvāg | indra sadhamādo vahantu # RV.3.43.6b. |
| |
| arvāñcas | te harayaḥ santu yuktāḥ # RV.7.28.1b. |
| |
| alokā | asmai pradiśo bhavantu # AVP.12.20.6b. |
| |
| avantī | (KSA. -tīs) sthāvantīs tvāvantu # TS.7.4.12.1; KSA.4.1; TB.3.9.6.1. P: avantī stha Apś.20.17.13. |
| |
| avartiṃ | yantu mama ye sapatnāḥ # AVś.9.2.4b. |
| |
| avānyāṃs | tantūn kirato dhatto anyān # TB.2.5.5.3c. |
| |
| avāsya | rāṣṭram apa hantu jīvitam (AVP. abhi hantu jīvam) # AVś.6.134.1b; AVP.5.33.4b. |
| |
| aśmānam | ṛchantīr yantu # AVP.1.36.1c--4c. |
| |
| aśvibhyāṃ | santu śaṃtamā # RV.5.73.10b. |
| |
| aṣāḍhāḥ | kāmam upayāntu yajñam # TB.3.1.2.4d. |
| |
| aṣṭau | cakṣūṃṣi kavayaḥ saṃ namantu # AVP.15.12.10a. |
| |
| asapatnāḥ | pradiśo me bhavantu # AVś.19.14.1c; Vait.14.1e (text sapatnāḥ etc.). See prec., and anamīvāḥ pra-. |
| |
| astraiṇāḥ | santu paṇḍagāḥ # AVś.8.6.16b. |
| |
| asthūri | ṇau (VSK. ṇo; śś. no) gārhapatyāni santu śataṃ himāḥ # VS.2.27; VSK.2.6.7; śB.1.9.3.19; śś.4.12.10. Cf. next but one. |
| |
| asthūri | no (TSṭB. ṇo; KS. ṇau; Mś. nau) gārhapatyāni santu # RV.6.15.19c; TS.5.7.2.1c; MS.4.14.15c: 240.2; KS.40.2c; TB.3.5.12.1c; Mś.6.1.8.10c. Cf. prec. but one. |
| |
| asmatrā | te sadhryak santu rātayaḥ # RV.1.132.2f. |
| |
| asmabhyaṃ | santu pṛthivi prasūtāḥ # AVś.12.1.62b. |
| |
| asmāṃ | avantu te dhiyaḥ # RV.8.3.1d; SV.1.239d; 2.771d. |
| |
| asmāṃ | avantu te śatam # RV.4.31.10a. |
| |
| asmāṃ | avantu payasā ghṛtena # Apś.7.17.1d. See samāsṛjantu payasā. |
| |
| asmāṃ | avantu pṛtanājyeṣu # RV.3.8.10d. |
| |
| asmākaṃ | ya iṣavas tā jayantu # see asmākaṃ yā etc. |
| |
| asmākaṃ | yā (AVP. ya) iṣavas tā jayantu # RV.10.103.11b; AVś.19.13.11b; AVP.7.4.11b; SV.2.1209b; VS.17.43b; TS.4.6.4.3b; MS.2.10.4b: 136.11; KS.18.5b. |
| |
| asmākaṃ | vīrā uttare bhavantu # RV.10.103.11c; AVś.19.13.11c; AVP.7.4.11c; SV.2.1209c; VS.17.43c; TS.4.6.4.4c; MS.2.10.4c: 136.12; KS.18.5c. |
| |
| asmākaṃ | santu bhuvanasya gopāḥ # RV.7.51.2c. |
| |
| asmākaṃ | te savanā santu śaṃtamā # RV.8.33.15c. |
| |
| asmākam | indra rathino jayantu # RV.6.47.31d; AVś.6.126.3d; AVP.15.12.1d; VS.29.57d; TS.4.6.6.7d; MS.3.16.3d: 187.13; KSA.6.1d. |
| |
| asmān | varūtrīḥ śaraṇair avantu # RV.3.62.3c. |
| |
| asmābhiṣ | ṭe suṣahāḥ santu śatravaḥ # RV.10.38.3c. |
| |
| asmin | puṣyantu gopatau # RV.10.19.3b. |
| |
| asmin | vasu vasavo dhārayantu # AVś.1.9.1a; AVP.1.19.1a; Kauś.55.17. P: asmin vasu Kauś.11.19; 16.27; 52.20. |
| |
| asmin | sīdantu me pitaraḥ somyāḥ # TB.3.7.4.10c; Apś.1.7.13c. |
| |
| asme | tā ta indra santu satyā # RV.10.22.13a. |
| |
| asme | te santu jāyavaḥ # RV.1.135.8c. |
| |
| asme | te santu sakhyā śivāni # RV.7.22.9c; 10.23.7d. |
| |
| asme | bhadrā sauśravasāni santu # RV.6.1.12d; 74.2d; MS.4.11.2d: 165.12; 4.13.6d: 207.14; KS.11.12d; 18.20d; TB.3.6.10.5d. |
| |
| asme | varcāṃsi santu vaḥ # VS.9.22c; śB.5.2.1.15c. |
| |
| asme | vājāḥ soma tiṣṭhantu kṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.9.69.7d. |
| |
| asmai | maṇiṃ varma badhnantu devāḥ # AVś.8.5.10a. |
| |
| asmai | rāṣṭrāya balim anye harantu # AVP.10.4.3c. |
| |
| asmai | ṣaḍ urvīr upa saṃ namantu # AVP.10.4.1c. |
| |
| asyai | śālāyai śarma yachantu devāḥ # AVP.7.6.4c. |
| |
| asvāpayo | dabhītaye suhantu # RV.7.19.4d; AVś.20.37.4d; TB.2.5.8.11d. |
| |
| ahāni | śaṃ bhavantu naḥ # AVś.7.69.1c; VS.36.11a; MS.4.9.27c: 138.11; TA.4.42.1c. |
| |
| ahāny | asmai sudinā bhavanti (TB. bhavantu) # RV.7.11.2d; TB.3.6.8.2d. |
| |
| ahiṃsanta | oṣadhīr dāntu parvan # AVś.12.3.31b. Fragment: oṣadhīr dāntu parvan Kauś.1.25; 61.39. |
| |
| ahorātrāṇi | (sc. tṛpyantu) # AG.3.4.1; śG.4.9.3. |
| |
| ākūtiṃ | saṃ namantu me # AVś.5.8.2d. See ākūtīḥ etc. |
| |
| ākūtīḥ | saṃ namantu me # AVP.7.18.2d. See ākūtiṃ etc. |
| |
| ā | ganta pitaro manojavāḥ # Mś.1.1.2.12. See āyantu pitaro, eta pitaro, and paretana pitaraḥ. |
| |
| ācāmata | mama pratatāmahās tatāmahās tatāḥ sapatnīkās tṛpyantv ācāmantu # Kauś.88.24. |
| |
| ācāma | pitar asau ye ca tvātrānu te cācāmantu # JG.2.2. |
| |
| ā | cyāvayantu sakhyāya vipram # AVś.3.3.2b; AVP.2.74.2b. |
| |
| āchyantu | vi ca śāsatu # VS.23.42b. See chyantu vi. |
| |
| ājyasya | kūlyā upa tān kṣarantu # HG.2.11.1c. Cf. medasaḥ kulyā, and ghṛtasya kulyā. |
| |
| āñjanena | sarpiṣā saṃ viśantu (AVś. spṛśantām; TA. mṛśantām) # RV.10.18.7b; AVś.12.2.31b; 18.3.57b; TA.6.10.2b. |
| |
| ā | tat te dasra mantumaḥ # RV.1.42.5a. |
| |
| ā | tantum agnir divyaṃ tatāna # MS.2.13.22d: 167.15; KS.40.12d; TB.2.4.2.6d; Apś.9.8.6d. |
| |
| ā | te stotrāṇy udyatāni yantu # AVś.5.11.9a. See prec. |
| |
| ā | tvādya viśve vasavaḥ sadantu # RV.10.142.6d. |
| |
| ā | tvā mantrāḥ kaviśastā vahantu # RV.10.14.4c; AVś.18.1.60c; TS.2.6.12.6c; MS.4.14.16c: 243.3. Cf. stutā mantrāḥ. |
| |
| ā | tvā yachantu me giraḥ # RV.8.32.23b. |
| |
| ā | tvā yachantu harito na sūryam # RV.1.130.2f. |
| |
| ā | tvā vasavo rudrā ādityāḥ sadantu # VS.2.5; śB.1.3.4.12. P: ā tvā vasavaḥ Kś.2.8.11. Cf. vasūnāṃ rudrāṇām ādityānāṃ sadasi (and ... sado). |
| |
| ā | tvā vasūni purudhā viśantu # TB.2.5.8.12b; Apś.7.6.7b. |
| |
| ā | tvā vahantu suyamāso aśvāḥ # RV.3.61.2c. |
| |
| ā | tvā vahantu harayaḥ # RV.1.16.1a; AB.4.3.1; 6.9.1; Aś.6.2.3; śś.7.4.1; 9.5.4; 11.7.4. P: ā tvā vahantu Aś.5.5.14. |
| |
| ā | tvā vahantu harayaḥ sucetasaḥ (HG.ApMB. sacetasaḥ) # MS.2.9.1a: 119.3; HG.2.8.2a; ApMB.2.18.10a (ApG.7.20.1). P: ā tvā vahantu Mś.11.7.1.14. |
| |
| ā | tvā vahantu harayo vahiṣṭhāḥ # RV.6.40.3b. |
| |
| ā | tvā viśantu kavir na # Aś.6.3.1a. See next. |
| |
| ā | tvā viśantu sutāsa indra # AVś.2.5.4a; AVP.2.7.2ab. See prec. |
| |
| ā | tvā viśantu harivarpasaṃ giraḥ # RV.10.96.1d; AVś.20.30.1d. |
| |
| ā | tvā viśantv indavaḥ # RV.1.15.1b; 8.92.22a; SV.1.197a; 2.1010a; VS.8.42b; TS.7.1.6.6c; JB.2.251b (dividing differently); śB.4.5.8.6; Mś.9.4.1.27b; śś.9.19.3; 18.7.12; Svidh.3.1.5; N.6.24. P: ā tvā viśantu Lś.1.6.31. Cf. ā mā viśantv. |
| |
| ā | tvā suśipra harayo vahantu # RV.1.101.10c. |
| |
| ādityā | mā viśve avantu devāḥ # ā.5.1.1.12a. |
| |
| ādityā | mā svaravo vardhayantu # AVś.18.3.12b. |
| |
| ādityā | rudrā vasava undantu sacetasaḥ # AVś.6.68.1c. Cf. āpa undantu jīvase. |
| |
| ādityāsaḥ | sadantu naḥ # RV.8.27.6d. |
| |
| ādityāso | sadantu naḥ # RV.8.27.6d. Error for ādityāsaḥ etc. (Aufrecht's edition). |
| |
| ādityās | tad aṅgirasaś cinvantu # TB.3.11.6.1c. See viśve devā aṅgirasaś. |
| |
| ādityās | te citim āpūrayantu # KS.40.5d; Apś.16.34.4d. See viśve te devāś citim. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā kṛṇvantu (KS. kurvantu) jāgatena chandasāṅgirasvat (MS. -vad ukhe) # VS.11.58; TS.4.1.5.4; MS.2.7.6: 80.17; KS.16.5; śB.6.5.2.5. P: ādityās tvā Kś.16.3.28; Mś.6.1.2.8. |
| |
| ādityās | tvāchṛndantu jāgatena chandasāṅgirasvat (MS. -vad ukhe) # VS.11.65; TS.4.1.6.3; MS.2.7.6: 82.4; KS.16.6; śB.6.5.4.17. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā jāgatena chandasā (sc. nirvapantu) # Kauś.68.2. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā jāgatena chandasā punantu (JB. tvā punantu jāgatena chandasā suprajāvaniṃ rāyas poṣavanim) # PB.6.6.7; JB.1.73. P: ādityās tvā Lś.1.10.17. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā jāgatena chandasā bhakṣayantu # AG.1.24.17. Cf. ādityās tvā varuṇa-. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā jāgatena chandasārohantu # ā.5.1.4.14; śś.17.16.3; Lś.3.12.8. See next. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā jāgatena chandasā saptadaśena stomena vairūpeṇa sāmnārohantu # AB.8.12.4. See prec. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā jāgatena chandasā saṃmṛjantu # PB.1.2.7. See ādityās tvā saṃmṛjantu. |
| |
| ādityās | tvāñjantu jāgatena chandasā # VS.23.8; TS.7.4.20.1; MS.3.12.19: 165.14; KSA.4.9; śB.13.2.6.6; TB.3.9.4.7. Ps: ādityās tvāñjantu Mś.9.2.3.23; ādityāḥ Apś.20.15.12. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā dhūpayantu jāgatena chandasāṅgirasvat (MS. dhūpayantv aṅgirasvat) # VS.11.60; TS.4.1.6.1; MS.2.7.6: 81.7; KS.16.5; śB.6.5.3.10. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā parigṛhṇantu jāgatena chandasā (KS. chandasāṅgirasvat) # TS.1.1.9.3; MS.1.1.10: 6.6; KS.1.9. Ps: ādityās tvā parigṛhṇantu jāgatena chandasā KS.25.5; ādityās tvā Mś.1.2.4.15; ādityāḥ Apś.2.2.3. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā paścād abhiṣiñcantu jāgatena chandasā # TB.2.7.15.5. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā punantu # see ādityās tvā jāgatena chandasā pu-. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā prabṛhantu jāgatena chandasā # TS.3.3.3.1. Cf. ādityebhyas tvā pra-. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā prohantu jāgatena chandasā # JB.1.78. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā varuṇarājāno bhakṣayantu # śś.4.21.10. Cf. ādityās tvā jāgatena chandasā bha-. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā viśvair devaiḥ paścāt (Mś. purastāt) pāntu # TS.5.5.9.4; Mś.6.2.4.1. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā (sc. saṃmṛjantu) # Mś.2.3.4.20. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā saṃmṛjantu jāgatena chandasā # JB.1.81. See ādityās tvā jāgatena chandasā saṃmṛjantu. |
| |
| ādityās | tvā harantu jāgatena chandasā # MS.1.2.8: 17.14. |
| |
| ādityās | tvocchrayantu # KS.35.7. |
| |
| ā | devā yantu sumanasyamānāḥ # MS.1.4.1d: 47.5; 1.7.1d: 109.6; KS.4.14c; 31.15; 34.19d. See ā yantu devāḥ. |
| |
| ā | dyāṃ rohanti rodasī (AVP. rohantu rādhasaḥ) # AVś.4.14.4b; AVP.3.38.4b; VS.17.68b; TS.4.6.5.2b; MS.2.10.6b: 138.8; KS.18.4b; śB.9.2.3.27b; N.13.8b. |
| |
| ā | naḥ kāmaṃ pūpurantu stavānāḥ # RV.7.62.3d. |
| |
| ā | naḥ putrā aditer yāntu yajñam # TB.2.8.2.1a. |
| |
| ānandinīr | oṣadhayo bhavantu # AVś.4.15.16d; AVP.5.7.14d. |
| |
| ā | naḥ śagmāsa upa yantu vājāḥ # RV.10.31.5d. |
| |
| ā | nas te gantu matsaraḥ # RV.1.175.2a; SV.2.783a; śś.18.18.4. |
| |
| ā | no drapsā madhumanto viśantu # RV.10.98.4a. |
| |
| ā | no bhadrāḥ kratavo yantu viśvataḥ # RV.1.89.1a; VS.25.14a; KS.26.11a; KB.20.4; ā.1.5.3.9; Aś.5.18.5. P: ā no bhadrāḥ śś.8.3.16; 10.13.18; 11.15.9; 15.3.1; 18.22.8; VHDh.8.10. Cf. BṛhD.3.122. Designated as ā-no-bhadrīya (sc. sūkta) Rvidh.1.20.5. |
| |
| ā | no viśva (MS. viśvā) āskrā (TB. viśve askrā) gamantu (MS. gamanta) devāḥ # RV.1.186.2a; MS.4.14.11a: 232.2; TB.2.8.6.3a; Aś.3.7.10. |
| |
| āpa | undantu jīvase # TS.1.2.1.1a; KS.2.1; śG.1.28.9a; SMB.1.6.3; GG.2.9.12; ApMB.2.1.2a (ApG.4.10.5); HG.1.9.12; 2.6.6; MG.1.21.3b; JG.1.11,11a; VārG.4.8b. Ps: āpā undantu Apś.10.5.8; āpaḥ KhG.2.3.22. Designated as yajuṣpavitra ApDh.1.1.2.2. See next, and cf. ādityā rudrā vasava undantu. |
| |
| āpa | undantu varcasā (AG. varcase) # AVś.6.68.2b; AG.1.17.7b. See prec. |
| |
| āpa | oṣadhīḥ pra tirantu no giraḥ # RV.10.66.10c. |
| |
| āpa | oṣadhīr uta no 'vantu # RV.5.41.11c. |
| |
| āpaḥ | punantu pṛthivīm # TA.10.23.1a; MahānU.14.2a; PrāṇāgU.1a; BDh.2.5.8.10a. |
| |
| āpaḥ | punantu varuṇaḥ punātu # AVP.9.3.1a. |
| |
| āpaś | ca tvauṣadhayaś ca śrīṇantu # KS.35.11. |
| |
| āpaś | carum ava sarpantu śubhrāḥ # AVś.11.1.17b. |
| |
| āpaḥ | śundhantu mām imāḥ # AVP.7.3.9d. |
| |
| āpaḥ | śundhantu mainasaḥ # VS.20.20d; KS.38.5d; śB.12.9.2.7d; TB.2.6.6.4d. See viśve muñcantu etc., and viśve śumbhantu etc. |
| |
| āpas | tad ghnantu te sadā (YDh. ghnantu sarvadā) # MG.2.14.26d; YDh.1.282d. |
| |
| āpaḥ | sṛjantu snigdhāni # RVKh.5.87.12a. |
| |
| āpo | asmān praviśantu # KA.1.72a; 2.72. |
| |
| āpo | asmān (MS. mā) mātaraḥ śundhayantu (AVś.AVPṃS.KS. sūdayantu; TS.Apś. śundhantu) # RV.10.17.10a; AVś.6.51.2a; AVP.6.3.4a; VS.4.2a; TS.1.2.1.1a; KS.2.1a; MS.1.2.1a: 10.1; 3.6.2: 61.7; śB.3.1.2.11; Aś.6.13.11; 8.12.6; Apś.10.6.1. P: āpo asmān śś.4.15.4; Kś.7.2.15; VHDh.8.12,23. |
| |
| āpo | devīr ubhayāṃs tarpayantu # AVś.18.4.39d; HG.2.12.10d; ApMB.2.20.24d. |
| |
| āpo | devīr yajñiyā māviśantu # TS.7.3.13.1c; KSA.3.3c. |
| |
| āpo | devīḥ svadantu (VSK. sadantu) svāttaṃ cit sad devahaviḥ # VS.6.10; VSK.6.2.4; śB.3.7.4.6. P: āpo devīḥ Kś.6.3.32. See svāttaṃ sad, svāttaṃ havyaṃ, and svāttaṃ cit. |
| |
| āpo | nudantu (ApMBḥG. bādhantāṃ) nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # AVś.6.124.2d; ApMB.2.22.11d; HG.1.16.7d. |
| |
| āpo | bhavantu pītaye # RV.10.9.4b; AVś.1.6.1b; AVP.1.1.1b; VS.36.12b; KS.13.15b; 38.13b; TB.1.2.1.1b; 2.5.8.5b; TA.4.42.4b; KA.1.219Db; Apś.5.4.1b; Mś.6.1.5.22b; HG.1.5.7b; VārG.4.3b. See śaṃ no bhavantu pītaye. |
| |
| āpo | marīcīḥ pari pāntu sarvataḥ (MG. viśvataḥ) # PG.3.3.6a; MG.2.8.6a. See next. |
| |
| āpo | marīcīḥ pra vahantu no dhiyaḥ # AG.2.4.14a. See prec. |
| |
| āpo | mā tatra nayantu # AVś.19.43.7c. |
| |
| āpo | mā tasmāc chumbhantu # AVś.12.2.40c. |
| |
| āpo | mā śundhantu duṣkṛtāt # AVP.10.9.4a. |
| |
| āpo | (AVP. apo) mauṣadhīmatīr etasyā diśaḥ pāntu # AVś.19.17.6a; AVP.7.16.6. |
| |
| āpo | vidyutaḥ paripāntu sarvataḥ (MG. paripāntv āyuḥ) # AG.2.4.14d; MG.2.8.6d. See āpo viśvataḥ. |
| |
| āpo | viśvataḥ (vḷ. vidyutaḥ) paripāntu sarvataḥ # AG.1.2.11d (crit. notes). See āpo vidyutaḥ. |
| |
| ā | pyāyantāṃ punar ā yantu śūrpam # AVś.12.3.20d. Fragment: punar ā yantu śūrpam Kauś.61.28. |
| |
| ā | pyāyantu me 'ṅgāni # PG.3.16.1a. |
| |
| ā | pyāyayantu (N. -ti) bhuvanasya gopāḥ # AVś.7.81.6d; AVP.1.102.4d; TS.2.4.14.1d; MS.4.9.27d: 140.4; 4.12.2d: 181.8; KS.10.12d; śś.5.8.4d; N.5.11d, according to Durga (Roth's Erl"auterungen, p. 61). |
| |
| ā | māṃ prāṇā viśantu bhūyase sukṛtāya # JB.1.14. |
| |
| ā | mā yantu brahmacāriṇaḥ svāhā # TA.7.4.2; TU.1.4.2. |
| |
| ā | me gachantu pitaro bhāgadheyam # JG.2.1a. |
| |
| ā | me gṛhā bhavantv ā prajā me # TS.7.3.13.1a; KSA.3.3a. P: ā me gṛhā bhavantu TB.3.8.17.3; Apś.20.11.9. |
| |
| ā | me yantu # ViDh.73.12. Pratīka of some mantra (see SBE. vī. 234). Cf. ā yantu naḥ. |
| |
| ā | me rayiṃ bharaṇya ā vahantu # AVś.19.7.5d; Nakṣ.10.5d. |
| |
| ā | yantu devāḥ sumanasyamānāḥ # TS.1.5.10.3c. See ā devā yantu. |
| |
| āyantu | naḥ pitaraḥ somyāsaḥ # VS.19.58a. P: āyantu naḥ (Kś.15.10.18; cf. Mahīdh. at VS.19.49); PG.1.13 (crit. notes; see Speijer, Jātakarma, p. 19); YDh.1.233; AuśDh.5.38; BṛhPDh.5.197. Cf. ā me yantu. |
| |
| ā | yantu prabruvāṇā upedam # AVP.4.4.5d. See ta ā yantu etc. |
| |
| ā | yantu maruto gaṇaiḥ # AVP.6.17.10a. |
| |
| āyātu | yajñam upa no juṣāṇaḥ # VS.20.38d; MS.3.11.1d: 140.1; KS.38.6d; TB.2.6.8.2d. Cf. āyāntu. |
| |
| ārāc | carantu śapathā yutā itaḥ # AVP.7.8.6a. |
| |
| ārād | visṛṣṭā iṣavaḥ patantu rakṣasām (AVP. patantv asmat) # AVś.2.3.6c; AVP.1.3.4b. |
| |
| ā | rāyo yantu parvatasya rātau # RV.7.37.8b. |
| |
| ā | rohantu janayo yonim agre # RV.10.18.7d; AVś.12.2.31d; 18.3.57d; TA.6.10.2d. |
| |
| āvareṣv | adadhus tantum ātatam # RV.10.56.6d. |
| |
| ā | vāṃ vahantu sthavirāso aśvāḥ # RV.7.67.4c. |
| |
| ā | vāṃ vahiṣṭhā iha te vahantu # RV.4.14.4a. |
| |
| ā | vāṃ śyenāso aśvinā vahantu # RV.1.118.4a. |
| |
| ā | vām atyā api karṇe vahantu # RV.5.31.9b. |
| |
| ā | vām aśvāsaḥ suyujo vahantu # RV.5.62.4a. |
| |
| ā | viśantu patatriṇaḥ # AVP.7.8.10b. |
| |
| ā | vo yantūdavāhāso adya # RV.5.58.3a; MS.4.11.2a: 167.8; 4.14.11: 233.7; TB.2.5.5.3a. |
| |
| ā | vo vahantu saptayo raghuṣyadaḥ # RV.1.85.6a; AVś.20.13.2a; AB.6.12.9; GB.2.2.22; Aś.5.5.19. P: ā vo vahantu śś.8.2.8. |
| |
| ā | sīdatu barhiṣi mitro aryamā # SV.1.50c. See ā sīdantu. |
| |
| ā | sīdantu barhiṣi mitro (TB. mitro varuṇo) aryamā # RV.1.44.13c; VS.33.15c; TB.2.7.12.5c. See ā sīdatu etc. |
| |
| āsu | bhūmāny api pṛñcantu devāḥ # AVP.5.15.4c. |
| |
| āsyai | brāhmaṇāḥ snapanīr (ApMB. snapanaṃ) harantu # AVś.14.1.39a; ApMB.1.1.7b. P: āsyai brāhmaṇāḥ Kauś.75.17. |
| |
| āhutayo | me kāman samardhayantu # VS.20.12; KS.38.4; śB.12.8.3.30; TB.2.6.5.8. See prec. |
| |
| iḍo | (śś. ilo) agna (MS. agnā; Mś. 'gnā) ājyasya vyantu (TB. viyantu) # MS.4.10.3: 149.2; KS.20.15 (bis); TB.3.5.5.1; Aś.1.5.23; śś.1.7.4; Mś.5.1.2.6. P: iḍo agne śB.1.6.1.8. |
| |
| iḍo | agnināgna ājyasya vyantu # Aś.2.8.6. |
| |
| itaḥ | prahitāḥ savitar jayantu # AVP.15.11.3d. |
| |
| itas | tāḥ sarvā naśyantu # AVś.6.25.1c--3c; AVP.8.16.1c--3c. |
| |
| idaṃ | rāṣṭraṃ vardhayantu prajāvat # AVP.2.72.1d,2d. |
| |
| idaṃ | no havir abhi gṛṇantu viśve # AVś.18.1.52b. See imaṃ yajñam abhi gṛṇīta. |
| |
| indraṃ | vardhantu no giraḥ # RV.8.13.16a. P: indraṃ vardhantu śś.9.18.1. |
| |
| indraṃ | sāmrājyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # MS.1.11.4: 165.8; 3.4.3: 47.10. P: indraṃ sāmrājyāya Mś.6.2.5.31 (ūha of bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya in devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa ...). Cf. indrasya tvā sām-, and indrasya bṛhaspates. |
| |
| indra | kṛṇvantu vāghataḥ # RV.3.37.2c; AVś.20.19.2c. |
| |
| indraghoṣas | (KS. -ṣās) tvā vasubhiḥ (KS. vasavaḥ) purastāt pātu (KS. pāntu) # VS.5.11; TS.1.2.12.2; 6.2.7.4; KS.2.9; śB.3.5.2.4; Apś.7.5.1. P: indraghoṣaḥ Kś.5.4.11. See next two. |
| |
| indraghoṣās | tvā purastād vasubhiḥ pāntu # MS.1.2.8: 18.2; 3.8.5: 100.8; Mś.1.7.3.29. See prec. two. |
| |
| indrajyeṣṭhā | asmāṃ avantu devāḥ # RV.8.63.12d; VS.33.50d. |
| |
| indra | tvad yantu (Aś.śś. yanti) rātayaḥ # SV.1.453b,1120b; Aś.6.2.6d; śś.9.6.6b. |
| |
| indraṃ | te marutvantam ṛchantu, ye māghāyava etasyā diśo 'bhidāsān # AVś.19.18.8; AVP.7.17.8. |
| |
| indram | iva devā abhisaṃviśantu # VS.13.25d; 14.6d; TS.4.4.11.2d (bis); MS.2.8.12d (bis): 116.7,15; KS.17.10d (bis); śB.8.7.1.6d; TB.1.2.1.18d. |
| |
| indra | yuktāso harayo vahantu # RV.6.37.1b. |
| |
| indraḥ | śṛṇvantu maruto havaṃ vacaḥ # RV.10.37.6b. |
| |
| indras | taṃ hantu mahatā vadhena # RV.7.104.16c; AVś.5.31.12c; 8.4.16c. |
| |
| indras | tān hantu mahatā vadhena # AVP.2.15.5d. |
| |
| indras | tu sarvāṃs tān hantu # AVP.1.47.4c. |
| |
| indras | tvaṣṭā prati haryantu (AVP. gṛhṇantu) me vacaḥ # AVś.3.8.2b; AVP.1.18.2b. |
| |
| indrasya | yantu prasave visṛṣṭāḥ # RV.8.100.12d. |
| |
| indrasya | vajro apa hantu rakṣasaḥ # AVś.2.3.6b; AVP.1.3.4a. |
| |
| indrāviṣṇū | sadhamādo vahantu # RV.6.69.4b. |
| |
| indreṣitā | devā ājyam (TB. indreṣitā ājyam) asya mathnantu # AVś.7.70.2c; TB.2.4.2.2c. |
| |
| indre | santu tuvivājāḥ # RV.1.30.13b; AVś.20.122.1b; SV.1.153b; 2.434b; TS.1.7.13.5b; 2.2.12.8b; 4.14.4b; MS.4.12.4b: 189.5; KS.8.17b. |
| |
| indro | vajreṇa hantu tam # AVś.4.3.5d. |
| |
| indro | hantu varaṃ-varam # RVKh.10.103.2d; AVś.6.67.2d; 11.9.20b; SV.2.1221d. |
| |
| imaṃ | yajñaṃ viśve avantu devāḥ # KS.35.3d; TB.2.5.5.1d; Apś.9.17.1d. |
| |
| imaṃ | yajñaṃ saptatantuṃ tataṃ naḥ # MS.1.7.1c: 109.6; KS.34.19c. |
| |
| imaṃ | yajñam avantu no ghṛtācīḥ (MS.KS. avatu yā ghṛtācī; Aś. avatu no ghṛtācī) # TS.4.4.12.4d; MS.3.16.4b: 189.2; KS.22.14d,14b; Aś.4.12.2d. See prec. but one. |
| |
| imaṃ | homam avantu me # AVP.15.22.1d. |
| |
| imaṃ | goṣṭhaṃ paśavaḥ saṃ sravantu # AVś.2.26.2a; AVP.2.12.2a. |
| |
| imaṃ | tapiṣṭhā ṛtubhis tapantu # AVś.11.1.16d. |
| |
| imā | āpaḥ śam u me santu devīḥ # VS.4.1; śB.3.1.2.6. P: imā āpaḥ Kś.7.2.9. |
| |
| imā | u mām upa tiṣṭhantu rāyaḥ # TB.1.2.1.21a; Apś.5.14.5a. |
| |
| imā | diśo (AVP. viśo) abhi harantu te balim # AVś.19.45.4d; AVP.15.4.4d. |
| |
| imāṃ | nārīṃ prajayā vardhayantu # AVś.14.1.54d. |
| |
| imā | bhavantu viśvataḥ # RV.1.10.12b; VS.5.29b; TS.1.3.1.2b; MS.1.2.11b: 21.4; KS.2.12b; śB.3.6.1.24b; ApMB.1.2.6b. |
| |
| imā | muñcantu tvauṣadhīḥ # AVś.10.1.11d. |
| |
| imā | me agna (MSṃś. agnā) iṣṭakā dhenavaḥ santu # VS.17.2; VSK.18.2; TS.4.4.11.3,4; 5.4.2.4; MS.2.8.14 (bis): 118.14,16; 3.3.4: 36.2; KS.17.10; 21.6; śB.9.1.2.16; Apś.17.11.2; Mś.6.2.4.2. P: imā me Kś.18.2.9. Cf. etā me etc. |
| |
| imā | vardhantu vāṃ giraḥ # TS.4.7.1.1b; 5.7.3.2b; MS.4.10.1b: 142.3; TB.3.11.3.1b; Aś.2.8.3b. |
| |
| imā | viśo abhi harantu te balim # see imā diśo etc. |
| |
| imās | tapantu tvauṣadhīḥ # AVP.9.28.1a. |
| |
| ime | jayantu parāmī jayantām # AVś.8.8.24. |
| |
| ime | rājāna iṣubhir ghnantu śatrūn # AVP.10.4.2a. |
| |
| irajyann | agne prathayasva jantubhiḥ # RV.10.140.4a; SV.2.1169a; VS.12.109a; TS.4.2.7.2a; MS.2.7.14a: 95.16; KS.16.14a; śB.7.3.1.32. |
| |
| iṣavo | ghnantu marmaṇi # AVś.8.8.20d. |
| |
| iha | gāvo niṣīdantu # PG.1.8.10a; HG.1.22.9a; JG.1.22a. See prec. |
| |
| ihā | yantu pracetasaḥ # AVś.8.7.7a. |
| |
| ihemāḥ | santu bhūyasīḥ # SMB.1.8.2d. See tā iha santu. |
| |
| iheme | vīrā bahavo bhavantu # AVś.12.2.21d; 18.3.61c. |
| |
| ihaiva | rātayaḥ santu (MS. santi saṃ yajurbhiḥ) # VS.38.13; MS.4.9.9: 129.4; śB.14.2.2.26; TA.4.7.5; śś.8.15.13; Lś.5.7.5. Treated metrically in most of the texts. |
| |
| ukṣantūdnā | (AVP. ukṣantūdhnā) maruto ghṛtena # AVś.3.12.4c (thus correctly some mss.; the vulgate uchantūnnā etc., q.v.); AVP.3.20.4c; 7.6.6c. See uchantūnnā etc. |
| |
| ugram | eṣāṃ cittaṃ viśve 'vantu devāḥ # AVP.3.19.5d. See eṣāṃ cittaṃ etc. |
| |
| ugrā | vaḥ santu bāhavaḥ # RV.10.103.13c; AVś.3.19.7b; AVP.1.56.1b; SV.2.1212c; VS.17.46c. See sthirā vaḥ etc. |
| |
| uchantīr | mām uṣasaḥ sūdayantu # RV.4.39.1c. |
| |
| uchantūnnā | maruto ghṛtena # AVś.3.12.4c. So vulgate for ukṣantūdnā, q.v. |
| |
| uta | gnā vyantu (TB. viyantu) devapatnīḥ # RV.5.46.8a; AVś.7.49.2a; MS.4.13.10a: 213.10; TB.3.5.12.1a; N.12.46a. P: uta gnā vyantu śś.1.15.4. |
| |
| uta | bruvantu jantavaḥ # RV.1.74.3a; SV.2.732a; TS.3.5.11.4a; MS.4.10.3a: 148.5; KS.8.16a; 15.12; AB.1.16.13; KB.8.1; Aś.2.16.7; 18.15; śś.3.13.17. |
| |
| uta | bruvantu no nidaḥ # RV.1.4.5a; AVś.20.68.5a. |
| |
| uta | medhaṃ śṛtapākaṃ pacantu # RV.1.162.10d; VS.25.33d; TS.4.6.8.4d; MS.3.16.1d: 182.13; KSA.6.4d. |
| |
| uta | śroṣantu no bhuvaḥ # SV.1.172c. |
| |
| uta | stutāso maruto vyantu # RV.7.57.6a. |
| |
| ut | kasantu hṛdayāni # AVś.11.9.21a. |
| |
| uttame | devā jyotiṣi dhārayantu # AVP.1.19.1d. See uttarasmiṃ jyotiṣi etc. |
| |
| uttarasmiṃ | jyotiṣi dhārayantu # AVś.1.9.1d. See uttame devā jyotiṣi etc. |
| |
| ut | tvādityā vasavo bharantu # AVś.8.1.16c. |
| |
| ut | tvā (SV.PBṣvidh. u tvā) mandantu somāḥ # RV.8.64.1a; AVś.20.93.1a; SV.1.194a; 2.704a; PB.15.8.3; śś.18.13.6; Vait.33.23; 39.5; Rvidh.2.34.1; Svidh.3.6.6. |
| |
| ut | tvā vahantu marutaḥ # AVś.18.2.22a. P: ut tvā vahantu Kauś.81.29. |
| |
| ut | sṛjāmahe 'dhyāyān pratiśvasantu chandāṃsi # MG.1.4.9. See pratiśvasantu chandāṃsy utsṛjāmahe 'dhyāyān. |
| |
| udāyan | raśmibhir hantu # AVP.5.3.1c. Cf. nimrocan hantu raśmibhiḥ. |
| |
| ud | gāvo yantu minatīr (read mimatīr ?) ṛtena # RV.10.108.11b. |
| |
| udyann | ādityaḥ krimīn hantu (AVP. adds sūryaḥ, probably as a gloss) # AVś.2.32.1a; AVP.2.14.1a. P: udyann ādityaḥ Kauś.27.21. See next but one, and cf. next. |
| |
| udyann | ādityo ghuṇān hantu # AVP.4.16.1a. See prec. but one, and cf. prec. |
| |
| ud | rathānāṃ jayatāṃ yantu ghoṣāḥ (TS. jayatām etu ghoṣaḥ) # RV.10.103.10d; SV.2.1208d; VS.17.42d; TS.4.6.4.4d. Cf. ud vīrāṇāṃ. |
| |
| ud | va ūrmiḥ śamyā hantu # RV.3.33.13a; AVś.14.2.16a. P: ud va ūrmiḥ śG.1.15.20; Kauś.77.15; Rvidh.2.2.4. |
| |
| upatiṣṭhantu | chandāṃsy upākurmahe 'dhyāyān # VārG.8.4. See upākurmahe 'dhyāyān upatiṣṭhantu chandāṃsi. |
| |
| upa | tiṣṭhantu rājānaḥ # AVP.2.55.2b. |
| |
| upa | tvā tiṣṭhantu puṣkariṇīḥ samantāḥ # AVś.4.34.5e--7e. See upa mā tiṣṭhantu. |
| |
| upa | no devā avasā gamantu # RV.1.107.2a. |
| |
| upa | pra yantu (TB. yanti) naro agnirūpāḥ # AVś.4.31.1d; AVP.4.12.1d; TB.2.4.1.10d. See abhi pra yantu. |
| |
| upa | pra yantu marutaḥ sudānavaḥ (Mś. -vāḥ, with prolation) # RV.1.40.1c; VS.34.56c; MS.4.9.1c: 120.8; 4.12.1c: 178.12; KS.10.13c; TA.4.2.2c; KA.1.4c; 2.4; Mś.5.1.9.23c. |
| |
| upa | mā tiṣṭhantu puṣkariṇīḥ samaktāḥ # AVP.6.22.8d. See upa tvā tiṣṭhantu. |
| |
| upa | māyantu devatāḥ # VārG.15.3a. See prati māyantu devatāḥ. |
| |
| upa | mā yantu majjayas (read matayas ?) sanīḍāḥ # Kś.13.2.19a. |
| |
| upa | yantu māṃ devagaṇāḥ # MG.2.13.6a. See upaitu. |
| |
| upākurmahe | 'dhyāyān upatiṣṭhantu chandāṃsi # MG.1.4.5. See upatiṣṭhantu chandāṃsy upākurmahe 'dhyāyān. |
| |
| upaitu | māṃ devasakhaḥ # RVKh.5.87.7a; Rvidh.2.18.4. See upa yantu. |
| |
| ubhayīs | tāḥ parā yantu parāvataḥ # AVś.8.5.9e. |
| |
| uṣarbudho | vahantu somapītaye # RV.1.92.18c; SV.2.1085c. |
| |
| usrāś | cākantūbhayeṣv asme # RV.1.122.14d. |
| |
| ūrjaṃ | ye hy uttara ā vahantu # AVś.19.7.4b. |
| |
| ūrjasvanto | haviṣaḥ santu bhāgāḥ # RV.10.51.9b; N.8.22b. |
| |
| ūrdhvā | naḥ santu komyā vanāni # RV.1.171.3c. |
| |
| ūrdhvāni | te lomāni tiṣṭhantu # AVP.2.33.3a. |
| |
| ṛtaṃ | satyam anu carantu homāḥ # AVP.7.6.2d. |
| |
| ṛtavas | te yajñaṃ vitanvantu # VS.26.14a. |
| |
| ṛtavas | tvā pacantu # TA.4.26.1. |
| |
| ṛtasya | tantuṃ vitataṃ vivṛtya (VS. vicṛtya; AVś.AVP. dṛśe kam) # AVś.2.1.5b; AVP.2.6.5b; VS.32.12c; TA.10.1.4c; MahānU.2.6c. |
| |
| ṛtasya | tantuṃ manasā mimānaḥ # AVś.13.3.19c. |
| |
| ṛtasya | tantur vitataḥ pavitra ā # RV.9.73.9a. P: ṛtasya tantur vitataḥ VHDh.8.35. |
| |
| ṛtasya | naḥ patayo mṛḍayantu # RV.4.57.2d; TS.1.1.14.3d; KS.4.15d; 30.4d; Mś.7.2.6.7d; ApMB.2.18.48d; N.10.16d. |
| |
| ṛṣabhā | janayanti ca (AVP. omits ca; ApMB.1.13.3b, -yanti naḥ; ApMB.1.13.2d, -yantu nau; HG. yantu naḥ) # AVś.3.23.4b; AVP.3.14.4b; ApMB.1.13.2d,3b; HG.1.25.1b. See puruṣā etc. |
| |
| ṛṣayaḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # AG.3.4.1; śG.4.9.3. See ṛṣīṃs tarpayāmi. |
| |
| ṛṣayas | tvā prathamajā deveṣu divo mātrayā variṇā (VS. varimṇā) prathantu # VS.15.10--14 (omitted in VSK.16.29); MS.2.8.9 (quinq.): 113.7,12,17; 114.4,10; KS.17.8 (quinq.). P: ṛṣayas tvā prathamajā deveṣu śB.8.6.1.5--9. See under antarikṣāyarṣayas. |
| |
| ṛṣīṃs | tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.14. See ṛṣayaḥ (sc. tṛpyantu). |
| |
| ekavratā | mām abhisaṃviśantu # MS.2.13.22d: 168.3; KS.40.12d; Apś.17.13.2d. |
| |
| etāṃ | sthūṇāṃ pitaro dhārayantu (AVś. dhārayanti) te # RV.10.18.13c; AVś.18.3.52c; TA.6.7.1c. |
| |
| etās | tvā kulyā upa yantu viśvataḥ (AVP.6.22.7c, viśvahāḥ [!]) # AVP.6.22.6c,7c. See next but one. |
| |
| etās | tvājopa yantu dhārāḥ # AVś.9.5.15a. |
| |
| etās | tvā dhārā upa yantu sarvāḥ # AVś.4.34.5e,6c,7c. See prec. but one. |
| |
| ete | me devāḥ prīyantāṃ prītā māṃ prīṇayantu tṛptā māṃ tarpayantu # MG.2.14.29. |
| |
| ebhir | no vāṇa tantubhiḥ # Lś.4.1.6a. |
| |
| em | asmatrā sadhamādo vahantu # RV.10.44.3d; AVś.20.94.3d. |
| |
| em | enad adya vasavo rudrā ādityāḥ svadantu (KSṭB. sadantu) # MS.4.13.2: 200.9; KS.15.13; TB.3.6.2.1. |
| |
| evaṃ | mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1--2 (decies). See evā mahyaṃ. |
| |
| evā | mahyaṃ saṃnamaḥ saṃ namantu # AVś.4.39.1c,3c,5c,7c; AVP.5.35.1c--11c. See evaṃ mahyaṃ. |
| |
| evaivāpāg | apare santu dūḍhyaḥ # RV.10.44.7a; AVś.20.94.7a. |
| |
| eṣa | rārantu te hṛdi # RV.3.42.8c; AVś.20.24.8c. |
| |
| eṣāṃ | cittaṃ viśve 'vantu devāḥ # AVś.3.19.5d. See ugram eṣāṃ etc. |
| |
| eha | yantu paśavo ye pareyuḥ # AVś.2.26.1a; AVP.2.12.1a. P: eha yantu paśavaḥ Kauś.19.14. |
| |
| eha | śrīś ca hrīś ca dhṛtiś ca tapo medhā pratiṣṭhā śraddhā satyaṃ dharmaś caitāni mottiṣṭhantam anūttiṣṭhantu # TA.4.42.5. |
| |
| eha | svarājo aśvinā vahantu # RV.1.181.2d. |
| |
| aindrīṃ | vācaṃ bṛhatīṃ viśvarūpām # JB.2.45,418; Lś.4.1.5. In JB. part of sugantuḥ karma. |
| |
| oṃ | tapaś ca tejaś ca satyaṃ cātmā ca dhṛtiś ca dharmaś ca sattvaṃ ca tyāgaś ca brahmā ca brahma ca tāni prapadye tāni mām avantu # JG.1.2. See tapaś ca tejaś ca. |
| |
| oṣadhīr | dāntu parvan # part of ahiṃsanta oṣadhīr, q.v. |
| |
| oṣadhīs | te lomāni siṣacantu yātudhāna svāhā # AVP.2.83.2. |
| |
| oṣadhīḥ | santu śaṃ hṛde # AVś.8.7.17d. |
| |
| kaṇvā | adantu nir ito vadhena # AVP.1.86.1d. |
| |
| karma | kṛṇvantu (Mś. -to) mānuṣāḥ # AVś.6.23.3b; Mś.1.2.4.18b. |
| |
| kaveś | cit tantuṃ manasā viyantaḥ # RV.10.5.3d. |
| |
| kāmadughā | bhavantu # AVś.18.4.33b. |
| |
| kāmān | sam ardhayantu naḥ # RVKh.9.67.2c; SV.2.651c; TB.1.4.8.5c. |
| |
| kiṃ | vasānā maruto varṣayantu # AVP.13.7.1d. |
| |
| kule | 'smākaṃ sa jantuḥ syāt # ViDh.85.65a. |
| |
| kṛtyā | yantu kṛtyākṛtam # AVP.2.38.5a. |
| |
| kṛtyāḥ | santu kṛtyākṛte # AVś.5.14.5a. |
| |
| ketaḥ | saketaḥ suketas (MS. ketaḥ suketaḥ saketas; KS. ketas suketas saketas) te na ādityā ājyaṃ (MS. haviṣo) juṣāṇā (KS. ādityā juṣāṇā asya haviṣo) viyantu (MS.KS. vyantu svāhā) # TS.1.5.3.3; MS.1.7.1: 110.4; 1.7.5: 114.7; KS.8.14; 9.3. |
| |
| kṣapa | usrā varivasyantu devāḥ (AVP. śubhrāḥ) # RV.6.52.15d; AVP.6.3.5d; KS.13.15d. |
| |
| kṣayaṃ | suvīraṃ dhanvantu somāḥ # RV.9.97.26b. |
| |
| kṣudrasūktamahāsūktāḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # śG.4.10.3; kṣudrasūktā mahāsūktāḥ (sc. tṛpyantu) AG.3.4.2. |
| |
| kṣetrauṣadhivanaspatigandharvāpsarasaḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # AG.3.4.1; śG.4.9.3. |
| |
| khale | gṛhe 'dhvani gopāyantu # PG.2.17.16c. |
| |
| gaṇās | tvopa gāyantu mārutāḥ (AVś. puts mārutāḥ with the following pāda) # AVś.4.15.4a; AVP.5.7.5a. |
| |
| gato | nādhvā vi tirāti jantum # RV.7.58.3c. |
| |
| gavāṃ | śleṣmāsi gāvo mayi śliṣyantu # SMB.1.8.3. Ps: gavāṃ śleṣmāsi GG.3.6.3; gavām KhG.3.1.47. |
| |
| gātrāṇi | devā abhisaṃviśantu # MS.2.5.6c: 55.11; KS.13.2c. |
| |
| gāyatam | # ApG.6.14.4. Cf. pra vadantu, vāṇaśabdaṃ, and vīṇā vadantu. |
| |
| gāvaḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # AG.3.4.1. |
| |
| gāvaḥ | santu prajāḥ santu # AVś.9.4.20a. |
| |
| girayaḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # AG.3.4.1; śG.4.9.3. |
| |
| giro | yantu darśatam # RV.8.71.10b; SV.2.904b. |
| |
| giro | vardhantu yā mama # RV.8.3.3b; AVś.20.104.1b; SV.1.250b; 2.957b; VS.33.81b. |
| |
| giro | vardhantu viśvahā # RV.8.44.22b. |
| |
| gṛhā | naḥ santu sarvadā (PG. sarvataḥ) # AVP.3.26.6d; Apś.6.27.3d; PG.3.4.18d; HG.1.29.1d. |
| |
| gobrāhmaṇaṃ | sthāvarajaṅgamāni sarvabhūtāni tṛpyantu # śG.4.9.3. |
| |
| gnās | tvā devīr viśvadevyāvatīḥ (MS. -devyavatīḥ) pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat pacantūkhe (TS. aṅgirasvac chrapayantūkhe; MS. aṅgirasvañ śrapayantūkhe) # VS.11.61; TS.4.1.6.2; MS.2.7.6: 81.12; 3.1.8: 10.6; KS.16.6; śB.6.5.4.7. P: gnās tvā TS.5.1.7.2; KS.19.7. |
| |
| grāvāṇo | ghnantu rakṣasa upabdaiḥ # RV.7.104.17d; AVś.8.4.17d. |
| |
| gharmaṃ | śrīṇantu prathamāya dhāsyave (Aś.śś. śrīṇanti prathamasya dhāseḥ; AVP. śrīṇanti prathamasya dhāsyoḥ) # AVś.4.1.2d; AVP.5.2.1d; Aś.4.6.3d; śś.5.9.6d. |
| |
| ghāsād | ghāsaṃ punar ā veśayantu # AVś.18.2.26d. |
| |
| ghuṇā | adantu mā yavam # AVP.5.20.8d. |
| |
| ghuṇān | avaghnatī hantu # AVP.4.16.3c. See atho avaghnatī. |
| |
| ghuṇān | hantu parāyatī # AVP.4.16.3b. See atho hanti parāyatī. |
| |
| ghṛtaṃ | te devīr naptya ā vahantu # AVś.7.82.6c. |
| |
| ghṛtapruṣas | tvā sarito vahanti (Aś. tvā harito vahantu) # TB.1.2.1.11c; Aś.5.19.3c; Apś.5.6.3c; 14.17.1c. See ghṛtapruṣo haritas. |
| |
| ghṛtapruṣo | haritas tvāvahantu # KS.35.1c. See ghṛtapruṣas tvā. |
| |
| ghṛtācīr | yantu haryata # RV.8.44.5b; SV.2.892b; VS.3.4b; MS.1.6.1b: 85.1; KS.7.12b; TB.1.2.1.10b; Apś.5.6.3b. |
| |
| ghṛtena | no (MS.KS. mā) ghṛtapvaḥ (AVP. -pavaḥ; TS. -puvaḥ) punantu # RV.10.17.10b; AVś.6.51.2b; AVP.6.3.4b; VS.4.2b; TS.1.2.1.1b; MS.1.2.1b: 10.1; 3.6.2: 61.8; KS.2.1b; śB.3.1.2.11. |
| |
| chāyā | yantum ivānv ayat # AVP.4.20.7f. |
| |
| chyantu | vi ca śāsatu # TS.5.2.12.1b; KSA.10.6b. See ā chyantu. |
| |
| janayas | tvāchinnapatrā devīr viśvadevyāvatīḥ (MS. -devyavatīḥ) pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat pacantūkhe # VS.11.61; MS.2.7.6: 81.14; 3.1.8: 10.10; KS.16.6; śB.6.5.4.8. P: janayas tvāchinnapatrāḥ KS.19.7. See varūtrayo janayas. |
| |
| jayantaṃ | tvānu devā madantu (TS. tvām anu madantu devāḥ) # RV.6.75.18d; AVś.7.118.1d; SV.2.1220d; VS.17.49d; TS.4.6.4.5d. |
| |
| jayantīnāṃ | maruto yantv agram (AVś.AVPṃS.KS. yantu madhye; TS. yantv agre) # RV.10.103.8d; AVś.19.13.9d; AVP.7.4.9d; SV.2.1206d; VS.17.40d; TS.4.6.4.3d; MS.2.10.4d: 136.7; KS.18.5d. |
| |
| jayantīr | yantu senayā # AVś.11.9.19d. |
| |
| jayāti | śatrum āyantam # TB.2.4.7.3c. Cf. sa hantu śatrūn āyataḥ. |
| |
| jarase | tvām ṛṣayaḥ saṃ vyayantu # AVP.15.6.8c. |
| |
| jarase | mā jaradaṣṭiṃ vardhantu # AVś.18.3.10d. |
| |
| jānanti-bāhavi-gārgya-gautama-śākalya-bābhravya-māṇḍavya-māṇḍūkeyāḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # AG.3.4.4. Cf. śG.4.10.3. |
| |
| jāyāḥ | putrāḥ sumanaso bhavantu # AVś.3.4.3c; AVP.3.1.3c. |
| |
| jiṣṇave | yogāya viśvāni mā bhūtāny upa tiṣṭhantu # AVś.10.5.6. |
| |
| jihvā | u ditā arasāḥ santu sarve # AVP.7.8.6b. |
| |
| juṣāṇāni | mahāṃsi savanāny ājyasya vyantu svāhā # śś.6.3.8. |
| |
| juṣṭāni | santu manase hṛde ca # RV.1.73.10b; MS.4.14.15b: 241.13. |
| |
| juṣṭā | bhavantu juṣṭayaḥ # RV.1.10.12d; VS.5.29d; TS.1.3.1.2d; MS.1.2.11d: 21.5; KS.2.12d; śB.3.6.1.24d; ApMB.1.2.6d. |
| |
| jaimini-vaiśampāyana-paila-sūtra-bhāṣya-gārgya-babhru-bābhravya-maṇḍu-māṇḍavyāḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # śG.4.10.3. Cf. sumantu-jaimini-. |
| |
| jyānāṃ | vṛñjantu gṛdhnavaḥ # TB.2.7.16.3b. |
| |
| ta | ā gamantu ta iha śruvantu # RV.6.49.1c; 10.15.5c; AVś.18.3.45c; VS.19.57c; TS.2.6.12.3c; MS.4.10.6c: 156.15; KS.21.14c (bis). |
| |
| ta | ā yantu prabruvāṇā upedam # AVś.1.7.5d. See ā yantu etc. |
| |
| ta | ārtyārtim ārchantu # TA.4.34.1e. |
| |
| ta | imaṃ yajñam avantu # KS.35.6,9 Apś.14.17.1; 28.5. |
| |
| ta | imāṃ senāṃ rakṣantu # AVP.10.16.11. |
| |
| ta | u naḥ śarma yachantu devāḥ # Kauś.128.4d (bis). |
| |
| ta | enaṃ svasti jarase vahantu (AVP. nayātha) # AVś.7.53.4d; AVP.1.14.2d. See svasty enaṃ jarase. |
| |
| tataṃ | tantum acikradaḥ # RV.9.22.7c. |
| |
| tataṃ | tantum anv eke taranti (TA. anusaṃcaranti) # AVś.6.122.2a; TA.2.6.2a. |
| |
| tatas | tatāmahās te māvantu # AVś.5.24.17. Cf. under pitaraḥ pare 'varas. |
| |
| tatā | avare te māvantu # AVś.5.24.16. Cf. under pitaraḥ pare 'varas. |
| |
| tatra | tantuṃ parameṣṭhī tatāna # AVś.13.2.6b. See tasmiṃs tantuṃ. |
| |
| tad | amuṣmā agne devāḥ parā vahantu # AVś.16.6.11a. |
| |
| tad | aryamāditiḥ śiśrathantu # RV.7.93.7d. |
| |
| tad | aṣāḍhā abhisaṃyantu yajñam # TB.3.1.2.4b. |
| |
| tad | asmai devā abhisaṃnamantu (AVś.AVP. upasaṃnamantu) # AVś.19.41.1d; AVP.1.53.3d; TS.5.7.4.3d; TA.3.11.9d. |
| |
| tad | it tvā yuktā harayo vahantu # RV.3.53.4b. |
| |
| tad | devā ṛtuśaḥ kalpayantu # AVś.9.5.13d. |
| |
| tantuṃ | tataṃ rajaso etc. # see tantuṃ tanvan etc. |
| |
| tantuṃ | tanvan (KS. tataṃ) rajaso bhānum anv ihi # RV.10.53.6a; KS.13.11a,12; TS.3.4.2.2a; 3.6; AB.3.38.5; 7.9.6; 12.3; Aś.1.11.9; 2.2.14; 3.10.15; 5.20.6; AG.4.6.7. P: tantuṃ tanvan Apś.3.10.5; 9.8.7; 19.17.12; śś.1.15.15; 2.6.13; 8.6.16; HG.1.26.10. |
| |
| tantur | asi # VSK.2.6.9; TS.3.5.2.3; 4.4.1.2; KS.17.7; GB.2.2.13; PB.1.10.1; śś.2.12.10; Apś.6.22.1; Vait.25.1; Kś.3.8.25. P: tantuḥ TS.5.3.6.1. Cf. daivas tantur. |
| |
| taṃ | te rathaṃ saṃ bharantu devāḥ # AVP.5.34.9c. |
| |
| taṃ | tvā viśve 'vantu (AVP.ApMBḥG. avantu) devāḥ # AVś.2.13.5b; AVP.15.6.9b; ApMB.2.6.15b; HG.1.7.17b. |
| |
| taṃ | tvā subhava devā abhisaṃviśantu # MS.4.6.6: 88.17; Apś.13.16.8. |
| |
| tan | no devā anu madantu yajñam # TB.3.1.1.11c. |
| |
| taṃ | no devāso anujānantu kāmam # TB.3.1.1.11c; 2.5d. |
| |
| taṃ | no viśve abhisaṃyantu devāḥ # TB.3.1.2.7b. |
| |
| taṃ | no viśve (!) upaśṛṇvantu devāḥ # TB.3.1.2.4a. |
| |
| tan | no viśve varivasyantu devāḥ # RV.1.122.3d,14b; TS.2.1.11.1d; KS.23.11d. |
| |
| tan | no haviḥ prati gṛhṇantu devā daivāḥ # AVP.5.15.1d. |
| |
| tan | mā devā avantu śobhāyi # MS.4.9.2: 122.11. See taṃ mā etc. |
| |
| tan | me juṣantāṃ tā mā pāntu # JG.1.23. |
| |
| tan | me devā anu jānantu viśve # AVś.10.5.50d. Cf. tubhyaṃ devā anu. |
| |
| tan | me varṣantu vṛṣṭayaḥ # AVP.2.76.1d. |
| |
| tapaś | ca tejaś ca śraddhā ca hrīś ca satyaṃ cākrodhaś ca tyāgaś ca dhṛtiś ca dharmaś ca satvaṃ ca vāk ca manaś cātmā ca brahma ca tāni prapadye tāni mām avantu # SMB.2.4.5. P: tapaś ca tejaś ca GG.4.5.8. Designated as prapad or prapada GG.4.5.7,14; KhG.1.2.23; 4.1.7; Karmap.1.9.5; Gṛhyas.1.96. See oṃ tapaś ca tejaś ca, and cf. oṃ prapadye and bhūḥ prapadye. |
| |
| tapūṃṣi | tasmai vṛjināni santu # RV.6.52.2c; AVś.2.12.6c; AVP.2.5.6c. |
| |
| tamas | te yantu yatame dviṣanti # AVś.12.3.49b. |
| |
| tam | ā vahantu saptayaḥ purūvasum # RV.8.46.7c. |
| |
| tam | id vardhantu no giraḥ # RV.8.92.21c; 9.61.14a; AVś.20.110.3c; SV.2.74c,686a; JB.3.273; N.1.10. |
| |
| tam | id vardhantu no giraḥ sadāvṛdham # RV.8.13.18c. |
| |
| tam | indro vājī vajreṇa hantu # AVś.5.29.10c; AVP.12.18.9c. |
| |
| taṃ | mā devā avantu śobhāyai # TS.3.3.2.2; TA.4.1.1; KA.1.213; 3.213. See tan mā etc. |
| |
| tayā | prattaṃ svadhayā madantu # HG.2.11.1d. See tvayā etc., and mayā prattaṃ. |
| |
| tayendro | hantu vṛtrahā # AVś.11.10.27c. |
| |
| tava | dyumnāny uttamāni santu # RV.5.28.3b; AVś.7.73.10b; VS.33.12b; MS.4.11.1b: 159.5; KS.2.15b; TB.2.4.1.1b; 5.2.4b; Apś.3.15.5b. |
| |
| tava | vrate soma tiṣṭhantu kṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.9.86.37d; SV.2.307d; JB.3.84. |
| |
| tavā | yantu havaṃ devāḥ # AVP.10.2.8c. |
| |
| tasmiṃs | tantuṃ parameṣṭhī tatāna # TB.2.5.2.3b. See tatra tantuṃ. |
| |
| tasmin | devāḥ saha daivīr viśantu # AVś.12.3.32c. |
| |
| tasya | phalāni tapasā nudantu # RVKh.5.87.6c. |
| |
| tā | asmabhyaṃ madhumatīr bhavantu # VS.9.23c; TS.1.7.10.1c; MS.1.11.4c: 165.3; KS.14.2c; śB.5.2.2.5c. |
| |
| tā | āpo devīr iha mām avantu # RV.7.49.1d--4d. |
| |
| tā | idaṃ brahma kṣatraṃ pāntu # TS.3.4.7.1,3. See tā na idaṃ etc. |
| |
| tā | imaṃ dūtaṃ nudantu vaṃśapṛṣṭhāt # Kauś.135.9b (bis). |
| |
| tā | iha santu bhūyasīḥ # Vait.34.9d; Kś.13.3.21d; Apś.21.20.3d; Mś.7.2.7.10d. See ihemāḥ santu. |
| |
| tāṃ | vyūrṇuvantu sūtave # AVś.1.11.2d. See te vy etc. |
| |
| tā | na āpaḥ pra vahantu pāpam # RVKh.9.67.15c. |
| |
| tā | na (MS. nā) āpaḥ śaṃ syonā bhavantu # AVś.1.33.1d--4d; AVP.1.25.1d--4d; TS.5.6.1.1d (bis),2d; MS.2.13.1d (ter): 151.9,13; 152.3; TB.3.1.2.3d,4d; AG.4.7.15d. See tās ta āpaḥ, and cf. next. |
| |
| tā | na āpo rājasūyā avantu # AVP.14.1.1e,2d--10d; 14.2.1d--7d. Cf. under prec. |
| |
| tā | na (Mś. nā) idaṃ brahma kṣatraṃ pāntu # MS.2.12.2 (bis): 145.2,12; Mś.6.2.5.32. See tā idaṃ etc. |
| |
| tā | naḥ kṛṇvantu bheṣajam # MS.4.9.27d: 139.10. |
| |
| tā | naś śarma yachantu # KA.1.101G; 2.101G. |
| |
| tā | naḥ śivāḥ śarkarāḥ santu sarvāḥ # TB.1.2.1.4c; Apś.5.2.1c. |
| |
| tā | naḥ śundhantu śundhanīḥ # TB.3.7.12.6d. |
| |
| tā | naḥ santu payasvatīḥ # Apś.7.17.1c; AG.2.10.6c; śG.3.9.3c. |
| |
| tā | naḥ santu sadā śivāḥ # AVś.11.6.9d. |
| |
| tā | nas stutā oṣadhīḥ pārayantu # KS.16.13d. |
| |
| tā | naḥ svargam abhi lokaṃ nayantu # AVś.12.3.26d. |
| |
| tāni | naḥ pālayantu (KA. pārayantu) # MS.4.9.2: 122.14; KA.1.70; 2.70. |
| |
| tāni | no 'vantu # MS.4.9.2: 122.14; KA.1.70; 2.70. See tāni mām avantu, te no 'vantu, te māvata, te māvatām, te mām avantu, te māvantu, tau māvatām, and sa māvatu. |
| |
| tāni | mām avantu # SMB.2.4.5. See under tāni no 'vantu. |
| |
| tāni | me varmāṇi bahulāni santu # AVś.19.20.2d; AVP.1.108.2d. |
| |
| tā | no mṛlayantu # KA.1.101F; 2.101F. Cf. te no mṛḍayantu. |
| |
| tā | no rakṣantu sarvataḥ # AVP.1.37.3d. Cf. tās tvā etc., and te no etc. |
| |
| tā | no hastau kṛtena saṃ sṛjantu # AVP.4.9.5c. See tā me hastau. |
| |
| tāṃ | te devā brahmaṇā nāśayantu # AVś.6.113.1d,3d. |
| |
| tāṃ | tvā viśve abhigṛṇantu devāḥ # VS.14.4b; 15.3b; TS.4.3.4.2b; MS.2.8.1b: 107.1; 2.8.7b: 111.10; KS.17.1b,6b; śB.8.2.1.7. |
| |
| tā | mā gopāyantu tā mā rakṣantu # JG.1.23. Cf. tā mā rakṣantu. |
| |
| tā | mānavartayo 'navartiṃ kṛṇvantu # AVP.2.75.4c. |
| |
| tā | mā prītāḥ prīṇantu # TS.1.6.2.3; KS.4.14; Mś.1.4.1.27. |
| |
| tā | mā rakṣantu tā mā gopāyantu # AVś.19.17.6c; AVP.7.16.6. Cf. tā mā gopāyantu. |
| |
| tā | me agna (MS. agnā) iṣṭakā dhenavaḥ santu # TS.4.4.11.4d; MS.2.8.14e: 118.18; KS.17.10 (bis). |
| |
| tā | me draviṇaṃ yachantu # AVś.10.5.38b. |
| |
| tā | me hastau saṃ sṛjantu ghṛtena # AVś.7.109.3c. See tā no hastau. |
| |
| tā | yantu svaraṃkṛtāḥ # AVP.15.22.9a. |
| |
| tās | ta āpaḥ śaṃ syonā bhavantu # ApMB.1.2.2d--5d. See tā na āpaḥ śaṃ. |
| |
| tās | te kṛṇvantu bheṣajam # RV.10.137.6d; AVś.6.91.3d; AVP.5.18.9d; PG.1.8.5. Cf. te naḥ kṛṇvantu. |
| |
| tās | te kṣarantu madhumad ghṛtaṃ payaḥ # RV.9.86.37c; SV.2.307c; JB.3.84; PB.13.1.5. |
| |
| tās | te bhavantu śaṃ hṛde # AVP.8.8.2d. |
| |
| tās | te rakṣantu tava tubhyam etam # AVś.9.5.38a. |
| |
| tās | te santu madhuścutaḥ # AVś.18.2.20d; Kauś.82.21. |
| |
| tās | te santu vibhvīḥ (AVś.18.4.26c, santūdbhvīḥ) prabhvīḥ # AVś.18.3.69c; 4.26c,43c. |
| |
| tās | tvā jarase saṃ vyayantu # AVś.14.1.45c. See next but two. |
| |
| tās | tvā devīr (SMBṃG. devyo) jarase (SMBḥG.JG. jarasā) saṃ vyayantu (PG. vyayasva; VārG. vyayantām) # SMB.1.1.5c; PG.1.4.13d; HG.1.4.2c; ApMB.2.2.5c; MG.1.10.8e; 22.3e; JG.1.20c; VārG.5.9d. See prec. but two. |
| |
| tās | tvā muñcantu kṣetriyāt # AVś.3.7.5d; AVP.3.2.7d. |
| |
| tās | tvā rakṣantu trivṛtā trivṛdbhiḥ # AVś.19.27.3d,9d; AVP.10.7.3d,9d. |
| |
| tās | tvā rakṣantu sarvataḥ # AVś.5.28.10b; AVP.2.59.8b. Cf. under tā no etc. |
| |
| tās | tvā viśantu manasā śivena (TB. mahasā svena) # AVś.13.1.10c; TB.2.5.2.2c. |
| |
| tās | tvā sarvāḥ saṃvidānā hvayantu # AVś.3.4.7c; AVP.3.1.7c. |
| |
| tiroahniyā | mā suhutā ā viśantu # TS.7.3.13.1c; KSA.3.3c. |
| |
| tilavatsā | upa tiṣṭhantu tvātra # AVś.18.4.33d. |
| |
| tilāḥ | punantu me pāpam # Tā.10.64c; MahānU.19.1c. |
| |
| tilān | juhomi sarasāṃ sapiṣṭān gandhāra mama citte ramantu svāhā # Tā.10.63. |
| |
| tilāḥ | śāntiṃ kurvantu svāhā # MahānU.19.1d. |
| |
| tiṣṭhanti | hatavartmanaḥ # N.3.4d. See tiṣṭhantu. |
| |
| tiṣṭhantīm | adhi tantuṣu # AVP.12.9.10b. |
| |
| tisro | devīr agna (MS. agnā) ājyasya vyantu (MS. vyantu svāhā) # MS.4.10.3: 149.5; KS.20.15; Aś.2.6.19; śś.3.13.20. |
| |
| tisro | devīr barhir edaṃ sadantu (AVś. sadantām) # RV.3.4.8d; 7.2.8d; AVś.5.27.9a; AVP.9.1.8a; VS.27.19a; TS.4.1.8.2a; KS.18.17a. See next. |
| |
| tīvrā | varṣantu vṛṣṭayaḥ # AVP.11.14.8c; 11.15.3f. |
| |
| tuje | nas tane parvatāḥ santu # RV.5.41.9a. |
| |
| tubhyaṃ | saṃ yantu valayaḥ (for balayaḥ) # AVP.10.2.6a. |
| |
| tubhyaṃ | devā anu jānantu viśve # AVś.6.112.1d. Cf. tan me devā. |
| |
| tūyam | ā te harayaḥ pra dravantu # RV.10.112.2c. |
| |
| tṛtīye | santu rajasi prajāvatīḥ # RV.9.74.6b. |
| |
| tṛptā | bhavantaḥ # ViDh.73.25. See tṛptāḥ stha, and tṛpyantu bhavantaḥ. |
| |
| tṛptā | mā tarpayata (MG. māṃ tarpayantu) # KS.3.10; MG.2.14.29. |
| |
| tṛptā | yāntu parāṃ gatim # Mś.11.9.2.11d. |
| |
| tṛmpantu | hotrā madhvo yāḥ sviṣṭāḥ (VSK. yat sviṣṭam) # VS.7.15c; VSK.7.6.4c; 7.5c; śB.4.2.1.33. P: tṛmpantu Kś.9.11.9. |
| |
| te | arṣantu te varṣantu te kṛṇvantu # Lś.3.5.15. See te varṣanti. |
| |
| te | asmākaṃ pari vṛñjantu vīrān # AVś.6.93.1d. |
| |
| te | asmai rāṣṭram upa saṃ namantu # AVP.1.53.2d. See etasmai rāṣṭram. |
| |
| te | asya santu ketavo 'mṛtyavaḥ # RV.9.70.3a; SV.2.775a. |
| |
| te | kākāḥ pratigṛhṇantu # AG.1.2.6c (crit. notes). |
| |
| te | gṛhāso ghṛtaścuto bhavantu (AVś. ghṛtaścutaḥ syonāḥ; TA. madhuścutaḥ) # RV.10.18.12c; AVś.18.3.51c; TA.6.7.1c. |
| |
| te | te dehaṃ kalpayantu # TA.1.27.2c. |
| |
| te | te pibantu jihvayā # RV.1.14.8b. |
| |
| te | te bhavantūkṣaṇaḥ # RV.6.16.47c; AG.1.1.4c. |
| |
| te | te santu svadhāvantaḥ # AVś.18.3.68c; 4.25c,42c. |
| |
| te | tvā gopāyantu # AVś.8.1.14. |
| |
| te | tvā dakṣiṇato (also paścād, and purastād) gopāyantu # PG.2.17.13c,14b,15c. |
| |
| te | tvā devāḥ pativatnīṃ kṛṇvantu # AVP.2.66.5d. |
| |
| te | tvā madā indra mādayantu # RV.7.23.5a; AVś.20.12.5a. |
| |
| te | tvā manthantu prajayā saheha # AVś.11.1.1d. |
| |
| te | tvā mandantu dāvane # RV.1.139.6d. |
| |
| te | tvā rakṣantu # AVś.8.1.14. |
| |
| te | tvā sarve saṃvidānā nākasya pṛṣṭhe svarge (TS. suvarge) loke yajamānaṃ ca sādayantu # VS.15.10--14; TS.4.4.2.3; MS.2.8.9 (quinq.): 113.8,13,18; 114.5,11; KS.17.8 (quinq.); śB.8.6.1.5. |
| |
| te | devajā iha no mṛḍayantu # AVP.2.40.5c. |
| |
| te | naḥ kṛṇvantu bheṣajam # AVP.3.10.1c; TS.3.3.8.2c; Mś.2.5.5.20. Cf. tās te kṛṇvantu. |
| |
| te | naḥ pāntu # VS.4.11; TS.1.2.3.1; 8.7.1; 4.3.3.2; MS.2.6.3 (quinq.): 65.5,6,7,8,10; 4.3.4: 43.16; KS.2.4; 15.2 (quinq.); 17.9 (quinq.); Vait.18.4; śB.3.2.2.18; ViDh.48.8; BDh.3.6.8. |
| |
| tena | māñjantu varcasā # AVP.3.18.2d. See te māñjantu, and cf. next. |
| |
| tena | mā saha śundhata (AVś. śumbhantu) # RV.10.17.14d; AVś.18.3.56d. |
| |
| tena | yantu yajamānāḥ svasti # MS.2.7.12d: 91.10. See tenaitu. |
| |
| te | naḥ santu yujaḥ sadā # RV.8.83.2a. P: te naḥ santu yujaḥ śś.12.2.14. |
| |
| te | naḥ santu sadā śivāḥ # AVś.11.6.22d; AVP.15.14.10d. |
| |
| tenaitu | yajamānaḥ svasti (Apś.KS.39.2c, svastyā) # TS.5.7.2.2d; KS.22.10d; 38.13f; 39.2c; Apś.16.29.1c. See tena yantu. |
| |
| te | no arvantaḥ suhavā bhavantu # TB.2.6.16.1c. See te no viprāsaḥ. |
| |
| te | no 'gnayaḥ paprayaḥ pārayantu (MśṃG. pālayantu) # TS.1.7.7.2d; TB.2.7.16.1d; PB.1.7.5d; Mś.7.1.2.30d; PG.3.14.6d; ApMB.2.21.17d; MG.1.13.4d; VārG.15.1d. |
| |
| te | no jānantu jānataḥ (AVś.AVP.3.26.4d, jānantv āyataḥ; MG. jānantv āgatam) # AVś.7.60.2d,3d; AVP.3.26.2d,4d; VS.3.42d; Lś.3.3.1d; Apś.6.27.3d; śG.3.7.2d; HG.1.29.1d; MG.1.14.5d. |
| |
| te | no dhatta etc. # see te no dhāntu suvīryam. |
| |
| te | no dhāntu vasavyam asāmi # RV.10.74.3d. |
| |
| te | no dhāntu (SV. dhatta) suvīryam # RV.9.8.2c; SV.2.529c. |
| |
| te | no mṛḍantu # MS.2.8.10 (quinq.): 114.15,18; 115.1,4,7; 2.9.9 (ter): 129.10,13,16. See te no mṛḍayantu. |
| |
| te | no mṛḍayantu (VSK. mṛlayantu) # VS.15.15--19; 16.64--66; VSK.16.4.2--6; 17.8.18; KS.17.16 (ter); TS.4.4.3.2; 11.3; 5.11.2; śB.8.6.1.16; 9.1.1.39. See te no mṛḍantu, and cf. tā no mṛlayantu. |
| |
| te | no rakṣantu sarvataḥ # AVP.1.37.5d. Cf. under tā no etc. |
| |
| te | no rayiṃ sarvavīraṃ ni yachān (HG. yachantu) # AVś.18.4.40d; HG.2.10.6d. |
| |
| te | no 'vantu # VS.4.11; 15.15--19; 16.64--66; TS.1.2.3.1; 8.7.1; 4.3.3.2; MS.1.2.3: 11.18; 2.6.3 (quinq.): 65.5,6,7,8,10; 2.7.20 (quinq.): 105.1,6,10,15,19; 4.3.4: 43.16; KS.2.4; 15.2 (quinq.); 17.9 (quinq.); śB.3.2.2.18; Vait.18.4; ViDh.48.8; BDh.3.6.8. Cf. under tāni no 'vantu. |
| |
| te | no 'vantu pitaro haveṣu # RV.10.15.1d; AVś.18.1.44d,47d; VS.19.49d; TS.2.6.12.4d; MS.4.10.6d: 157.5; N.11.18d. |
| |
| te | no 'vantu rathatūr manīṣām # RV.10.77.8c. |
| |
| te | no viprāsaḥ suhavā bhavantu (MS. mṛḍantu) # VS.19.61c; MS.4.10.6c: 147.9. See te no arvantaḥ. |
| |
| te | no vyantu vāryam # RV.3.8.7c. |
| |
| te | no hinvantu sātaye dhiye jiṣe # RV.1.111.4d. |
| |
| te | no hinvantūṣaso vyuṣṭiṣu # RV.2.34.12b. |
| |
| te | putra santu niṣṭuraḥ # RV.8.77.2c. |
| |
| tebhiṣ | ṭe śarma yachantu devāḥ # AVP.15.12.11e. |
| |
| te | mahyaṃ randhayantu tvā # AVP.9.29.5d. |
| |
| te | māñjantu varcasā # AVś.3.22.2d. See tena māñjantu. |
| |
| te | mā tṛptāḥ kāmais tarpayantu # śB.14.9.3.2d; BṛhU.6.3.2d. |
| |
| te | mānavartayo 'navartiṃ kṛṇvantu # AVP.2.75.5b. |
| |
| te | mām avantu # KS.35.2,6,9; Apś.14.17.1; 28.5. Cf. under tāni no 'vantu. |
| |
| te | māyuṣmanta āyuṣmantaṃ kṛṇvantu # AVP.7.14.10. Cf. under tena tvāyuṣāyuṣmantaṃ. |
| |
| te | mā rakṣantu visrasaś caritrāt # RV.8.48.5c. |
| |
| te | māvata te mā jinvata # KS.38.12; Apś.16.1.3. Cf. under tāni no 'vantu. |
| |
| te | māvatām # AVś.5.24.3. Cf. under tāni no 'vantu. |
| |
| te | māvantu # AVś.5.24.6,15--17; TS.3.4.5.1; PG.1.5.10. Cf. under tāni no 'vantu. |
| |
| te | me jītaṃ punar ā vartayantu # AVP.8.15.9d. |
| |
| te | me draviṇaṃ yachantu # AVś.10.5.39b,41b. |
| |
| te | me santu savācasaḥ # AVś.7.12.2d. |
| |
| te | yajñaṃ pāntu rajasaḥ purastāt # TB.3.1.2.6c. |
| |
| te | yantu prajānantaḥ # KS.39.2c; Apś.16.29.1c. |
| |
| te | yantu sarve saṃbhūya # AVP.7.3.5c. |
| |
| te | rayyā saṃ sṛjantu naḥ # RV.10.19.7d. |
| |
| te | 'rātiṃ ghnantu sarvadā # AVP.5.26.7d. |
| |
| te | 'rātiṃ ghnantu savratāḥ # AVP.5.26.8d. |
| |
| te | varṣanti te varṣayanti # AVś.9.1.9c. See te arṣantu. |
| |
| te | virājam abhisaṃyantu sarve # MS.1.6.2c (bis): 88.2; 89.7. See te samrājam. |
| |
| te | viśvasmād duritā yāvayantu # RV.7.44.3d; MS.4.11.1d: 162.3. |
| |
| te | vo hṛde manase santu yajñāḥ # RV.4.37.2a. |
| |
| te | vy ūrṇuvantu sūtave # AVP.1.5.2d. See tāṃ vyetc. |
| |
| te | ṣu ṇo maruto mṛḍayantu # RV.1.169.5c. |
| |
| te | santu jaradaṣṭayaḥ # AG.1.7.19d; śG.1.13.4e; PG.1.6.3e. |
| |
| te | samrājam abhisaṃyantu sarve # KS.7.14c. See te virājam. |
| |
| te | sarve tṛptim āyāntu # AG.1.2.8c (crit. notes). |
| |
| te | su vanvantu vagvanāṃ arādhasaḥ # RV.10.32.2d. |
| |
| tair | amitrās trasantu naḥ # AVś.5.21.8c. |
| |
| tau | māvatām # AVś.5.24.5. Cf. under tāni no 'vantu. |
| |
| tmane | tokāya varivo dadhantu # RV.7.62.6b. |
| |
| trayastriṃśat | tvā uta ghnantu devāḥ # AVP.3.37.6a. |
| |
| trayastriṃśo | 'si tantūnām # TB.3.7.4.12a; Apś.1.12.8a. |
| |
| trir | ā divo vidathe santu devāḥ # RV.3.56.8d. |
| |
| tvaṃ | vṛtrāṇi randhayā suhantu # RV.7.30.2d. |
| |
| tvaco | dhūmam anu tāḥ saṃ viśantu # Kauś.103.2b. |
| |
| tvaṃ | tantur uta setur agne # MS.2.13.22a: 167.16. P: tvaṃ tantuḥ Mś.5.1.2.16. See tvaṃ nas tantur. |
| |
| tvaṃ | nas tantur uta setur agne # KS.40.12a; TB.2.4.2.6a; Apś.9.8.6a. See tvaṃ tantur. |
| |
| tvāṃ | vardhantu no giraḥ # RV.1.5.8c; 8.44.19c; AVś.20.69.6c; KS.40.14c. |
| |
| tvāṃ | vāñchantu viśo mahīḥ # AVP.10.2.6d. |
| |
| tve | vasu suṣaṇanāni santu # RV.7.12.3c; SV.2.656c; JB.3.243; TB.3.5.2.3c; 6.1.3c. |
| |
| tveṣā | arkā nabha ut pātayantu # AVP.5.7.4b. See tveṣo arko. |
| |
| dakṣiṇato | 'bhiyantu śraviṣṭhāḥ # TB.3.1.2.7b. |
| |
| dakṣiṇasyāṃ | tvā diśi rudrā abhiṣiñcantu vṛddhaye # Rvidh.4.22.2. See next. |
| |
| daśasyantīr | varivasyantu śubhrāḥ # RV.5.42.12d. |
| |
| daśasyanto | no maruto mṛḍantu # RV.7.56.17a. |
| |
| dāsāsmākaṃ | bahavo bhavantu # Kauś.90.18. Metrical. Read dāsā asmākaṃ. |
| |
| divaṃ | gachantu divyāḥ # AVP.15.18.6a. |
| |
| divas | pṛthivyāḥ śriyam ā vahantu # Kauś.3.3d. |
| |
| divo | mādityā rakṣantu # AVś.19.16.2a; 27.15a; AVP.10.8.5a; 12.6.6a. |
| |
| dīrgham | āyus tava jīvantu putrāḥ # HG.1.19.7d. |
| |
| duritāt | pāntv aṃhasaḥ (Lś. pāntu viśvataḥ) # AVś.7.64.1d; 10.5.22d; Lś.2.2.11f. |
| |
| duro | agna (MS. agnā) ājyasya vyantu # MS.4.10.3: 149.3; KS.20.15 (bis); Aś.2.16.9; śś.3.13.20. |
| |
| durmanmānaṃ | sumantubhiḥ # RV.1.129.7d. |
| |
| durmitrās | (VS.śB.KśṃahānU. -mitriyās; Aś.śśḷś. -mitryās) tasmai santu (TSṭBṭAṃahānU.BDh.KS.38.5, bhūyāsur) yo 'smān (MS. asmān) dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # VS.6.22; 20.19; 35.12; 36.23; 38.23; TS.1.4.45.2; MS.1.2.18: 28.10; KS.3.8; 38.5; śB.3.8.5.11; 12.9.2.6; 13.8.4.5; 14.3.1.27; TB.2.6.6.3; TA.4.11.8; 42.4; 5.9.11; 10.1.11; Aś.3.5.2; śś.8.12.11; Lś.2.2.11; 5.4.6; MahānU.4.13; BDh.2.5.8.5. P: durmitrās tasmai santu KA.3.189; durmitriyāḥ Kś.19.5.15; durmitrāḥ Mś.4.4.22. |
| |
| dūram | asmac chatravo yantu bhītāḥ # TB.3.1.1.11a. |
| |
| dūrvā | rohantu puṣpiṇīḥ (AVś. rohatu puṣpiṇī) # RV.10.142.8b; AVś.6.106.1b. |
| |
| dṛḍhā | asyā upamito bhavantu # AVP.7.6.5c. |
| |
| dṛḍhās | te sthūṇā bhavantu bhūmyām adhi # AVP.7.6.8a. |
| |
| devaṃ | vahantu bibhrataḥ # RV.6.55.6c; N.6.4c. |
| |
| devatā | upavasantu me # TB.3.7.4.18b; Apś.4.3.6b. |
| |
| devasya | tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # MS.1.11.4: 165.7; 3.4.3: 47.8. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave Mś.6.2.5.30. Fragment: bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya, with ūhas indraṃ sāmrājyāya and agniṃ sāmrājyāya (q.v.) Mś.6.2.5.31. See next, and devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantreṇā-. |
| |
| devasya | tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇemam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ bṛhaspates (KS.40.9, putram agnes) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi (KS.14.2, -ṣiñcāmīndrasya sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi) # KS.14.2,8; 40.9. See under prec. |
| |
| devasya | tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai tvā vāco yantur yantreṇa bṛhaspates tvā sāmrājyena brahmaṇābhiṣiñcāmi # JB.2.130. See under prec. but one. |
| |
| devasya | tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantriye (VSK. vāco yan turye turyaṃ) dadhāmi # VS.9.30; VSK.10.5.8; śB.5.2.2.13. P: devasya tvā Kś.14.5.24. |
| |
| devasya | tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantreṇāgneḥ (TS. yantreṇāgnes tvā) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi # VS.18.37; TS.1.7.10.3; śB.9.3.4.17. Fragmentary: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave (Apś. devasya tvā) ... agnes tvā sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi TS.5.6.3.2; TB.1.3.8.2,3; Apś.17.19.8. P: devasya tvā Kś.18.5.9. See under devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa. |
| |
| devasya | yanty ūtayo (KS. yantūtayo) vi vājāḥ # RV.3.14.6b; KS.6.10b. |
| |
| devā | ājyapā juṣāṇā agna (MS. agnā; VS. indra) ājyasya vyantu # VS.28.11; MS.4.10.3: 149.6; 4.13.5: 205.3; KS.15.13. See devāṃ ājyapān svāhā-, and svāhā devā ājyapā juṣāṇā. |
| |
| devā | āsate te adhi bruvantu naḥ # RV.10.63.1d. |
| |
| devāḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # AG.3.4.1; śG.4.9.3. |
| |
| devāḥ | pāntu yajamānaṃ nyarthāt (AVś.AVP. nirṛthāt) # RV.10.128.7d; AVś.5.3.9d; AVP.5.4.8d; TS.4.7.14.3d. |
| |
| devāṃ | ājyapān svāhāgniṃ hotrāj juṣāṇā agna ājyasya viyantu # TB.3.6.2.2. See devā ājyapā juṣāṇā. |
| |
| devā | devair avantu mā (MS. tvā) # VS.20.11e; MS.3.11.8e: 151.8; KS.38.4; śB.12.8.3.29; TB.2.6.5.7b; HG.2.17.4e. |
| |
| devā | na (MS. nā) āyuḥ pra tirantu jīvase # RV.1.89.2d; AVP.2.30.1d; VS.25.15d; MS.4.14.2d: 217.9; N.12.39d. |
| |
| devānāṃ | śarman mama santu sūrayaḥ # RV.8.60.6c. |
| |
| devānāṃ | tvā patnīr vṛṣṇo aśvasya niṣpadā dhūpayantu # KA.1.24; 2.24. Cf. vṛṣṇas tvāśvasya. |
| |
| devānāṃ | patnīr uśatīr avantu naḥ # RV.5.46.7a; AVś.7.49.1a; MS.4.13.10a: 213.7; TB.3.5.12.1a; Aś.1.10.5; 5.20.6; N.12.45a. P: devānāṃ patnīḥ śś.1.15.4; 8.6.9; 7.13; Vait.4.8; Apś.3.9.1. Cf. BṛhD.5.45; Rvidh.2.16.1, note. |
| |
| devānāṃ | manve adhi no bruvantu # TS.4.7.15.5a; MS.3.16.5a: 191.14. See viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ manve. |
| |
| devā | no yajñam ṛtuthā (TB.Apś. ṛjudhā) nayantu # VS.26.19d; TB.3.7.10.3d; Apś.9.14.1d. |
| |
| devān | gachantu vo madāḥ # RV.9.101.4d; AVś.20.137.4d; SV.1.547d; 2.222d; JB.3.53. |
| |
| devā | yajñaṃ nayantu naḥ # RV.1.40.3d; SV.1.56d; VS.33.89d; 37.7d; MS.4.9.1d: 120.10; śB.14.1.2.15; TA.4.2.2d; 5.2.7; KA.1.7d. |
| |
| devā | yantu sumanasyamānāḥ # AVś.2.35.5d; 19.58.5d; AVP.1.81.1d. |
| |
| devās | taṃ sarve dhūrvantu # RV.6.75.19c; AVś.1.19.4c; AVP.1.20.4c; SV.2.1222c. |
| |
| devās | tvā manthipāḥ praṇayantu # VS.7.17; MS.1.3.12: 34.10; 4.6.3: 82.6; KS.4.4; 27.8; śB.4.2.1.14; TB.1.1.1.2; Apś.12.22.1; Mś.2.4.1.6. P: devās tvā Kś.9.10.6. |
| |
| devās | tvā śukrapāḥ praṇayantu # VS.7.12; MS.1.3.12: 34.9; 4.6.3: 82.4; KS.4.4; 27.8; śB.4.2.1.14; TB.1.1.1.1; Apś.12.22.1; Mś.2.4.1.6. P: devās tvā Kś.9.10.6. |
| |
| devās | tvendrajyeṣṭhā varuṇarājāno 'dhastāc copariṣṭāc ca pāntu # TS.5.5.9.5; Mś.6.2.4.1. |
| |
| devāḥ | sīdantu yajñiyāḥ # RV.2.41.21b; MS.3.8.7b: 105.7; N.9.37b. |
| |
| devīr | dvāro vasuvane vasudheyasya vyantu # MS.4.10.3: 151.2; 4.13.8: 209.13; KS.20.15; TB.3.6.14.1; Aś.2.16.12; śś.3.13.27. |
| |
| devīr | mām abhiṣiñcantu # Mś.1.6.2.17b. |
| |
| devīs | tisras tisro devīr vasuvane vasudheyasya vyantu # MS.4.10.3: 151.5; KS.20.15; Aś.2.16.12; śś.3.13.27. |
| |
| deśopasargāḥ | śam u no bhavantu # AVś.19.9.9d. |
| |
| daivas | tantur asy anu tvā rabhe māhaṃ tvad vyavachitsi # śś.2.12.9. Cf. tantur asi. |
| |
| dyumnaṃ | yachantu mahi śarma saprathaḥ # RV.7.82.10b. |
| |
| dvāro | devīḥ suprāyaṇā bhavantu (RV. namobhiḥ) # RV.2.3.5b; VS.29.5d; TS.5.1.11.2d; MS.3.16.2d: 184.7; KSA.6.2d. |
| |
| dviṣantaṃ | nāśayantu me # ApMB.2.9.10b. See next. |
| |
| dviṣantaṃ | nir dahantu me # AB.8.27.9b; Kauś.90.11d. See prec. |
| |
| dviṣantam | etā anu yantu vṛṣṭayaḥ # Kauś.94.14c. |
| |
| dviṣantam | ete anu yantu sarve # Kauś.94.14c; 95.3d. |
| |
| dhanvanā | yanti (MS.KS. yantu) vṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.5.53.6d; TS.2.4.8.1d; MS.2.4.7d: 44.19; KS.11.9d. |
| |
| dhātar | āyantu sarvadā (TAṭU. sarvataḥ svāhā) # TA.7.4.3d; TU.1.4.3d; Kauś.56.17d. See samavayantu sarvataḥ. |
| |
| dhātā | samudro apa (AG. 'va) hantu pāpam # AG.2.4.14b; PG.3.3.6b. See next. |
| |
| dhiyaṃ | tokaṃ ca vājino 'vantu # RV.7.36.7b. |
| |
| dhīrāsas | tvā kavayaḥ saṃ mṛjantu (Vait. sṛjantu) # AVP.5.28.3c; Vait.10.17c. |
| |
| dhvāṅkṣāḥ | śakunayas tṛpyantu # AVś.11.9.9c. |
| |
| nakṣatrāṇi | (sc. tṛpyantu) # śG.4.9.3. Cf. nakṣatrāṇi ta-. |
| |
| nakṣatrāṇi | tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.5. Cf. nakṣatrāṇi (sc. tṛpyantu). |
| |
| na | tvā taranti (AVP. -ntu) yā navāḥ # AVś.19.34.7b; AVP.11.3.7b. |
| |
| na | dānavā yajñiyaṃ tantum eṣām # śB.11.5.5.13c. |
| |
| nadya | iva sravantu # HG.1.18.2c. |
| |
| nadyaḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # AG.3.4.1; śG.4.9.3. |
| |
| nabhasvatīr | ā vāṃ carantu vṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.8.25.6c. |
| |
| navyaṃ-navyaṃ | tantum ā tanvate divi # RV.1.159.4c. |
| |
| nāgāḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # AG.3.4.1; śG.4.9.3. |
| |
| nāhaṃ | tantuṃ na vi jānāmy otum # RV.6.9.2a. |
| |
| nitānas | tvā māruto ni hantu # MS.1.2.11c: 20.18; 3.8.9: 108.1; KS.2.12; 25.10; Mś.2.2.3.16; --3.5.5. See dyutānas tvā māruto minotu. |
| |
| ni | te padāṃ pṛthivī yantu sindhavaḥ # AVP.5.15.7a. |
| |
| ninditāro | nindyāso bhavantu # RV.5.2.6d. |
| |
| ni | parśāne vidhyataṃ yantu nisvaram # RV.7.104.5d; AVś.8.4.5d. |
| |
| nimrocan | raśmibhir hantu # AVP.2.14.1b; 5.3.2c. See next, and sūryo nimrocan. |
| |
| nimrocan | hantu raśmibhiḥ # AVś.2.32.1b. See under prec., and cf. udāyan raśmibhir hantu. |
| |
| nir | ito yantu nairṛtyāḥ # Kauś.97.8a. See apāsman. |
| |
| nirindriyā | arasāḥ santu sarve # AVś.9.2.10c. |
| |
| nir | dravantu bahir bilam # AVś.9.8.13d--18d. |
| |
| nir | mā muñcāmi śapathāt # Lś.2.2.11a; Apś.7.21.6a. See muñcantu mā, and muñcāmi tvā śapathyāt. |
| |
| nirhastāḥ | santu śatravaḥ # AVś.6.66.3a. |
| |
| nivāśā | ghoṣāḥ saṃ yantu # AVś.11.9.11c. |
| |
| niṣkā | ime yajamānasya santu # TB.3.7.6.1d; Apś.1.14.12d. |
| |
| niṣkā | ete yajamānasya loke (KS. yajamānasya santu) # AVś.7.99.1d; KS.31.14d. See prec. but one. |
| |
| niṣkrītās | te yajñiyaṃ bhāgaṃ yantu (AVP. yajñiyā yanti lokam) # AVP.3.32.2c; KS.30.8c; Mś.1.8.3.3c. See prec. and next. |
| |
| nīcaiḥ | padyantām adhare bhavantu # AVś.3.19.3a. See adhas padyantām etc. |
| |
| nīcair | dāsā upa sarpantu bhūmim (AVP. -ntu riprāḥ) # AVś.5.11.6e; AVP.8.1.6e. |
| |
| nṛ | muṇantu nṛ pātv aryaḥ # TA.1.27.6a. |
| |
| pañca | diśo daivīr yajñam avantu devīḥ # VS.17.54a; TS.4.6.3.2a; 5.4.6.2; MS.2.10.5a: 136.14; 3.3.8: 40.15; KS.18.3a; śB.9.2.3.8; Mś.6.2.5.6. Ps: pañca diśo daivīḥ Apś.17.14.6; pañca diśaḥ KS.21.8; Kś.18.3.18. |
| |
| pañca | pradiśas tā naḥ pāntu # KS.37.10. |
| |
| pañcayāmaṃ | trivṛtaṃ saptatantum # RV.10.52.4d; 124.1b. Cf. agnir yajñaṃ trivṛtaṃ. |
| |
| patayo | yantu kāminaḥ # AVP.2.79.3d. |
| |
| patye | rakṣantu rakṣasaḥ # AVś.14.2.7d. See pra tve muñcantv. |
| |
| patsaṅginīr | ā sajantu # AVś.5.21.10c. |
| |
| payasvatīḥ | pradiśaḥ santu mahyam # AVP.2.76.6c (only in Kashmir ms.); VS.18.36c; TS.4.7.12.2c; MS.2.12.1c: 144.15; KS.18.13c; 31.14c. |
| |
| parājitā | yantu paramāṃ parāvatam # AVP.4.12.7d. Cf. next. |
| |
| parāñco | yantu nivartamānāḥ # Kauś.94.14d; 95.3e. |
| |
| parādya | devā vṛjinaṃ śṛṇantu # RV.10.87.15a; AVś.8.3.14a. |
| |
| parā | vahantu sindhavaḥ # AVś.10.4.20b. |
| |
| parā | harantu yad rapaḥ # AVP.9.7.13d. |
| |
| pari | tritantuṃ vicarantam utsam # RV.10.30.9d. |
| |
| pari | ṣṭobhantu no giraḥ # RV.8.92.19b; AVś.20.110.1b; SV.1.158b; 2.72b. |
| |
| pareṇa | tantuṃ pariṣicyamānam # TA.3.11.6a. |
| |
| pareṇāpaḥ | pṛthivīṃ saṃ viśantu # Kauś.103.2c. |
| |
| pavamānaḥ | punātu mā # AVś.6.19.1d,2d; AVP.9.25.1d--10d; 9.26.1c--7c,8d--12d; MS.3.11.10a: 155.15. P: pavamānaḥ punātu Vait.6.11. Cf. pāvamānyaḥ punantu, and pāvamānīḥ. |
| |
| paścā | mṛdho apa bhavantu viśvāḥ # RV.10.67.11c; AVś.20.91.11c. |
| |
| pāvamānāḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # śG.4.10.3. See pāvamānyaḥ (sc. tṛpyantu). |
| |
| pāvamānīḥ | punantu naḥ (MG. tvā) # SV.2.652d; MG.2.14.26d (bis). See pāvamānyaḥ pu-, and cf. pavamānaḥ punātu. |
| |
| pāvamānīr | diśantu (SV. dadhantu) naḥ # RVKh.9.67.2a; SV.2.651a; TB.1.4.8.5a. |
| |
| pāvamānyaḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # AG.3.4.2. See pāvamānāḥ (sc. tṛpyantu). |
| |
| pāvamānyaḥ | punantu mā (YDh. te) # RVKh.9.67.4d; TB.1.4.8.6d; YDh.1.280d. See pāvamānīḥ pu-, and cf. pavamānaḥ punātu. |
| |
| pitaraḥ | pare te māvantu # AVś.5.24.15. Cf. under next. |
| |
| pitaraḥ | pare 'varas tatas tatāmahas (with te māvantu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVP.15.9.4. Cf. next two, and AVś.5.24.15--17. |
| |
| pitaraḥ | pitāmahāḥ pare 'vare tatās tatāmahā iha māvata (PG. māvantu) # TS.3.4.5.1; PG.1.5.10. P: pitaraḥ pitāmahāḥ HG.1.3.12. Cf. under prec. |
| |
| pitaraḥ | pitāmahāḥ pare 'vare (KS. 'varebhyaḥ) te naḥ pāntu te no 'vantu (MS. 'vare te no 'vantu) # TS.4.3.3.2; MS.2.7.20 (quinq.): 105.1,6,10,15,19; KS.39.7. Cf. under prec. but one. |
| |
| pitaras | tvā manojavā dakṣiṇataḥ pāntu # MS.1.2.8: 18.2. See manojavaso, and manojavās tvā. |
| |
| pitaras | tvā yamarājānaḥ pitṛbhir dakṣiṇataḥ pāntu (MS. dakṣiṇato rocayantu) # TS.5.5.9.4; MS.4.9.5: 125.5; Mś.6.2.4.1. |
| |
| pitaras | tvā yamarājāno bhakṣayantu # śś.4.21.9. |
| |
| pitaro | 'nu madantu # TS.3.3.2.2; MS.4.9.2: 122.12; TA.4.1.1; KA.1.213; 3.213. |
| |
| pitaro | maitasyā diśo gopāyantu # KS.37.15. |
| |
| pitubhṛto | na tantum it # RV.10.172.3a. |
| |
| pitṝṇāṃ | lokam api gachantu ye mṛtāḥ # AVś.12.2.45b. |
| |
| pibantu | madantu (MS. -tāṃ) vyantu (TB. viyantu somam) # VS.21.42; MS.3.11.4: 146.1; TB.2.6.11.10. |
| |
| pibā | somam indra mandatu (Svidh., erroneously, mandantu) tvā # RV.7.22.1a; AVś.20.117.1a; SV.1.398a; 2.277a; TS.2.4.14.3a; AB.3.22.11; 5.4.19; KB.15.5; PB.12.10.1a; ā.5.3.1.2; Aś.5.15.23; 7.11.27; śś.7.20.11; 10.5.9; Vait.40.8; 42.9; Svidh.2.1.11. |
| |
| pīvasvatīr | jīvadhanyāḥ pibantu (KSA. -ti) # RV.10.169.1c; TS.7.4.17.1c; KSA.4.6c. |
| |
| puṇyā | bhavantu yā lakṣmīḥ # Apś.4.15.4a. See ramantāṃ puṇyā. |
| |
| punantu | manavo dhiyā (VS.KS. manasā dhiyaḥ) # AVś.6.19.1b; VS.19.39b; MS.3.11.10b: 155.13; KS.38.2b; TB.1.4.8.1b. See punantu vasavo. |
| |
| punantu | mā (RV.BṛhPDh. māṃ) devajanāḥ # RV.9.67.27a; AVś.6.19.1a; VS.19.39a; MS.3.11.10a: 155.13; KS.38.2a; TB.1.4.8.1a; 2.6.3.4. P: punantu mā (BṛhPDh. mām) Vait.11.10; 30.13; Kauś.9.2; 41.14; 66.16; BṛhPDh.2.135. Cf. BṛhD.6.133. |
| |
| punantu | mā pitaraḥ somyāsaḥ # VS.19.37a; MS.3.11.10a: 155.6; KS.38.2a; TB.2.6.3.3a; Apś.19.8.15. P: punantu mā pitaraḥ Mś.5.2.11.29; 11.9.2.8; MG.1.5.5; 23.18; 2.6.5; VārG.14.24. |
| |
| punantu | mā pitāmahāḥ # VS.19.37b,37a; MS.3.11.10b: 155.6; 3.11.10a: 155.8; KS.38.2b,2a; TB.2.6.3.3b,3a. P: punantu mā Kś.19.3.20. |
| |
| punantu | vasavo dhiyā # RV.9.67.27b. See punantu manavo. |
| |
| punantu | śucayaḥ śucim # AVś.10.6.3d. See śundhantu etc. |
| |
| punar | ā yantu śūrpam # Kauś.61.28. Fragment of ā pyāyantāṃ etc. |
| |
| punar | utthāya bahulā bhavantu # TB.3.7.4.10d; Apś.1.5.5d. |
| |
| punar | no devā abhiyantu sarve # TB.3.1.1.4c. |
| |
| punar | mā yantu devatā yā mad apacakramuḥ # SMB.2.5.10ab. Quasi hemistich. |
| |
| punar | vo yantu yātavaḥ # AVś.2.24.1--8; AVP.2.42.1b--5b; 2.91.1--5. |
| |
| punas | tvā devāḥ pra ṇayantu sarve # AVś.19.46.4c. See puras tvā etc. |
| |
| puras | tvā devāḥ pra ṇayantu sarve # AVP.4.23.4c. See punas tvā etc. |
| |
| purā | diṣṭād āhutīr asya hantu # TB.2.4.2.2d. See purā satyād. |
| |
| purohitena | vo rāṣṭraṃ prathayantu devāḥ # AVP.10.4.6d. |
| |
| pūtaḥ | pavitrair apa hantu rakṣaḥ # AVś.12.3.14b. |
| |
| pṛṇantas | te kukṣī vardhayantu # RV.2.11.11c. |
| |
| pṛṇanto | akṣitāḥ santu # AVś.6.142.3c. |
| |
| pṛthak | te dhvanayo yantu śībham # AVś.5.20.7b; AVP.9.27.8b. |
| |
| peśasvatī | tantunā saṃvayantī (KSṭB. saṃvyayantī) # MS.3.11.1c: 140.7; KS.38.6c; TB.2.6.8.3c. See tantuṃ tataṃ peśasā. |
| |
| pauruṣeyam | apa mṛtyuṃ nudantu # AVś.12.3.49d. |
| |
| pragāthāḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # AG.3.4.2; śG.4.10.3. |
| |
| prajananaṃ | vai pratiṣṭhā loke sādhuprajāyās (MahānU. sādhuprajāvāṃs) tantuṃ tanvānaḥ pitṝṇām anṛṇo bhavati tad eva tasyānṛṇam # TA.10.63.1; MahānU.22.1. |
| |
| prajānantaḥ | prati gṛhṇantu (TS.KS.Apś. gṛhṇanti) pūrve (AVP. -antu devāḥ) # AVś.2.34.5a; AVP.3.32.7a; TS.3.1.4.1a; KS.30.8a,9; Apś.7.12.10; 15.4; Mś.1.8.3.3a. P: prajānantaḥ Kauś.44.15; 81.33. |
| |
| prajāpatiḥ | prajayā vardhayantu # AVś.14.2.13d. |
| |
| prajāpatiṃ | te prajananavantam ṛchantu, ye māghāyavo dhruvāyā diśo 'bhidāsān # AVś.19.18.9; AVP.7.17.9. |
| |
| prajāvac | charma yachantu # AVś.14.2.73d. |
| |
| prajāvad | asme didhiṣantu ratnam # RV.3.8.6d. |
| |
| prajās | tvānu (TS.Apś. tvām anu) prāṇantu # VS.4.25; TS.1.2.6.1; MS.1.2.5: 14.8; 3.7.4: 80.11; KS.2.6; 24.5; śB.3.3.2.19; Kś.7.7.21; Apś.10.24.14; Mś.2.1.4.5. |
| |
| prajās | tvām upāvarohantu # TS.1.3.13.1. |
| |
| pratighnānāḥ | saṃ dhāvantu # AVś.11.9.14a. |
| |
| prati | tvā jānantu pitaraḥ paretam # AVś.18.4.51d,52b. |
| |
| prati | na īṃ surabhīṇi vyantu (TS. viyantu) # RV.7.1.18c; TS.4.3.13.6c; MS.4.10.1c: 143.7; KS.35.2c. |
| |
| prati | nandantu pitaraḥ saṃvidānāḥ # HG.2.14.4c. |
| |
| pratipuruṣaṃ | pitaraḥ (sc. tṛpyantu) # śG.4.10.4. Cf. AG.3.4.5. |
| |
| prati | māyantu devatāḥ # MG.1.13.8a. See upa māyantu devatāḥ. |
| |
| pratiśvasantu | chandāṃsy utsṛjāmahe 'dhyāyān # VārG.8.7. See ut sṛjāmahe 'dhyāyān pratiśvasantu chandāṃsi. |
| |
| pratīcīḥ | kṛtyāḥ pratisarair ajantu # AVś.8.5.5d,6d. |
| |
| pratīcyāṃ | tvā diśy ādityā abhiṣiñcantu puṣṭaye # Rvidh.4.22.3. Cf. next. |
| |
| pratyag | enaṃ śapathā yantu tṛṣṭāḥ (AVś. sṛṣṭāḥ) # RV.10.87.15b; AVś.8.3.14b. |
| |
| pratyañco | agne śaravaḥ patantu # AVP.2.30.4a. |
| |
| pratyañco | yantu nigutaḥ punas te # RV.10.128.6c; TS.4.7.14.3c. See apāñco etc. |
| |
| pra | tvā muñcāmi (VārG. muñcātu) varuṇasya pāśāt # RV.10.85.24a; AVś.14.1.19a,58a; Aś.1.11.3; AG.1.7.17; ApMB.1.5.16a (ApG.2.5.12); VārG.14.24a. P: pra tvā muñcāmi śś.1.15.9; Vait.4.11; śG.1.15.1; Kauś.75.23; 76.28. See pra mā muñcāmi, and cf. imaṃ vi ṣyāmi, pra no muñcataṃ, and pra mā muñcantu. |
| |
| pra | tvā yajñāsa ime aśnuvantu # RV.6.23.8b. |
| |
| pra | tve muñcantv aṃhasaḥ # ApMB.1.7.9b. See patye rakṣantu. |
| |
| prathamās | tvā dvitīyair abhi ṣiñcantu # MS.3.11.8: 151.9. See prathamā dvitīyaiḥ. |
| |
| pra | duṣvapnyaṃ pra malaṃ vahantu # AVś.10.5.24c. |
| |
| pra | dhārayantu etc. # see pra dhārā yantu. |
| |
| pra | dhārā yantu madhunaḥ (AG. dhārayantu madhuno ghṛtasya) # AB.6.25.7 (comm.); 8.10.4 (comm.); AG.3.12.14. AG. and the commentator at AB. designate it as sauparṇasūktam. Cf. śś.9.20.13; Rvidh.1.20.3. |
| |
| pra | mā muñcantu varuṇasya pāśāt # AVP.1.33.5d. Cf. under pra tvā muñcāmi. |
| |
| pra | mā yantu brahmacāriṇaḥ svāhā # TA.7.4.2; TU.1.4.2. |
| |
| pra | yantu vājās taviṣībhir agnayaḥ # RV.3.26.4a; KB.22.9; Aś.9.5.5. P: pra yantu vājāḥ śś.10.8.19; 14.3.12. Cf. BṛhD.4.103. |
| |
| pra | yantu sadasyānām # śB.4.2.1.29; Kś.9.11.3; Apś.12.23.13. |
| |
| pra | rāye yantu śardhanto aryaḥ # RV.7.34.18b. |
| |
| pra | vadantu vīṇāḥ # Lś.4.1.11. Cf. under gāyatam. |
| |
| pra | vāṃ giraḥ śasyamānā avantu # RV.6.69.2c. |
| |
| pra | vāntu pṛthivīm anu # AVP.5.7.6d. |
| |
| pra | vām iṣṭayo 'ram aśnuvantu (AVP. vām iṣṭvā varam aśnavātai) # RV.6.74.1b; AVP.1.109.3b; MS.4.11.2b: 165.9; KS.11.12b. |
| |
| pra | vo mahe matayo yantu viṣṇave # RV.5.87.1a; SV.1.462a. P: pra vo mahe matayaḥ śś.11.15.10; 12.6.14; 8.10; 9.7; 12.14; 26.10. Cf. BṛhD.5.90. |
| |
| pra | sādhiṣṭhebhiḥ pathibhir nayantu # RV.7.64.3b. |
| |
| prasūtā | devena savitrā daivyā āpa undantu te tanūṃ dīrghāyutvāya varcase # Apś.8.4.1. Cadenced prose. |
| |
| pra | somapā apasā santu neme # RV.1.54.8b. |
| |
| prāg | apāg udag adharāk (MSṃś. apāg adharāg udag) sarvatas (TS.KS. tās; MS. etās) tvā diśa (MS. diśā) ā dhāvantu # VS.6.36; TS.1.4.1.2; MS.1.3.4: 32.1; KS.3.10; śB.3.9.4.21. Ps: prāg apāg udag adharāk TS.6.4.4.3; prāg apāg adharāg udak Mś.2.3.4.4; prāg apāk Kś.9.4.20. |
| |
| prācīnam | ūrdhvam adharāg apāg udag devāḥ pāntu yajamānam amṛtam ṛtāt (read amṛtaṃ mṛtāt ?) # KS.39.1. |
| |
| prācyāṃ | tvā diśi vasavo abhisiñcantu tejase # Rvidh.4.22.2. Cf. next. |
| |
| prātaryāvāṇo | devāḥ svasti saṃpārayantu # Apś.6.8.4. |
| |
| prānyā | tantūṃs tirate dhatte anyā # AVś.10.7.42c. |
| |
| prāmūṃ | (AVP. prāmūñ) jayābhīme jayantu # AVś.6.126.3a; AVP.15.12.1a. See āmūr aja. |
| |
| prāsmad | eno vahantu pra duṣvapnyaṃ vahantu # AVś.16.1.11. Cf. prec. |
| |
| priyāsaḥ | santu sūrayaḥ # RV.7.16.7b; SV.1.38b; VS.33.14b. |
| |
| preto | yantu vyādhyaḥ # AVś.7.114.2a. |
| |
| premaṃ | vājaṃ vājasāte (AVP. -sātā) avantu # AVś.4.27.1b; AVP.4.35.1b. See premāṃ vācaṃ viśvām. |
| |
| premaṃ | sunvantaṃ yajamānam avatām # śś.8.19.1; ... avatu śś.8.16.1; ... avantu śś.8.20.1. |
| |
| premāṃ | vācaṃ viśvām avantu viśve # TS.4.7.15.4b,5b; MS.3.16.5b (bis): 191.10,14; KS.22.15b (bis). See premaṃ vājaṃ. |
| |
| premāṃ | devā devahūtim avantu devyā dhiyā # śś.8.20.1. P: premāṃ devāḥ śś.8.21.1; 23.1. |
| |
| praite | vadantu pra vayaṃ vadāma # RV.10.94.1a; KB.29.1; N.9.9a. P: praite vadantu Aś.5.12.9; śś.7.15.4,5,6,9,10. Cf. BṛhD.7.146. Designated as arbuda KB.15.1; Aś.5.12.9,23; śś.7.15.4--6 ff.; PB.4.9.5. |
| |
| barhiḥ | sīdantu yajñiyāḥ # RV.1.142.9d. |
| |
| baliṃ | bhakṣantu vāyasaḥ (!) # AG.1.2.8d (crit. notes). |
| |
| bahiṣṭhebhir | viharan yāsi tantum # MS.4.12.5a: 194.1. See vahiṣṭhebhir. |
| |
| bahvīr | bhavantu no gṛhe # KS.7.1c. See sarvā bhavantu. |
| |
| bārhaspatya | usriyas tantum ātān # AVś.9.4.1d. |
| |
| bālās | te prokṣaṇīḥ santu # AVś.10.9.3a. P: bālās te Kauś.65.9. |
| |
| bṛhaspatiṃ | te viśvadevavantam ṛchantu, ye māghāyava ūrdhvāyā diśo 'bhidāsān # AVś.19.18.10; AVP.7.17.10. |
| |
| bravāma | dasra mantumaḥ # RV.6.56.4b. |
| |
| brahmāṇas | te yaśasaḥ santu mānye # AVś.2.6.2d; VS.27.2d; TS.4.1.7.1d; MS.2.12.5d: 148.14; KS.18.16d. See brāhmaṇās etc. |
| |
| brahmāṇy | atrer ava taṃ sṛjantu # RV.5.2.6c. |
| |
| brahmāsmad | apa hantu śamalaṃ tamaś ca # Kauś.97.8d. |
| |
| brāhmaṇās | te yaśasaḥ santu mānye # AVP.3.33.2d. See brahmaṇās etc. |
| |
| bhago | rātir vājino yantu me havam # RV.10.66.10d. |
| |
| bharūji | punar vo yantu etc. # ūha of śerabhaka etc., AVś.2.24.8. See jūrṇa bharūjy. |
| |
| bhūtakṛto | me sarvataḥ santu varma # AVś.19.16.2f; 27.15f; AVP.10.8.5f; 12.6.6f. |
| |
| bhūtasya | naḥ patayo mṛḍayantu # AVś.10.1.22b. |
| |
| bhūtāny | evamantāni (śG. adds tṛpyantu) # AG.3.4.1; śG.4.9.3. |
| |
| bhūyāṃsi | mām ekaśatāt puṇyāny āgachantu # HG.1.23.1. |
| |
| bhrūṇahatyāṃ | tilāḥ (Tā. tilāḥ śāntiṃ) śamayantu svāhā # Tā.10.64; MahānU.19.1d. |
| |
| madanti | devā ubhayāni havyā # AVś.7.109.2d. See madantu etc. |
| |
| madhupsaraso | no 'vantu yajñam # RV.4.33.3d. |
| |
| madhyena | ghnanto yantu # AVś.8.8.13c. |
| |
| manas | ta ughnantu na ramāsā atra # AVP.3.37.5d. |
| |
| manāyai | (AVP. manāyyai) tantuṃ prathamam # AVP.2.87.1a; Kauś.107.1,2a. |
| |
| manojavās | tvā pitṛbhir (KS. pitaro) dakṣiṇataḥ pātu (KS. pāntu) # VS.5.11; TS.1.2.12.2; KS.2.9; śB.3.5.2.6. See under pitaras tvā manojavā. |
| |
| mama | devā vihave santu sarve # RV.10.128.2a; AVś.5.3.3a; AVP.5.4.3a; TS.4.7.14.1a; KS.40.10a. |
| |
| mama | vācā taṃ saha bhakṣayantu # Apś.5.25.20b. |
| |
| mamaitor | upa jīvantu me svāḥ # AVP.5.40.7d. |
| |
| mayā | gāvo gopatinā (AVP. gopatyā) sacadhvam # AVś.3.14.6a; AVP.2.13.3a. Cf. mayi gāvaḥ, and mayi tiṣṭhantu. |
| |
| mayi | gāvaḥ santu gopatau # Aś.3.11.6d. Cf. under mayā gāvo. |
| |
| mayi | cittāni santu te # HG.1.5.11b. |
| |
| mayi | tiṣṭhantu gopatau # Mś.9.4.1.22b. Cf. under mayā gāvo. |
| |
| mayi | śrīyamāṇa upa saṃ namantu # AVP.1.92.3d. |
| |
| mayobhuvo | no arvanto ni pāntu # RV.7.40.6c. |
| |
| marutaḥ | parvatānām adhipatayas te māvantu # AVś.5.24.6. P: marutaḥ parvatānām Vait.8.13. See maruto gaṇānām. |
| |
| marutaḥ | potrāt (AVś. potrāt triṣṭubhaḥ svargād ṛtunā somaṃ pibantu) # AVś.20.2.1; Vait.19.23; (20.1); Kś.9.8.12; Apś.11.19.8. See prec. |
| |
| marutāṃ | manve adhi no (AVś.AVP. me) bruvantu # AVś.4.27.1a; AVP.4.35.1a; TS.4.7.15.4a; MS.3.16.5a: 191.10; KS.22.15a. |
| |
| maruto | mā gaṇair avantu prāṇāyāpānāyāyuṣe varcasa ojase tejase svastaye subhūtaye svāhā # AVś.19.45.10; AVP.15.4.10. |
| |
| maruto | mṛḍayantu naḥ # RV.1.23.12c. |
| |
| maruto | yantu senayā # AVś.3.19.6f; AVP.1.56.3d. |
| |
| maruto | varṣayantu # TS.3.5.5.2. |
| |
| marmāvidhaṃ | roruvataṃ suparṇair adantu # AVś.11.10.26a. |
| |
| mahāvyāhṛtayaḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # śG.4.9.3. See vyāhṛtayaḥ, and vyāhṛtīs. |
| |
| mahī | no vātā iha vāntu bhūmau # AVś.18.1.39b. See mihaṃ na vāto. |
| |
| mahe | mandantu rādhase # RV.8.45.24b; AVś.20.22.3b; SV.2.83b. |
| |
| mahe | vājāya dhanvantu gomate # RV.9.77.3b. |
| |
| maho | mahīr avasā yantu vakṣaṇīḥ # RV.10.64.9b. |
| |
| mahyaṃ | yajantu (AVś.AVP.KS. -tāṃ) mama yāni havyā (AVś.AVP.KS. yānīṣṭā) # RV.10.128.4a; AVś.5.3.4a; AVP.5.4.4a; TS.4.7.14.2a; KS.40.10a. |
| |
| mahyaṃ | ṣaḍ urvīr ghṛtam ā vahantu # AVś.9.2.11d. |
| |
| māṃ | gopatim abhisaṃviśantu # TB.2.7.16.3d. |
| |
| mā | jñātāraṃ mā pratiṣṭhāṃ vidanta (AG. vindantu) # AVś.6.32.3c; 8.8.21c; AVP.1.27.2c; AG.3.10.11c. |
| |
| mā | tantuś chedi vayato dhiyaṃ me # RV.2.28.5c; MS.4.14.9c: 228.14. |
| |
| mātā | yan mantur yūthasya pūrvyā # RV.10.32.4c. |
| |
| mā | devānāṃ tantuś chedi mā manuṣyāṇām # MS.1.9.1: 131.13; KS.9.9; śś.10.18.6. See mā daivyas. |
| |
| mā | daivyas tantuś chedi mā manuṣyaḥ # TA.3.5.1. See mā devānāṃ tantuś. |
| |
| mādhyamāḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # Aś.3.4.2; śG.4.10.3. |
| |
| mādhvīr | gāvo bhavantu naḥ # RV.1.90.8c; VS.13.29c; TS.4.2.9.3c; MS.2.7.16c: 100.2; KS.39.3c; śB.14.9.3.13c; TA.10.10.2c; 49.1c; BṛhU.6.3.13c; MahānU.9.10c; 17.7c; Kauś.91.1c. |
| |
| mānuṣas | tantur asi # śś.2.12.10. |
| |
| māṃ | te kāmena śuṣyantu # AVś.6.9.1d. See oṣṭhau māṃ. |
| |
| mā | pyāyayantu bhuvanasya gopāḥ # AVP.1.102.3d. |
| |
| mārutaś | ca tvāṅgirasaś ca devā atichandasā chandasā trayastriṃśena stomena raivatena sāmnārohantu # AB.8.12.4. |
| |
| māsā | āchyantu śamyantaḥ # VS.23.41b. See māsāś chyantu. |
| |
| māsā | rakṣantu te haviḥ # VS.26.14b. |
| |
| māsāś | chyantu śimyantaḥ # TS.5.2.12.1b; KSA.10.6b. See māsā āchyantu. |
| |
| māsās | tvā śrapayantu # TA.4.26.1. |
| |
| mitraṃ | gṛhṇānā jaraso yantu sakhyam # AVP.10.4.10d. |
| |
| mitraḥ | sīdantu varuṇaḥ # RV.5.26.9b. |
| |
| mitreṇa | sākaṃ saha saṃviśantu # AG.2.9.5d. See under anyeṣv ahaṃ. |
| |
| mitro | gachantu varuṇaḥ sajoṣasaḥ # RV.9.81.4b. |
| |
| mithaḥ | santu praśastayaḥ # RV.1.26.9c. |
| |
| mitho | bhindānā upayantu mṛtyum # AG.3.10.11d. See mitho vighnānā. |
| |
| mitho | vighnānā upa yantu mṛtyum # AVś.6.32.3d; 8.8.21d; AVP.1.27.2d. See mitho bhindānā. |
| |
| mīḍhuṣmanto | viṣṇur mṛḍantu vāyuḥ # RV.6.50.12b. |
| |
| muñcatu | pary aṃhasaḥ # AVP.2.24.4d. See muñcatainaṃ, muñca naḥ, and muñcantu pary. |
| |
| mṛdhas | te samrāḍ vahantu (read avahantu ?) sarvān # AVP.1.74.3a. |
| |
| medasaḥ | kulyā (HG. kūlyā) upa tān (AG. upainān; SMB. abhi tān) sravantu (HG.ApMB. kṣarantu) # VS.35.20c; AG.2.4.13c; śG.3.13.3c; Kauś.45.14c; 84.1c; SMB.2.3.18c; HG.2.15.7c; ApMB.2.20.28c. See medaso ghṛtasya, and cf. under ājyasya kūlyā. |
| |
| medaso | ghṛtasya kulyā abhiniḥsravantu # MG.2.9.4c. See medasaḥ kulyā. |
| |
| menyā | menir asy amenayas te santu # AVś.5.6.9c. See AVP.6.11.8 (dividing differently). |
| |
| moghaṃ | vettā kurute tantum etam # ApDh.2.6.13.6d. |
| |
| ya | āsiñcanti rasam oṣadhīṣu # AVś.4.27.2b. See ye vā siñcantu. |
| |
| ya | īṃ jagṛbhur ava te sṛjantu # RV.5.2.5c. |
| |
| yakṣāḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # AG.3.4.1; śG.4.9.3. |
| |
| yachatā | no duṣparihantu śarma # RV.2.27.6d. |
| |
| yachantāṃ | pañca # VS.1.9; śB.1.1.2.16; Apś.1.17.12. P: yachantām Kś.2.3.19. See yachantu tvā, and yachantu pañca. |
| |
| yajñaṃ | saṃsādayantu naḥ # Apś.1.16.8b. |
| |
| yajñaṃ | naḥ pātu (TB. pāntu) rajasaḥ (TB. vasavaḥ) parasmāt (TB.Apś. purastāt) # MS.2.13.22d: 168.1; KS.40.12d; TB.3.1.2.7a; Apś.17.13.2d. |
| |
| yajñam | imaṃ catasraḥ pradiśo vardhayantu # AVś.19.1.3c. |
| |
| yajñaṃ | prāvantu naḥ śubhe # VS.18.76d; śB.10.1.3.8d. |
| |
| yajñaṃ | maruta (MS. -tā) ā vṛṇe # RV.7.59.11c; MS.4.10.3c: 150.7. See śarma yachantu, śarma yachātha, and śarmā saprathā. |
| |
| yajñasyāyur | anu saṃ caranti (Aś. tarantu) # TS.1.5.10.4d; Aś.3.14.10d. Cf. yajñāyur. |
| |
| yajñāḥ | (sc. tṛpyantu) # AG.3.4.1; śG.4.9.3. |
| |
| yajñāso | yantu saṃyataḥ # RV.8.23.10b. |
| |
| yat | te agne nyūnaṃ yad u te 'tiriktam ādityās tad aṅgirasaś cinvantu # TB.3.10.3.1. Cf. yat ta ūnaṃ yad. |
| |
| yathāgniḥ | pṛthivyā samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1; KS.5.20. See under yathāgnaye. |
| |
| yathā | candramā nakṣatraiḥ samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1. See next, and yathā dikṣu. |
| |
| yathā | tvam udbhinatsy oṣadhe pṛthivyā adhi (! without saṃdhi between this and the next word) evam ima udbhindantu kīrtyā yaśasā brahmavarcasena # TA.6.10.2. |
| |
| yathā | dikṣu candrāya samanamann evā mahyaṃ saṃnamaḥ saṃ namantu # AVś.4.39.7. See under yathā candramā. |
| |
| yathā | divy ādityāya samanamann evā mahyaṃ saṃnamaḥ saṃ namantu # AVś.4.39.5. Cf. yathā sūryāya, and yathā sūryo divā. |
| |
| yathāntarikṣe | vāyave samanamann evā mahyaṃ saṃnamaḥ saṃ namantu # AVś.4.39.3. See yathā vāyave, and yathā vāyur antarikṣeṇa. |
| |
| yathā | pṛthivyām agnaye samanamann evā mahyaṃ saṃnamaḥ saṃ namantu # AVś.4.39.1. See under yathāgnaye. |
| |
| yathā | prajāpatir bhūtaiḥ samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.2. See prec. |
| |
| yathā | brahma kṣatreṇa samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrā saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.2; KSA.5.20. Cf. next but one. |
| |
| yathā | ratho 'śvaiḥ samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.2; KSA.5.20. |
| |
| yathā | rājā viśā samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrā saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.2; KSA.5.20. |
| |
| yathā | varuṇo 'dbhiḥ samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrā saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1; KSA.5.20. |
| |
| yathā | vāyur antarikṣeṇa samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrā saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1; KSA.5.20. See under yathāntarikṣe. |
| |
| yathā | sāmarcā samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.2; KSA.5.20. |
| |
| yathā | sūryo divā samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1; KSA.5.20. Cf. under yathā divy ādityāya. |
| |
| yathendraṃ | daivīr viśo maruto 'nuvartmāno 'bhavann (TS. maruto 'nuvartmāna) evam imaṃ yajamānaṃ daivīś ca viśo mānuṣīś cānuvartmāno bhavantu (VSK. bhūyāsuḥ) # VS.17.86; VSK.18.7.7; TS.4.6.5.6; MS.2.11.1: 140.7; KS.18.6. |
| |
| yadottamat | tantubaddhāya nāvadvāsaḥ pūrvayāvat pururūpapeśaḥ # AVP.15.6.6ab. |
| |
| yantu | nadayo varṣantu parjanyāḥ # TB.2.7.16.4c. |
| |
| yamasya | yo manavate sumantu # RV.10.12.6c; AVś.18.1.34c. |
| |
| yaḥ | satyavādy ati taṃ sṛjantu (AVP. -nti) # AVś.4.16.6d; AVP.5.32.1d. |
| |
| yā | apsv antar devatās tā idaṃ śamayantu # VSK.2.3.5; Aś.1.13.1; Apś.3.20.1. |
| |
| yāḥ | pāpīs tā anīnaśam # AVś.7.115.4d. See parābhavantu. |
| |
| yācitāraś | ca naḥ santu # ViDh.73.30c. |
| |
| yābhis | trimantur abhavad vicakṣaṇaḥ # RV.1.112.4c. |
| |
| yāś | ca devīs tantūn (SMB. devyo antān) abhito tatantha (SMB. 'tatantha) # PG.1.4.13d; SMB.1.1.5b. See under yā devīr antāṃ. |
| |
| yāhi | sādhyā havir adantu devāḥ # VS.29.11d; TS.5.1.11.4d; MS.3.16.2d: 185.3; KSA.6.2d. |
| |
| yujo | yujyante (MS. yuñjantu) karmabhiḥ # VS.23.37b; TS.5.2.11.1b; MS.3.12.21b: 167.7; KSA.10.5b. |
| |
| yuṣmākam | anye śṛṇvantu # AVP.9.4.8c. |
| |
| ye | agnayo vihṛtā dhiṣṇyāḥ pṛthivīm anu te naḥ pāntu # Vait.18.4. |
"ntu" has 271 results
42 results
"ntu" has 90 results.
|
|
| √ Root Search | Word Frequency | Sandhi | Pāṇini Research Tool | Sanskrit OCR | NCC Map| Maldives Map | 931416 Unique Words and 3500+ Years of History | Help Feedback |
icon to enable a popup keybord and you can toggle between देवनागरी and IAST characters. If you want a system software for typing easily in देवनागरी or IAST you can download our software called SanskritWriter